Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

This is exam number 1. You've been here 1 times.

1. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also provides
a) take-off and landing warnings
b) dedicated status and warnings
c) GPWS warnings

The correct answer is b The FMS is not used for Take Off or Landing The GPWS warnings come from the
GPWS Computer

2. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

a) synthetic TV signals
b) raster scan
c) stroke pulse

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 302 Fig. 12.5

3. HSI heading is valid if the heading flag is

a) in view
b) green
c) out of view

The correct answer is c Warning flags 'in view' indicate failure. Normally the only coloured flag used is
RED, indicating failure

4. A NOR gate with both inputs inverted becomes a

a) NAND gate
b) AND gate
c) OR gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4

5. An ARINC 429 binary coded decimal data word occupies bits

a) 11 to 28
b) 11 to 29
c) 1 to 8

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 159

6. A fibre optic cable consists of
a) a plastic core with a cladding having a higher refractive index
b) a silica glass core with a cladding having a higher refractive index
c) a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive index

The correct answer is c See [Link]/fiberguide

7. The command bars on an ADI relate to

a) path required
b) path being followed
c) roll indications

The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 212

8. The recording medium in an FDR is

a) a high density floppy disc
b) magnetic tape coated with ferrite
c) copper foil coated with ferrite

The correct answer is b See [Link]/html/[Link]

9. Convert 0111012 to octal

a) 25
b) 33
c) 35
The correct answer is c The OCTAL code has 8 digits, 0 - 7. To convert binary to octal divide the binary
number into groups of three starting from the right. You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd
conversions!

10. What does the CADC feed

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar
b) standby altimeter / machmeter
c) cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / altimeter

The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b The FMS is not used for Take Off or Landing The GPWS warnings come from the
GPWS Computer

Question :2
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 302 Fig. 12.5

Question :3
The correct answer is c Warning flags 'in view' indicate failure. Normally the only coloured flag used is
RED, indicating failure

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4
Question :5
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 159

Question :6
The correct answer is c See [Link]/fiberguide

Question :7
The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 212

Question :8
The correct answer is b See [Link]/html/[Link]

Question :9
The correct answer is c The OCTAL code has 8 digits, 0 - 7. To convert binary to octal divide the binary
number into groups of three starting from the right. You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd
conversions!

Question :10
The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 2. You've been here 1 times.

1. ARINC 629 databus is

a) one cable, bi-directional
b) two cables, bi directional
c) two cables, uni-directional

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 160

2. Requirements for software control can be found in

a) AWN 45
b) JAR OPS
c) JAR AWO

The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)
3. Software can be modified by
a) licensed avionics engineers
b) the manufacturer
c) The same rules apply as to modifications to hardware

The correct answer is c Read up on software control - get a copy of AWNs

4. Two connected fibre optic cable ends are parallel but not quite touching. This is called
a) lens connector
b) end to end coupling
c) end fire coupling

The correct answer is b There are several websites on fibre optics

5. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is

a) shallow bend radius allowed
b) couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid
c) end terminals are susceptible to environmental contamination

The correct answer is c [Link]/[Link]

6. The inside of a CRT consists of

a) an oxide coating and rare mercury gas
b) a phosphor coating and rare mercury gas
c) iodine and rare mercury gas

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 284

7. What kind of light is used in a fibre optic systems?

a) Infrared
b) Visible
c) Ultraviolet

The correct answer is a [Link]/MathsPhysics/[Link]

8. Typical displays on an EHSI are

a) VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar
b) VOR, Plan, Map and Attitude
c) Engine indications

The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Pages 302 & 304

9. An EADI display showing a moving runway moves down during the final stages of an
approach. The aircraft must
a) fly up
b) fly down
c) hold descent path

The correct answer is b At 200ft, during Approach, the Rising Runway starts to move up the EHSI display
until, at touch down, it touches the bottom of the aircraft symbol. If the Rising Runway start to move down
again it means that the aircraft is climbing and should FLY DOWN

10. An ARINC 573 data bus is used

a) to input into a Digital Flight Data Recorder
b) to input into a FDR Digital Acquisition Unit
 c) to supply digital inputs from a Symbol Generator to the EADI and EHSI
The correct answer is a The FDR can have different inputs depending upon the age of the system, modern
systems use ARINC 573. The inputs to FDR DAU are only analogue, discreet and ARINC 429. The
interface between SGUs, EADI and EHSI is only ARINC 429

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 160

Question :2
The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on software control - get a copy of AWNs

Question :4
The correct answer is b There are several websites on fibre optics

Question :5
The correct answer is c [Link]/[Link]

Question :6
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 284

Question :7
The correct answer is a [Link]/MathsPhysics/[Link]

Question :8
The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Pages 302 & 304

Question :9
The correct answer is b At 200ft, during Approach, the Rising Runway starts to move up the EHSI display
until, at touch down, it touches the bottom of the aircraft symbol. If the Rising Runway start to move down
again it means that the aircraft is climbing and should FLY DOWN

Question :10
The correct answer is a The FDR can have different inputs depending upon the age of the system, modern
systems use ARINC 573. The inputs to FDR DAU are only analogue, discreet and ARINC 429. The
interface between SGUs, EADI and EHSI is only ARINC 429

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5
Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 3. You've been here 1 times.

1. A flight data recorder can obtain information from aircraft instruments

a) provided there is adequate isolation
b) by direct connection to the instruments
c) provided there is adequate damping
The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data recording

2. Adding invertors to the two inputs of an AND gate makes a

a) NAND gate
b) OR gate
c) NOR gate

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

3. An ARINC 429 bus uses

a) a twisted shielded pair of wires
b) two bi-directional twin sheathed and earthed wires
c) a single twin wire cable for each transmitter

The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 157

4. CRT horizontal beam control is achieved by a

a) square wave
b) sawtooth wave
c) sinusoidal wave

The correct answer is b Northrop Institute of Technology - Electricity & Electronics for Aerospace
Vehicles Page 284

5. The ARINC 429 data bus word systems use

a) decimal numbering
b) hexadecimal numbering
c) binary coded decimal

The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 156

6. The binary number 11010111 expressed as a decimal is

a) 207
b) 223
c) 215

The correct answer is c Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

7. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is

a) 65
 b) 513
c) 9

The correct answer is b Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

8. This truth table is for a

A B C
0 0 0
1 0 0
0 1 0
1 1 1
a) NAND gate
b) AND gate
c) OR gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for
Module 4!

9. The inputs and outputs of a CADC are

a) pitot and static in; altitude, attitude, CAS and VS out
b) pitot and static in; altitude, CAS, mach and VS out
c) pitot in; static, altitude, mach, CAS and VS out

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

10. EICAS provides the following

a) engine parameters only
b) engine parameters and system warnings only
c) engine parameters and engine warnings only

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 377

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data recording

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

Question :3
The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 157

Question :4
The correct answer is b Northrop Institute of Technology - Electricity & Electronics for Aerospace
Vehicles Page 284

Question :5
The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 156
Question :6
The correct answer is c Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

Question :7
The correct answer is b Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

Question :9
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

Question :10
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 377

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 4. You've been here 1 times.

1. During an instrument approach, the glideslope pointer deflects below the glideslope
centre mark. This means the aircraft is positioned
a) above the glideslope
b) below the glideslope
c) to the left of the localiser
The correct answer is a Consider the centre of the G/S scale as the aircraft position and the pointer as the
centre of the G/S beam

2. Engine parameters are displayed on

a) ECAM
b) EHSI
c) FMSCDU

The correct answer is a Engine parameters can be displayed on ECAM by selecting the Engine Page. See
Pallett - Aircraft Instrumnets and Integrated Systems Page 391

3. A central maintenance computer provides

a) ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-board computer
b) ground and BITE testing using a portable control panel
 c) display of system warnings and cautions

The correct answer is a Read up on BITE systems

4. ARINC 573 is related to what system?

a) INS
b) FDR
c) Weather Radar
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is b Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

5. The rising runway is positioned from information derived from

a) barometric height
b) vertical speed
c) radio altimeter

The correct answer is c Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

6. Where are the Digital Flight Data Recorder outputs supplied to?
a) The recording unit
b) Flight instruments
c) There are no outputs

The correct answer is c Information recorded in the DFDR is only accessable in the shop

7. FMS failure and warnings are

a) displayed on EICAS
b) engine warnings only
c) EFIS warnings only

The correct answer is a FMS warnings are displayed on EICAS and EFIS, but the answers given are
'EICAS' or 'EFIS only' so for the purposes of this question the correct answer is EICAS

8. Who is responsible for the operational program of the FMS?

a) The pilot
b) The engineer
c) The manufacturer

The correct answer is a Ambiguous question. Do they mean who is responsible for following the program,
if so the answer is 'Pilot' or producing the program, then the answer is 'Manufacturer'

9. Flight director command bars are moved to the correct position by

a) position feedback
b) amplifier gain
c) calibration

The correct answer is a Read up on the flight director indication system

10. If a signal has quantity in volts and physical position it is

a) digital
b) synchronous
c) analogue
The correct answer is c This is the definition of an analogue signal
How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Consider the centre of the G/S scale as the aircraft position and the pointer as the
centre of the G/S beam

Question :2
The correct answer is a Engine parameters can be displayed on ECAM by selecting the Engine Page. See
Pallett - Aircraft Instrumnets and Integrated Systems Page 391

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on BITE systems

Question :4
The correct answer is b Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

Question :5
The correct answer is c Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

Question :6
The correct answer is c Information recorded in the DFDR is only accessable in the shop

Question :7
The correct answer is a FMS warnings are displayed on EICAS and EFIS, but the answers given are
'EICAS' or 'EFIS only' so for the purposes of this question the correct answer is EICAS

Question :8
The correct answer is a Ambiguous question. Do they mean who is responsible for following the program,
if so the answer is 'Pilot' or producing the program, then the answer is 'Manufacturer'

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on the flight director indication system

Question :10
The correct answer is c This is the definition of an analogue signal

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at
This is exam number 5. You've been here 1 times.

1. In a CRT, if the magnetic field is parallel to the Y plates, what will be the direction of the
electron beam movement?
a) Vertical
b) No movement
c) Horizontal
The correct answer is a The Y plates lie horizontal. Use the right hand rule to work out the direction of
electron beam movement. Aircraft Instruments & Integrated Systems, Pallett, page 287

2. What is the fixed feature of an ADI?

a) The glideslope pointer
b) The lateral deviation bar
c) The aircraft symbol

The correct answer is c The little aeroplane pianted in the middle of the instrument

3. Primary colours of a CRT are

a) red, green and blue
b) red, green and yellow
c) red, blue and yellow

The correct answer is a Rotor Gear Box

4. What information is required before completion of the alignment of an Inertial

Navigation System?
a) Aircraft present position
b) Aircraft present position and heading
c) Heading and attitude

The correct answer is a Read up on INS

5. IRS accelerometers are mounted

a) 60o to each other
b) 45o to each other
c) 90o to each other
The correct answer is c Read up on IRS

6. An FMS navigation database is updated

a) at the operators request
b) once a month
c) every 28 days
The correct answer is c Read up on FMS navigation data management

7. A single failure of a fly-by-wire system

a) has no effect on aircraft operation
b) will limit the flight profile
c) will reduce operational heights and speeds

The correct answer is a Redundant FBW systems will continue to fly the aircraft

8. Fly-by-wire load alleviation function in turbulent conditions will result in

 a) ailerons moving symmetrically upwards
b) ailerons and spoilers moving symmetrically upwards
c) spoilers moving symmetrically upwards

The correct answer is b Read up on Load Alleviation system Ailerons move symmetrically upwards and No
4 and 5 spoilers move symmetrically upwards in a gust.

9. Fly-by-wire roll control is achieved by

a) ailerons
b) spoilers
c) spoilers and ailerons

The correct answer is c Automatic Flight Control, Pallett and Coyle Page 296

10. The movement of fly-by-wire control surfaces are

a) hydraulically controlled and electrically actuated
b) both electrically controlled and electrically actuated
c) electrically controlled and hydraulically actuated

The correct answer is c Read up on FBW systems

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a The Y plates lie horizontal. Use the right hand rule to work out the direction of
electron beam movement. Aircraft Instruments & Integrated Systems, Pallett, page 287

Question :2
The correct answer is c The little aeroplane pianted in the middle of the instrument

Question :3
The correct answer is a Rotor Gear Box

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on INS

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on IRS

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on FMS navigation data management

Question :7
The correct answer is a Redundant FBW systems will continue to fly the aircraft

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on Load Alleviation system Ailerons move symmetrically upwards and No
4 and 5 spoilers move symmetrically upwards in a gust.

Question :9
The correct answer is c Automatic Flight Control, Pallett and Coyle Page 296

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on FBW systems
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 6. You've been here 1 times.

1. ARINC 629 current mode couplers are

a) capacitive
b) resistive
c) inductive

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429

2. On an EADI, the Flight Director command bars show

a) the actual path with respect to the required path
b) the required path with respect to the actual path
c) the path with respect to the horizon

The correct answer is b Read up on ILS system indication

3. What instrument includes a display of a rising runway?

a) EADI
b) EHSI
c) ECAM

The correct answer is a Read up on ILS system indication

4. What are the effects of the X and Y plates on a CRT?

a) X plates move the beam vertically, Y plates move the beam horizontal
b) Y plates move the beam vertically, X plates move the beam horizontal
c) X and Y plates can move the beam in either direction

The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs

5. ARINC 629 data bus is

a) two buses, unidirectional
b) two buses, bi-directional data flow
c) one bus, bi-directional data flow

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429

6. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also provides
a) take-off and landing warnings
b) dedicated status warnings
c) GPWS warnings
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

7. In order to maintain HIRF protection, bonding checks between airframe and electrical
components carrying voltages greater than 50 volts RMS or DC or main earth return should not exceed
a) 1 megohm
b) 1 ohm
c) 0.05 ohm

The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-1

8. Ribbon cables effected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage should be
protected by
a) shielding each individual conductor
b) connecting all conductors to a common earth
c) earthing each alternative conductor to separate point

The correct answer is c Read up on cable protection methods

9. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

a) synthetic TV signals
b) raster scan
c) stroke pulse

The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs and see what a raster scan is

10. Normal transmission order of ARINC 629 LRUs in periodic mode is in order of
a) power up
b) shortest to largest TG
c) shortest to largest TI

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin Page 149

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on ILS system indication

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on ILS system indication

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429
Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

Question :7
The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-1

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on cable protection methods

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs and see what a raster scan is

Question :10
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin Page 149

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 7. You've been here 1 times.

1. What frequency creates the raster effect on a CRT?
a) 50/60 Hz
b) 400 Hz
c) 250Hz

The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

2. If an EFIS has 3 symbol generators, what is the purpose of the 3rd symbol generator?
a) Comparison with No.1 symbol generator
b) Standby
c) Parity function

The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

3. The sweep waveform used on a electromagnetic CRT is

a) trapezoidal
b) sinusoidal
c) sawtooth

The correct answer is a Do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT. Electromagnetic CRT uses
trapezoidal waveform to overcome the impedence of the coil
4. FMS operational program is updated every
a) 7 days
b) 28 days
c) 90 days

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

5. Fibre optic data is sent by

a) modulating the frequency of a laser beam
b) modulating the frequency of a filament beam
c) a strobe light

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

6. What is 345 in binary?

a) 100111001
b) 110011001
c) 101011001

The correct answer is c You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd conversions!

7. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

a) OR gate
b) Exclusive OR gate
c) NAND gate
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

8. Software documentation procedures are laid down in

a) AWN 45
b) JAA Ops
c) MOE

The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

9. HIRF is prevented from entering a fibre optic cable by

a) enclosing it in a metal braid
b) grounding the fibre at both ends
c) using an opto-isolator coupling

The correct answer is c Although a fiber optic cable is 'immune' from collecting HIRF, it can still transmit
HIRF which has been picked up by the source circuitry. An optoelectronic isolator will filter out the HIRF
prior to transmission.

10. In an ARINC 429 wordstring, bits 1 to 8 represent the

a) source of message
b) monitored parameter
c) destination LRU address
The correct answer is b Both a and b are correct. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page
158 says 'source of the message', whereas ARINCs own tutorial (See FORUM Mod.5) says 'bits 8-1
contain parameter' (which Pallett's book also infers on Page 159).

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

Question :3
The correct answer is a Do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT. Electromagnetic CRT uses
trapezoidal waveform to overcome the impedence of the coil

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :6
The correct answer is c You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd conversions!

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

Question :8
The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)

Question :9
The correct answer is c Although a fiber optic cable is 'immune' from collecting HIRF, it can still transmit
HIRF which has been picked up by the source circuitry. An optoelectronic isolator will filter out the HIRF
prior to transmission.

Question :10
The correct answer is b Both a and b are correct. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page
158 says 'source of the message', whereas ARINCs own tutorial (See FORUM Mod.5) says 'bits 8-1
contain parameter' (which Pallett's book also infers on Page 159).

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 8. You've been here 1 times.

1. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is
a) unique to each terminal
b) common to each terminal
c) when all terminals are quiet

The correct answer is b The ARINC 629 TI is common to all LRUs.

2. Continuity of a fibre optic cable is checked by

a) a light source and an opto-power meter
b) a calibrated light source
c) a calibrated light source and an optometer

The correct answer is c See [Link]

3. To shield a fibre optic from EMI you must

a) earth both transducer and couplings
b) shield it with a braided shield
c) use an opto-isolator

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

4. A simbol generator displays ESDs warning. During replacement

a) you must wear a wrist strap connected to an approved earth point
b) make sure the pins are not touched and covers fitted
c) you must earth the unit to the airframe structure

The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

5. Magnetic deflection on a CRT is achieved by a

a) sawtooth waveform
b) trapezoidal waveform
c) sinusoidal waveform

The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with electrostatic deflection types - which
are more common on aircraft

6. An FDR fitted to a helicopter begins recording

a) on take-off
b) on engine start-up
c) when power is applied to the aircraft

The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1

7. MIL-ST-1533 is a data bus for

a) Flight Data Recorders
b) Inertial Reference System
c) Digital Information Transfer System
The correct answer is c Read up on MIL-ST-1533 - a military version of ARINC 429

8. Making an invertor from a NAND or NOR gate is achieved by

a) inverting the input
b) connecting two in series
c) connecting the inputs

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

9. Parallel to series conversion is achieved by

a) a parallel to series converter
b) a shift register
c) a multiplexer / demultiplexer

The correct answer is b Read up on parallel to series converion

10. The FMS databases consist of

a) one navigation and one performance database
b) two performance and one navigation database
c) one performance and two navigation databases
The correct answer is c Normally we consider the FMS as having 2 databases (1 navigational and 1
performance). (Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 385). However, the Navigational database is split in
two. 1 is for Jeppesen data, uploaded on the ground, the other is for pilot input data (additional waypoints
etc.). See [Link] for more

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b The ARINC 629 TI is common to all LRUs.

Question :2
The correct answer is c See [Link]

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :4
The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with electrostatic deflection types - which
are more common on aircraft

Question :6
The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on MIL-ST-1533 - a military version of ARINC 429

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on parallel to series converion
Question :10
The correct answer is c Normally we consider the FMS as having 2 databases (1 navigational and 1
performance). (Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 385). However, the Navigational database is split in
two. 1 is for Jeppesen data, uploaded on the ground, the other is for pilot input data (additional waypoints
etc.). See [Link] for more

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 9. You've been here 1 times.

1. The FMS can update the IRS position outputs by using information from either
a) VOR and DME only
b) DME and GPS only
c) GPS, DME, LOC and VOR

The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

2. The accepted error from INS/IRS is

a) 1 mile/hour + 3 miles
b) 2 miles per hour + 3 miles
c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles

The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

3. Before an IRS can complete the alignment sequence

a) the shutdown present position must be entered
b) the current present position must be entered
c) either the last or current position must be entered

The correct answer is b Read up on INS/IRS

4. Within a computer controlled flight system, position feedback is converted from

a) analogue to digital
b) digital to analogue
c) position feedback to rate feedback

The correct answer is a Read up on computer controlled flight

5. What shape does the waveform take to counter the impedance effect of the coils in an
electromagnetic controlled CRT?
a) Trapezoid
b) Sawtooth
c) Rectangular
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT

6. What warnings can an FMS provide?

a) Discrete warnings
b) Spurious faults
c) Ground faults only

The correct answer is a This means it can warn of inoperative equipment, but not when equipment is
providing incorrect data

7. Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System

a) performs in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE
interrogation
b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status
c) performs in-flight BITE interrogation only

The correct answer is b Read up on ECAM

8. The control of the speed or rate that the flight director command bars move can be
controlled by
a) position feedback
b) rate or velocity feedback
c) amplifier gain
The correct answer is b Read up on ILS indication

9. The Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of operation
a) in the air only
b) on the ground only
c) either in the air or on the ground
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 359

10. The third EFIS Symbol Generator is operated

a) with EICAS
b) in an emergency
c) as a standby to the No1 and No2 system
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on INS/IRS
Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on computer controlled flight

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT

Question :6
The correct answer is a This means it can warn of inoperative equipment, but not when equipment is
providing incorrect data

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on ECAM

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on ILS indication

Question :9
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 359

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 10. You've been here 1 times.

1. What functions are available on the EHSI?
a) Full arc and Wx only
b) Full arc, Wx and Map Mode
c) Full Arc only

The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

2. EFIS displays of the right hand and left hand displays are compared by comparators in
the
a) FMS
b) EICAS
c) Symbol Generators
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

3. What is the approximate earth rate?

a) 5o/hour
b) 10o/hour
c) 15o/hour

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 102

4. An IRS platform has

a) two accelerometers
b) three accelerometers
c) two or three accelerometers depending on the system

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

5. IRS Laser Ring Gyros provide

a) rate movement about an axis
b) displacement about an axis
c) both rate and displacement about an axis

The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

6. What are the outputs of a Digital ADC

a) TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT
b) TAS, MACH and Altitude
c) TAS, MACH, Altitude and TAT
The correct answer is a Both Static and Total Air Temperatures are outputs of a digital ADC

7. ARINC 629 periodic mode is used for

a) normal operation
b) transferring data only on events important to aircraft operation
c) database loads

The correct answer is a Read up ARINC 429 and 629

8. A fibre optic data bus used on an aircraft

a) connects non-essential systems only
b) can transmit on several channels at the same time
c) can send only one message at a time

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

9. Light travels along a fibre optic by

a) reflection
b) refraction
c) dispersion

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

10. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection by

a) designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF
b) ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit
c) advising operators of all points susceptible to deterioration due to corrosion,
moisture ingress, flexing etc.
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Question :3
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 102

Question :4
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :5
The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :6
The correct answer is a Both Static and Total Air Temperatures are outputs of a digital ADC

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up ARINC 429 and 629

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :10
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 11. You've been here 1 times.

1. How is data coupled to an ARINC data bus?
 a) By a capacitive pickup
b) By an inductive pickup
c) By a resistive pickup

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

2. An AND gate output is 1 when inputs are

a) both 0
b) 1 and 0
c) both 1

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

3. What is hex 110 in decimal

a) 272
b) 282
c) 32

The correct answer is a Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

4. Convert the binary word 1100 to decimal

a) 16
b) 12
c) 11

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

5. How does MIL-STD-1533 put data onto the data bus?

a) Through the bus controller
b) R1 (remote terminal)
c) SSIFU (sub-system interface unit)

The correct answer is a Read up on MIL-STD-1533 data bus systems

6. If a data message is made up of 1 and 0 it is

a) analogue
b) digital
c) logic

The correct answer is b Digital is 1s and 0s

7. Convert the binary word 1110 to decimal

a) 12
b) 14
c) 15

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

8. What sort of gate requires two positive voltages to operate

a) NOT
b) OR
c) AND

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

9. What is the main disadvantage of a fibre optic data bus?

 a) Bend radius and moisture ingress at connections
b) Less strong and durable when compared to twisted pair and coaxial cable
c) Expensive to install

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

10. When 4 binary serial counters are connected in cascade for frequency division, what
division factor is required
a) 4
b) 8
c) 16
The correct answer is c Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 4 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2x2 = 16

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on MIL-STD-1533 data bus systems

Question :6
The correct answer is b Digital is 1s and 0s

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :10
The correct answer is c Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 4 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2x2 = 16

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam
Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 12. You've been here 1 times.

1. Magnetic deflection in a CRT is achieved by
a) a sawtooth waveform
b) a trapezoidal waveform
c) a sinusoidal voltage
The correct answer is b Do not get confused with electrostatic deflection (plates), which would be sawtooth

2. Fly By Wire systems in the fully active mode, the actuators will
a) both be active
b) one in active mode, one in damping mode
c) both be in damping mode, awaiting control inputs

The correct answer is b Read up on Fly by Wire

3. The parity bit in digital information is used

a) for BITE programs
b) to check the validity of data information
c) to check the status of the system

The correct answer is b Read up on the purpose and use of parity bit

4. On a Fly By Wire system, what controls the stab trim

a) ELAC
b) ELAC and SEC
c) SEC
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is b ELAC = Elevator Aileron Computer, SEC = Spoilers Elevator Computer and FAC
= Flight Augmentation Computers (rudder)

5. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is

a) shallow bend radius
b) couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid
c) liable to environmental contamination of end terminals

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

6. ARINC 429 SDI word format is at bits

a) 1-8
b) 9 - 10
c) 32
The correct answer is b SDI = Source Destination Ident
7. Convert the binary number 110010 to decimal
a) 80
b) 50
c) 34

The correct answer is b Read up on decimal conversions

8. What is serial to parallel and vice-versa called

a) Encoder/Decoder
b) Multiplex/Demultiplex
c) Switching

The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing

9. What is the parity bit for on an ARINC 429 bus

a) To check for corruption during transmission of a word
b) To act as a terminal gap in an emergency
c) To delay the signal

The correct answer is a Read up on purpose and use of parity bit

10. 3 binary counters in cascade. What is the division?

a) 8
b) 16
c) 32
The correct answer is a Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 3 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2 = 8

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Do not get confused with electrostatic deflection (plates), which would be sawtooth

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on Fly by Wire

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on the purpose and use of parity bit

Question :4
The correct answer is b ELAC = Elevator Aileron Computer, SEC = Spoilers Elevator Computer and FAC
= Flight Augmentation Computers (rudder)

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :6
The correct answer is b SDI = Source Destination Ident

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on decimal conversions

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing
Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on purpose and use of parity bit

Question :10
The correct answer is a Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 3 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2 = 8

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 13. You've been here 1 times.

1. Control of software is by
a) the National Aviation Authority
b) engineers
c) the aircraft manufacturers

The correct answer is a See AWN 45.

2. A typical fibre optic connector is

a) F-type connector
b) coupling type, with lens fitted
c) push-pull connector

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics.

3. An ARINC 429 word label format is

a) binary
b) octal
c) hexadecimal

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 word format.

4. Which of the following is an optelectronic device?

a) Triac
b) Thyristor
c) Laser Diode

The correct answer is c Read up on optoelectronic devices (from Module 4).

5. What is the advantage of a single mode fibre optic over ordinary wire?
 a) Large bandwidth
b) Small bend radius
c) Not prone to damage

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics.

6. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 429 data bus

a) 120
b) 20
c) 60

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629.

7. Convert the hexidecimal number D into decimal

a) 13
b) 14
c) 14

The correct answer is a Read up on hexidecimal numbering system.

8. Convert decimal 15 into binary

a) 1101
b) 1111
c) 1110

The correct answer is b Read up on decimal to binary conversion.

9. Convert 448 to hex

a) 3616
b) 2416
c) 2216

The correct answer is b read up on octal to hex conversion.

10. When will a NAND gate give logic 0 at the output?

a) When both inputs are at 0
b) When both inputs are at 1
c) When the inputs are different
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a See AWN 45.

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics.

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 word format.

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on optoelectronic devices (from Module 4).

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics.

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629.

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on hexidecimal numbering system.

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on decimal to binary conversion.

Question :9
The correct answer is b read up on octal to hex conversion.

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates.

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 14. You've been here 1 times.

1. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 629 data bus
a) 120
b) 20
c) 60

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

2. Convert decimal 15 into hexadecimal

a) E
b) G
c) F

The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

3. Which logic gate has this truth table

A B C
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 0
 a) NOT
b) Exclusive OR
c) NAND

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

4. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

a) OR
b) Exclusive OR
c) NAND

The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

5. What is the definition of level one software?

a) Critical
b) Essential
c) Non-essential

The correct answer is a Read up on software classification

6. ESDS bags are sealed by

a) zip locks
b) ESDS labels
c) twine (100% cotton)

The correct answer is c Boeing manual says 100% cotton twine. Other manuals say ESDS label. However,
it could be considered that ESDS labels do not 'seal'.

7. What is 345 in binary?

a) 101011001
b) 110011001
c) 100111001
The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversion

8. What are the values of an ESDS wrist strap?

a) 250 kilohms to 1.5 megohms
b) 2 megohms to 5 megohms
c) 2 gigohms to 4 gigohms

The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1 - closest answer

9. Convert 1D to binary
a) 29
b) 11101
c) 101001

The correct answer is b Read up on hex to binary conversion

10. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is

a) unique to each terminal
b) common to each terminal
c) is when all transmissions are quiet
The correct answer is b The TI is common to all LRUs on ARINC 629

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on software classification

Question :6
The correct answer is c Boeing manual says 100% cotton twine. Other manuals say ESDS label. However,
it could be considered that ESDS labels do not 'seal'.

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversion

Question :8
The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1 - closest answer

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on hex to binary conversion

Question :10
The correct answer is b The TI is common to all LRUs on ARINC 629

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 15. You've been here 1 times.

1. Convert 2C hex to octal
a) 54
b) 44
c) 35
The correct answer is a Read up on hex to octal conversions

2. A fibre optic light source is normally

a) a filament lamp
b) a laser or LED
c) a strobe light

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

3. What precautions are required when removing ESDS equipment

a) Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point
b) Keep one hand on the airframe
c) No special precautions are required

The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

4. An ARINC 429 bus uses

a) two bi-directional twin, sheathed and earthed wires
b) a twisted shielded pair of wires
c) a single twin cable for each transmitter

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

5. The minimum requirement for a cockpit voice recorder to begin operating is

a) on engine startup
b) on commencing the takeoff roll
c) once established in the en-route climb

The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1. Although JAR Ops states that the CVR must begin when
the aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.

6. ARINC Communications Addressing and Reporting Systems is used to

a) download aircraft status reports
b) connect the aircraft to base
c) make telephone calls

The correct answer is b Read up on ACARS

7. ARINC 429 data bus systems uses

a) decimal numbering
b) hexadecimal numbering
c) binary coded decimal

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems (429 uses either BCD or binary)

8. With radio coupled autopilot, what are the inputs

a) ADF and ILS
b) ADF and VOR
c) ILS and VOR

The correct answer is c Read up on autopilot

9. B-RNAV system must be capable of

a) holding six waypoints
b) displaying distance and bearing to waypoint
c) reversing the waypoints for "fly-me-home"
The correct answer is b Read up on B-RNAV

10. The basic principle of radar is based upon

a) the amount of power in the signal returned
b) the time delay between outward and returning pulse
c) ultrasonic wave propagation
The correct answer is b Read up on basic radar theory

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on hex to octal conversions

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :5
The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1. Although JAR Ops states that the CVR must begin when
the aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on ACARS

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems (429 uses either BCD or binary)

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on autopilot

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on B-RNAV

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on basic radar theory

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 16. You've been here 1 times.

1. An ARINC 429 Binary Coded Decimal word occupies word bits
a) 11 - 28
b) 11 - 29
c) 1-8

The correct answer is b Two versions of ARINC 429. BCD uses 11 - 29, Binary uses 11 - 28.

2. Engine parameters are displayed on

a) ECAM
b) EHSI
c) CDU

The correct answer is a Read up on ECAM/EICAS systems

3. A flight deck CRT LRU is being replaced. What does the ESDS label indicate?
a) Wrist straps should be worn
b) Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed
c) Remove power before connecting

The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

4. What systems does the ADC feed?

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar
b) Standby altimeter/machmeter
c) Cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / Altimeter

The correct answer is c Read up on Air DAta Computers

5. A hexadecimal is a number to base

a) 8
b) 2
c) 16

The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numering system

6. An ARINC 429 system uses a

a) 16 bit word over a twisted pair of wires
b) 32 bit word over a twisted pair of wires
c) 20 bit word over a bi-directional bus

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

7. A thyristor is a device which has

a) a positive temperature coefficient
b) a negative temperature coefficient
c) a temperature coefficient of zero

The correct answer is b Read up on thyristos

8. When using a wrist strap, before touching the LRU the resistance should be measured
from your skin to the end of the earth probe. This should be
a) more than 10 kilohms
b) less than 10 kilohms
c) less than 1 ohm

The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

9. 1012 converted to decimal is

a) 52
b) 510
c) 210

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converions

10. Physical variables in quantitative forms, such as voltage or angular rotation of a shaft are
a) analogue
b) digital
c) binary
The correct answer is a Read up on analogue/digital definitions

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Two versions of ARINC 429. BCD uses 11 - 29, Binary uses 11 - 28.

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on ECAM/EICAS systems

Question :3
The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on Air DAta Computers

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numering system

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on thyristos

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converions

Question :10
The correct answer is a Read up on analogue/digital definitions

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 17. You've been here 1 times.

1. Within a 3 bit frequency cascade, division is to
a) 8
b) 4
c) 2

The correct answer is a Read up on counters

2. When is a radio altimeter active?

a) Up to 10,000 ft
b) Up to 2,500 ft
c) Up to 100 ft

The correct answer is b Read up on radio altimeters and ILS

3. Which of the following could be a primary cause of HIRF protection failure?

a) Unserviceable radio filters
b) Broken or missing static wicks
c) Corrosion on bonding leads

The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

4. The binary coded decimal number 10011000 expressed as a decimal number is

a) 98 b10
b) 152 10
c) 152 2
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is a Read up on BCD to decimal conversions (BCD is not the same a s binary)

5. The decimal number 7 expressed as a binary number is

a) 111 2
b) 7 2
c) 101 2

The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversions

6. Convert 011101 binary to octal
a) 25
b) 33
c) 35

The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

7. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection

a) by designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF
b) by ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit
c) by advising the operator of parts of the aircraft susceptible to degradation due to
corrosion, moisture ingress, flexing etc.

The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

8. An ARINC 629 characteristic is

a) all LRUs can transmit at the same time
b) all LRUs can transmit and receive at the same time
c) data can transmit in both directions down the data bus

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

9. In an ARINC 429 word string, bits 1 - 8 represent

a) the source of the message
b) the monitored parameter
c) the destination LRU

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

10. What limits the number of ARINC 429 receivers on a bus

a) The speed and size
b) The parallel input impedance
c) The weight

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on counters

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on radio altimeters and ILS

Question :3
The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on BCD to decimal conversions (BCD is not the same a s binary)

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversions

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

Question :7
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 18. You've been here 1 times.

1. The 'fan-in' in a gate is the
a) number of outputs from a gate
b) number of inputs to a gate
c) number of inputs and outputs of a gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gate systems

2. Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) means the number of gates in a single IC is
a) up to 1000
b) up to 10,000
c) over 10,000

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gate systems

3. The advantage of DRAM over SRAM is

a) they operate slower
b) has a larger storage capacity per chip area
c) are cheaper to manufacture

The correct answer is c Read up on memory (RAM) types

4. A BYTE is usually
a) a 12 bit word
b) an 8 bit word
 c) a six bit word

The correct answer is b Read up on computer terminology

5. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by

a) bi-polar return to zero
b) manchester bi-phase
c) non return to zero

The correct answer is b Read up on MIL-STD-1553 data bus system

6. The fibre optic cable can be identified on aircraft by its jacket colour which is
a) purple
b) red
c) yellow

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

7. For a fibre optic cable connector that is not regularly disconnected you would use the
a) ceramic lens type
b) ball lens type
c) butt type

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

8. The timebase in a CRT consists of

a) an amplifier and an oscillator
b) an oscillator only
c) an amplifier only

The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

9. HIRF protection of LRUs is provided by

a) built in filters and overvoltage circuits
b) internally shielded cables
c) built in filters only

The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

10. An EADI display of flight director commands are coloured

a) cyan
b) red
c) magenta
The correct answer is c Aircraft instruments and integrated systems,(pallet) page 302 fig 12.5 eadi flight
director command bars are magenta

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gate systems

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gate systems

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on memory (RAM) types

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on computer terminology

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on MIL-STD-1553 data bus system

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

Question :9
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :10
The correct answer is c Aircraft instruments and integrated systems,(pallet) page 302 fig 12.5 eadi flight
director command bars are magenta

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 19. You've been here 1 times.

1. Which systems does a modern ADC give information to?
a) Flight control computer, Air Data Instrument, Engine systems
b) EFIS
c) EICAS

The correct answer is a Read up on Air Data Computer

2. Binary Number: 110010

a) 80
b) 50
c) 34

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal conversion

3. How are engine indications sent to the FDR?
a) Via ARINC 573
b) Via ARINC 629
c) Source isolated

The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data Recorder

4. What is this truth table?

A B A.B
000
100
010
111
a) AND gate
b) NOR gate
c) NOT gate

The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

5. Where do the outputs from a DADC go?

a) EADI
b) EHSI
c) IRMP: Inertial Reference Mode Panel
The correct answer is c Read up on Digital AIr Data Computer (IRMP is the control for the Inertial
Referencing Unit)

6. During an EFIS screen fit

a) use bonding strap
b) don’t touch terminals
c) no tooling is required

The correct answer is b Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems - Pallet. pg 219

7. To stop earth loops forming, you would

a) leave both ends of the cable screen open circuit
b) earth both ends of the cable screen
c) earth only one end of the cable screen

The correct answer is c Read up on anti-static precautions

8. How many satellite signals are required to achieve precise 3D positioning?

a) 4
b) 5
c) 6

The correct answer is a Read up on satallite navigation (or GPS)

9. Binary addition of 1101 + 101101 is

a) 58
b) 61
c) 70

The correct answer is a Read up on binary addition and binary to decimal conversions
10. What system uses base 8?
a) ARINC 429, in dataword labels only
b) ARINC 629
c) ARINC 573

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 data bus word format

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on Air Data Computer

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal conversion

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data Recorder

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on Digital AIr Data Computer (IRMP is the control for the Inertial
Referencing Unit)

Question :6
The correct answer is b Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems - Pallet. pg 219

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on anti-static precautions

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on satallite navigation (or GPS)

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on binary addition and binary to decimal conversions

Question :10
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 data bus word format

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 20. You've been here 1 times.

1. What maintenance problems are associated fibre optics?
a) Corrosion
b) Earthing faults
c) Kinking and contamination of connectors

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

2. Who can sign for a software update?

a) Design organization or the aircraft manufacturer
b) Engineer
c) Chief pilot

The correct answer is b AWN 43

3. What sort of gate is this?

a) Or gate
b) NOR gate
c) NOT gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

4. What creates the raster effect on a CRT?

a) Sawtooth frequency
b) Sinusoidal frequency
c) Trapezoidal

The correct answer is a Read up on Cathode Ray Tubes

5. Common fibre optic use is

a) modulating intensity on direct read
b) modulating frequency on direct read
c) HIRF

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

6. An aircraft may have been HIRF affected.

a) A static wick check is required
b) A bonding load check is required
c) Test all radio frequencies for interference

The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

7. The binary number 11010111 is expressed as a decimal is:

a) 215
b) 107
 c) 53

The correct answer is a Read up on binary to decimal converion

8. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is:

a) 513
b) 613
c) 713

The correct answer is a Read up on octal to decimal conversion

9. With a relative humidity of 10% to 20%, if you walked over a carpet what electrostatic
voltage value would you expect to see?
a) 6,000 volts
b) 12,000 volts
c) 35,000 volts

The correct answer is c Read up on static electricity

10. Before fitting a Printed Circuit Board you should check the
a) resistance between skin and strap end plug is less than 10 megohms
b) resistance between skin and strap end plug is more than 1 megohms
c) resistance between strap and strap end plug is less than 1 megohms
The correct answer is c CAAIP Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :2
The correct answer is b AWN 43

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on Cathode Ray Tubes

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on binary to decimal converion

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on octal to decimal conversion

Question :9
The correct answer is c Read up on static electricity

Question :10
The correct answer is c CAAIP Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 21. You've been here 1 times.

1. A fibre optic data bus
a) can only transmit 1 message at a time
b) can transmit several messages simultaneously
c) is only used for non essential messages

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

2. The minimum requirement for an aeroplane CVR is

a) from power on
b) from engine start
c) from beginning of take off roll

The correct answer is b JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c) OR answer c by CAP 393 Section I Para 53

3. On an ARINC 629 data bus, the maximum amount of current-mode couplers per data bus
is
a) 46
b) 120
c) 64

The correct answer is b 120 LRUs maximum (but the B777 uses 46)

4. To connect a LRU to the data bus

a) a current mode coupler, serial interface module and terminal controller is
required
b) current mode coupler, terminal controller and a production break is required
c) a terminal controller and interface module only is required

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

5. A current-mode coupler contains an E-Core assembly. The purpose of the E-Core is to

a) couple the signal to the data bus
b) provide effective screening of the signal through the current-mode coupler
c) enable easy access for monitoring of the signal
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

6. The ARINC 429 low rate of transmission is

a) 12-14 Kbits/second with high of 100 kBits/second
b) 12-14 Mbits/second with high of 100 Mbits/secon
c) 100 kbits/second with high of 12-14 Mbits/second

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

7. A D to A converter is required to produce an output range of 0 to –10V. This can be

achieved by
a) a non inverting op amp connected in series with output
b) an inverting op amp connected in series with output
c) a differentiator with a 100 Kilohm feedback resistor

The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and ADCs

8. A D to A converter would use a precision amplifier to

a) ensure that the output voltages remain accurate
b) ensure that the input voltage remains accurate
c) compensate for the variation of the feedback resistor with temperature
The correct answer is a Read up on DACs and ADCs
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

9. A given transducer provides a voltage which corresponds to true heading. This voltage
can be converted to 'bits' by using a
a) commutator
b) digital to analogue converter
c) analogue to digital converter

The correct answer is c Read up on DACs and ADCs

10. The output of a NOT gate is logic 1. The input is

a) logic 1
b) logic 0
c) both logic 1

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :2
The correct answer is b JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c) OR answer c by CAP 393 Section I Para 53

Question :3
The correct answer is b 120 LRUs maximum (but the B777 uses 46)
Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and ADCs

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on DACs and ADCs

Question :9
The correct answer is c Read up on DACs and ADCs

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 22. You've been here 1 times.

1. An ARINC 629 bus cable is a twisted pair of wires with
a) a 130 ohm resistor at one end
b) a 230 ohm resistor at one end
c) a 130 ohm resistor at both ends

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

2. An ARINC 629 stub cable

a) connects bi-directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler
b) connects single directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler
c) connects bi-directional data between two LRUs

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

3. Care must be taken when installing ARINC 629 cables into bus panels, damage to cables
can cause
 a) arcing of high voltage signals
b) standing waves.
c) corrosion of the conductor

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

4. An aircraft data bus system

a) cannot use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 data buses.
b) can use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 as they are compatible.
c) can use both systems, ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 via system card files and
signal gateways

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

5. An Inertial Navigation System (INS/IRS) computes distance from acceleration by

a) a simple integration
b) a differentiation followed by an integration
c) two successive integrations

The correct answer is c Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

6. Before the aircraft is moved from the loading pier the pilot must
a) insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS
b) set the altitude to be fed into the INS
c) insert the longitude and latitude of the first waypoint into the INS

The correct answer is a Read up on Inertial Reference Systems

7. A 12 bit 16 Channel encoder will use a multiplexer with

a) 2 wire series address line
b) 3 bit parallel address line
c) 4 bit parallel address line

The correct answer is a Read up on multiplexing

8. An A to D converter uses successive approximation to

a) increase resolution
b) increase speed
c) increase accuracy

The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

9. An R-2R D to A converter uses

a) two values of resistors whose precision is not important
b) two values of precision resistors
c) resistors whose values are logarithmic

The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

10. A fiber optic cable to LRU connector should be connected

a) using torque-loaded pliers
b) hand tight only
c) very carefully to ensure alignment and reduce light loss
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on Inertial Reference Systems

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on multiplexing

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 23. You've been here 1 times.

1. An IRS has
a) accelerometers fixed to the airframe and gyros on a stable platform
b) accelerometers and gyros fixed to a the airframe
c) accelerometers on a stable platform and gyros fixed to the airframe
The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

2. An IRS system requires data for wind computation from

a) central Air Data Computer
b) satellites
c) Doppler System

The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

3. The FMS carries out a Rho/Theta navigation function, the purpose of this is to
a) update the IRS system with an accurate position fix of latitude and longitude
b) to update the EMS with the new lateral flight profile for the flight plan
c) to update the VOR and DME systems with an accurate position fix

The correct answer is a Read up on FMS - IRS update function

4. The FMS is updated

a) by the aircrew by reference to the Tech Log
b) automatically by update data from the ACARS
c) by an aircraft engineer updates the system either by a magnetic tape or floppy
disc

The correct answer is c Read up on FMS database updating

5. Pitch Control of a fly by wire system is achieved by

a) elevators only
b) stabilizer and elevator
c) stabilizer only

The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

6. In a fly by wire system, if the pilot control input is derived from a side stick controller:
a) control surface feedback is fed to the side stick
b) there is no control surface feedback to the side stick
c) there will be only control surface feedback to the side stick after a computer
failure

The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

7. In memory using multivibrators, when power is switched off the datawill

a) still be available on power up
b) be lost
c) automatically be downloaded

The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

8. The resistance of the wrist strap used as part of anti static precautions should be
a) 0 - 200 ohm
b) 250 kilohm - 1.5 megohm
c) 20 megohm - 200 megohm

The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

9. What is the function of a status register in a microprocessor?

a) To indicate the status of the processor
b) In the ALU, to store the position of the program during an interrupt
 c) To synchronize the clock pulse

The correct answer is a <See [Link]

10. What is the advantage of EPROM over fusible link?

a) Cheaper to produce
b) Can be re-programmed
c) Does not need refreshing
The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on FMS - IRS update function

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on FMS database updating

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

Question :8
The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

Question :9
The correct answer is a <See [Link]

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 24. You've been here 1 times.

1. A basic IRS platform has
a) 3 accelerometers and 2 laser gyros
b) 2 Accelerometers and 3 laser gyros
c) 3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros
The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

2. What must be entered into the IRS before the aircraft can be moved?
a) Present position
b) Flight plan
c) Cruise height

The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

3. The FMS Operational Data Base is

a) updated once a month
b) is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and cost index before
take off
c) needs no update information

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases

4. Control surface feedback is fed back to

a) the Flight Control Computer only
b) the Flight Control Computer and side stick controller
c) the side stick controller only

The correct answer is a Read up on fly by wire

5. The function of a commutator is to

a) convert from analogue to binary form
b) provide a sampling in sequence of a number of parameters
c) provide continuous availability of all parameters connected to the system

The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and CADs

6. When the voltage that represents a logic 1 state is less than the voltage that represents a
logic 0 state, the logic being used is
a) either positive or negative
b) positive
c) negative

The correct answer is c Read up on logic systems

7. The output of an AND gate having two inputs A and B is logic 1. The two inputs will
have the logic states of
a) A = 0, B = 0
b) A = 1, B = 1
c) A = 1, B = 0
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

8. Registers are used in digital computers to

a) store bits of information in a permanent memory
b) store a limited amount of information on a temporary basis
c) keep a count of operations completed

The correct answer is b Read up on CPU architecture

9. What is 0111000012 in Octal?

a) 281 10
b) 225 8
c) 341 8

The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

10. ARINC 629 is used for

a) normal flight
b) emergency only
c) a backup to ARINC 429

The correct answer is a Read up on the ARINC 429 and 629 data bus system
How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on fly by wire

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and CADs

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on logic systems

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on CPU architecture

Question :9
The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

Question :10
The correct answer is a Read up on the ARINC 429 and 629 data bus system
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 25. You've been here 1 times.

1. Testing of HIRF on aircraft systems is done
a) by periodically listening for interference on all systems
b) at and during production and testing (initial certification)
c) only after a report of radio interference

The correct answer is b Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

2. How are earth loops prevented from forming?

a) Ground only one end of the cable screen
b) Ground both ends of the cable screen
c) Ground neither end of the cable screen

The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

3. When carrying out a bonding check on a surface protected by anodic film

a) the anodic film should be removed locally to ensure a good contact
b) the film is conductive so no preparations are required
c) add a bonding factor to the result of the test to account for the resistance of the
anodic film

The correct answer is a Read up on electrical testing

4. The accelerometer output in an INS/IRS is

a) integrated twice to give velocity
b) integrated twice to give distance
c) integrated once to give distance

The correct answer is b Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

5. An INS/IRS Battery Unit provides

a) standby power when airborne and on the ground
b) standby power only whilst in flight
c) standby power only on the ground

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 247 & 248
6. The FMS Navigation Data Base must be updated
a) once a month
b) every 28 days
c) before each flight to establish the flight plan

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases

7. If a fly by wire actuator loses hydraulic power the control surface will
a) automatically move back to the neutral position
b) remain rigid in the failure position
c) remain in the failure position but may move due to aerodynamic pressure

The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

8. The output of an OR gate having two inputs A and B is logic 0. The two inputs will have
the logic states of
a) A = 0, B = 0
b) A = 1, B = 0
c) A = 0, B = 1

The correct answer is a Read up logic gates

9. When clamping cable looms containing co-axial cables

a) avoid distortion to the co-axial cable to maintain the dielectric constant
b) distortion of the outer sheath is allowed providing the inner cable is not affected
c) the clamps must be no more than 1 metre apart

The correct answer is a Read up on cable installations

10. When incorporating an aerial cable it must be

a) in the centre of the other wires
b) outside the other wires for easy access
c) positioned separately from the loom

The correct answer is c Read up on cable installations

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on electrical testing

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

Question :5
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 247 & 248

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases
Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up logic gates

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on cable installations

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on cable installations

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 26. You've been here 1 times.

1. Some of the advantages of fiber optic cable over copper cable are
a) non conductive, easy to manufacture and assemble, higher bandwidth
b) smaller size and weight, non conductive, more rugged, higher security
c) non conductive, higher bandwidth, higher security, smaller size and weight

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

2. When carrying out airframe bonding checks as part of a program of HIRF prevention the
airframe bonding resistance should be less than
a) 50 milliohms
b) 100 milliohms
c) 1 ohm

The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

3. LCD screens are driven by

a) AC voltage
b) variable current DC voltage
c) fixed current DC voltage

The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

4. IRS alignment
a) takes up to 10 minutes and the present position can be entered at any time during
alignment
 b) takes up to 10 minutes and present position must be entered before alignment.
c) takes up to 10 minutes and the previous flight shut down present position is used
for the alignment

The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

5. A fault light appears on the IRS Mode Selector Unit during the alignment sequence. The
correct action is
a) immediately switch off and select the standby system.
b) select HDG/STS on the Inertial System Display Unit (ISDU), observe the action
code in the right alpha/numeric display
c) refer to the warning display on the EICAS/ECAM system.

The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

6. EFlS systems have two control panels, their purpose is

a) to provide display control by one control panel whilst the other provides a
standby
b) one for the EADI display and one for the EHSI display
c) one to control the type of EFlS display and the other to select the source of the
information being displayed

The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

7. A FMS has a total of how many Data Bases

a) 1
b) 2
c) 4

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases (navigation and performance databases)

8. Fly by wire High Speed protection is

a) to prevent high speed stall
b) to increase the pitch angle as speed increases
c) to prevent tuck under

The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire

9. In a single mode fibre optic cable

a) several waves travel down the cable
b) the diameter of the cable is dependent on the wavelength of the light used*
c) the distortion of the signal occurs is dependent on the length of cable

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

10. A semiconductor which emits photons and releases electrons when stimulated by photons
is called
a) an LED
b) a photodiode
c) a laser diode

The correct answer is c Read up on laser diodes (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation)
How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

Question :3
The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases (navigation and performance databases)

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on laser diodes (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation)

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 27. You've been here 1 times.

1. An IRS Laser gyro provides
a) detection of the rate of movement about an aircraft axis
b) detection of the earth’s rotation to establish true north
c) detection of the earth’s gravitational force to establish true north

The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

2. A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) has the advantage over a CRT because
a) it displays more colours
b) it requires less servicing
c) it requires no cooling

The correct answer is c Read up on LCDs and CRTs

3. The left and right cockpit displays

a) are supplied from separate Symbol Generators at all times
b) are supplied from the same Symbol Generator
c) will only be supplied from the same symbol generator when all other symbol
generators have failed

The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

4. A single failure of a fly by wire control surface computer will

a) cause the system to revert to an alternate law of operation
b) cause the system to revert to a direct law of operation
c) not have any operational effect on the system

The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

5. An encoder changes
a) analogue to digital
b) digital to analogue
c) data from one format to another

The correct answer is c Read up on encoders and decoders

6. An encoder using Grey code

a) changes analogue to digital
b) changes analogue to binary
c) changes digital to analogue

The correct answer is a Read up on altitude encoders and grey code

7. What is the Low Speed transmission rate for ARINC 429?

a) 12 – 14.5 kbits / second
b) 100 kbits / second
c) 120 kbits / second

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

8. What is this symbol:

a) Exclusive AND gate

b) Exclusive OR gate
c) Exclusive NOR gate
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

9. What Logic Gate does this switch circuit indicate?

a) AND gate
b) OR gate
c) NOR gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

10. What is the effect of a level 1 software failure?

a) Significant reduction in safety margins
b) Large reduction in safety margins
c) Loss of aircraft and / or fatalities

The correct answer is c Read up on software management

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on LCDs and CRTs

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on encoders and decoders

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on altitude encoders and grey code

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates
Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on software management

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 28. You've been here 1 times.

1. Ribbon cables affected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage are protected by
a) earthing each conductor
b) earthing each alternate conductor
c) wrapping the complete ribbon in an earthed shield

The correct answer is b Read up on HIRF protection

2. What is the definition of baud rate?

a) 1 bit per second
b) 1 byte per second
c) 1 word per second

The correct answer is a Read up on computer terminology

3. An RS flip-flop with Q at 1 is said to be

a) reset
b) set
c) zero

The correct answer is b Read up on flip-flops / vibrators

4. What is the Boolean Algebra for the XOR Circuit below?

The correct answer is b Read up on boolean algebra

5. What does the logic circuit below represent?

a) Half adder circuit

b) Full Adder Circuit
c) Multi-bit adder

The correct answer is b Read up on adders

6. The release of a photon by another photon is an example of

a) a zener diode
b) an LED
c) a photo diode

The correct answer is b Reead up on LED operation

7. When a JK flip flop is used as a memory device, what type of memory would it be?
a) non-volatile
b) read-only
c) volatile

The correct answer is c Read up on memory types

8. Once an ARINC 629 LRU has transmitted a message it will wait how long before
transmitting again?
a) Until the end of the synchronization gap.
b) Until the end of the transmit interval
c) Until the start of the terminal gap

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 629 data word format

9. How is the word label 206 written in ARINC 429?

 a) Decimal 206
b) Binary 11000110
c) Octal 01100001

The correct answer is c Label is Octal - MSB to right - so yes, it is backwards

10. What is ARINC 561 used for?

a) Flight Data Recorder systems
b) Fly by Wire systems
c) Inertial Navigation Systems

The correct answer is c Read up on the ARINC data bus systems

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on HIRF protection

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on computer terminology

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on flip-flops / vibrators

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on boolean algebra

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on adders

Question :6
The correct answer is b Reead up on LED operation

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on memory types

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 629 data word format

Question :9
The correct answer is c Label is Octal - MSB to right - so yes, it is backwards

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on the ARINC data bus systems

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5
Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 29. You've been here 1 times.

1. What are the outputs from digital clocks used for?

a) VOR, ILS and DME

b) Flight data acquisition unit, Flight management computer and Voice recorder
c) Weather radar, TCAS and ACARS

The correct answer is b Only these require real time reference

2. What does a fibre optic star connection do?

a) Provides direct point-to-point services to units on dedicated lines emanating

from the central hub
b) Provides a continuous loop of fibre interconnecting all nodes
c) Shares a common bandwidth of a common cable

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

3. What is the purpose of the ALU?

a) To convert serial into parallel data
b) To store data being used by the CPU
c) The part of the CPU unit where arithmetic & logic operations are carried out

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 146

4. Which logic gate has both inputs ‘high’ to get an output?

a) NAND gate
b) XOR gate
c) AND gate

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

5. Which would have the least components?

a) ALU
b) CPU
c) LSI

The correct answer is a Read up on CPU components

6. How many address lines would be needed for an 8 line MUX?

a) 4
b) 3
c) 2

The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing / demultiplexing

7. In a MUX, how is parallel converted to serial?

a) By way of a shift register
 b) By way of a demultiplexer
c) By way of an encoder

The correct answer is a Read up on shift registers

8. If a magnetic field is parallel to the X plates in a CRT, which way will the beam move?
a) Diagonally
b) Vertically
c) Horizontally

The correct answer is c Read up on CRTs

9. What would you expect to see displayed on an EADI display?

a) Flight director command bars, slip indicator, rate to altitude & autoland
b) Compass heading, selected heading and VOR
c) Course information, weather radar, way point alert and bearing pointers

The correct answer is a Read up on EFIS

10. The binary number 10101000111001012 in hexadecimal is:

a) 22BC 16
b) A8E5 16
c) FFFF 16

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to hex conversions

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Only these require real time reference

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :3
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 146

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on CPU components

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing / demultiplexing

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on shift registers

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on CRTs

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on EFIS
Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to hex conversions

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 30. You've been here 1 times.

1. A fibreoptic lens type coupling with lens and integral LED compared to an end-fire
coupling is
a) more efficient
b) less efficient
c) equally efficient

The correct answer is a

2. An analogue to digital converter is as accurate as

a) the sampling rate
b) the frequency
c) the amplitude

The correct answer is a

3. A digital to analogue converter that requires the output to range between 0v and -10v
would have
a) a non-inverting amplifier in parallel with the output line
b) an inverting amplifier in series with the output line
c) a non-inverting amplifier in line with the output with a resistor to ground

The correct answer is b

4. An LED display is
a) red and green
b) monochrome only
c) high definition

The correct answer is b

5. An EFIS ADI display will show along with pitch and roll
a) flight director bars, autoland, compass rose, altitude
b) flight director bars, autoland, altitude, range to altitude, decision height
c) decision height, autoland, rad alt , altitude
The correct answer is c

6. A full operation system BITE check will carry out a internal system test that ensures the
system meets design requirements and is operational
a) but will not move the controls
b) as well as checking full system and will move the controls to their stops
c) as well as checking full system but will not move the controls to their stops

The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

7. If on a flight deck EFIS system all the displays were missing one bit of information this is
most likely to be
a) the symbol generator and display
b) the input sensor bus and display controller
c) the display controller and symbol generator

The correct answer is b

8. A arinc data word is bits 11-29, if bits 11-18 are patched which of the following would be
the LSB bit
a) 19
b) 29
c) 21

The correct answer is a

9. What is a band?
a) A block of data
b) A bit of data
c) A byte of data

The correct answer is b

10. Passive sensors in fibre optics

a) require power for the processing signal before they send them down the fibre
optic
b) require no power and they do not process signals
c) process the signal but do not require power

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

Question :7
The correct answer is b

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 31. You've been here 1 times.

1. An LCD display uses what type of power supply?
a) Continuous AC
b) Variable level DC voltage
c) DC voltage

The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

2. Fibre optic data bus links are

a) bi-directional
b) one way data buses
c) simplex

The correct answer is a

3. 0011011000101001 when transferred to computer language this information can be a
representation of
a) binary, octal or decimal numbers
b) hex, octal and binary numbers
c) hex, octal and decimal numbers

The correct answer is b

4. In a bi-stable memory circuit

a) the memory is lost as soon as power is removed
b) the memory is retained indefinably
c) the memory needs to be refreshed constantly, even when power is on

The correct answer is a

5. In an analogue to digital converter, the input voltage

a) stays on constantly
b) is switched by the digital input
c) is intermittent

The correct answer is a

6. In an RS flip flop output is one. This means it is

a) set
b) reset
c) intermediate

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 143

7. ARINC 629 utilizes

a) full duplex
b) half duplex
c) simplex

The correct answer is b

8. Optical fibre losses are due to

a) absorption only
b) absorption, scattering and reflection
c) radiation, absorption and reflection

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 50

9. The cone of acceptance is measured between

a) longitudinal axis of the core and the outer angle
b) the two outer angles
c) the diameter of the core

The correct answer is a Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 29

10. An R-2R Converter has values or resistance

a) whose precision are accurate
b) whose relative precision are accurate
c) whose precision are not accurate

The correct answer is b

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is a

Question :6
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 143

Question :7
The correct answer is b

Question :8
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 50

Question :9
The correct answer is a Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 29

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 32. You've been here 1 times.

1. An ALU is an example of
a) LSI
b) SSI
c) MSI
The correct answer is a

2. What does 1 represent in an analogue system?

a) Switches closed, magnetised
b) Switches open, unmagnetised
c) High frequency

The correct answer is a

3. A centralised monitoring computer system is used

a) to test system during flight and for BITE test of systems on the ground using a
carry on control unit
b) to test systems in flight and on the ground using a centralised on board control
unit
c) testing systems on the ground only

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 270

4. A signal in an ARINC 629 system uses

a) a pair of wires per transmitter unit
b) a twisted pair of wires or fibre optics
c) a single wire

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

5. A beam deflection on EFIS displays are

a) electromagnetism
b) electrostatic
c) solid state

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 297

6. A nand and nor to become a not gate have

a) inputs connected together
b) inputs inverted
c) outputs inverted

The correct answer is a

7. An in-series ARINC 429 system transmits using

a) wave dividing multiplexing
b) time dividing multiplexing
c) encoder

The correct answer is b

8. Fibre optic cables use

a) reflective outer shell
b) refractive outer shell
c) reflective inner shell

The correct answer is b The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

9. A sinusoidal circular time constant produces what output?

 a) 90 degrees out of phase
b) 180 degrees out of phase
c) In phase

The correct answer is a

10. A terminal controller

a) transmits only when addressed
b) is repetitive transmitting
c) will transmit only once during each transmit interval

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 270

Question :4
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

Question :5
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 297

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is b

Question :8
The correct answer is b The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5
Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 33. You've been here 1 times.

1. What is the advantage of series over parallel message sending?
a) Quicker
b) More information sent
c) Only one pair of conductors

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

2. The number of LRUs which transmit/receive on ARINC-429 is dependent upon

a) size of S.D.I
b) speed of transmission & size of aircraft systems
c) parallel input impedance

The correct answer is c

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

3. In fibre optic cable, signals are separated by

a) active optic filter
b) passive optic filter
c) low pass filter

The correct answer is a

4. In an EFIS display, the lines, Scales, Indicator and Synoptic are generated by
a) synoptic scan
b) stroke scan
c) raster scan

The correct answer is b 757 MM 34-22-00 page 40 (p) and 737 MM 34-22-00 page 47, 4(b)

5. Speed of computer process information depends upon

a) the size of the programme
b) the time period to access the memory
c) the external inputs to the system

The correct answer is b

6. A typical example of a mass storage memory device which "write once" and "read many"
is
a) a CD Rom
b) an IC
c) a magnetic tape

The correct answer is a

7. When handling PCB's labelled ESDS, what precaution are taken?

 a) Isolate electrical power before installing on Aircraft
b) First earth with aircraft then to it
c) Do not touch its pins as copper contamination can occur

The correct answer is a Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems. Pallett. Page 219

8. A computer consist of at least the C.P.U and

a) memory and input & output port
b) register section, ALU, timing and control section
c) memory, ALU, input & output port

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 144

9. Electromagnetic compatibility is achieved by

a) shielding, screening, earthing, bonding and interference filters
b) enclosing the system with same frequency and strength of which screening is
done
c) coating in a conductive paint

The correct answer is a

10. The supply to an LCD is

a) AC
b) current restricted DC
c) voltage restricted DC

The correct answer is a See discussion in FORUM Module 5

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is b 757 MM 34-22-00 page 40 (p) and 737 MM 34-22-00 page 47, 4(b)

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is a Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems. Pallett. Page 219

Question :8
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 144

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is a See discussion in FORUM Module 5

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 34. You've been here 1 times.

1. The method of producing (white) lines for aircraft symbols, V/S scale etc. on an EADI is
by
a) stroke scan
b) raster scan
c) trapezoidal input

The correct answer is a MM 737-300/400/500, 34-22-00 page 47 4b or MM 757 34-22-00 page 40 (p).
'The special symbols, characters, letters, vectors and arcs are displayed using the stroke method. The EADI
sky/ground ball or EHSI weather radar are displayed using the raster method

2. In modern aircraft, the output from the clock is used

a) to synchronise the signals on the control bus
b) give GMT details to the flight recorder and other systems
c) to provide a clock pulse for CRT

The correct answer is b

3. Audio sounds recorded digitally

a) are not as accurate due to clipping and input errors
b) are superior quality and "data preservation"
c) are narrow bandwidth

The correct answer is b

4. When carrying out HIRF maintenance on aircraft, the max resistance is

a) 1 milliohm
b) 1 ohm
c) 0.05 ohms

The correct answer is c

5. A computer message 3B4 is

 a) binary
b) octal
c) hexadecimal

The correct answer is c

6. One of the ARINC 429 formats is

a) hexadecimal
b) BCD
c) octal

The correct answer is b [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

7. When does voice data recording commence?

a) On engine start
b) From aircraft take off run
c) After take off when airborne

The correct answer is b CAP 393 Section I Para 53, OR answer c by JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c)

8. What is 54 octal in hexadecimal

a) 2C
b) 4F
c) 2F

The correct answer is a

9. A heading reference of 320 degrees in a word label format would be written as

a) 101010001
b) 11010000
c) 01000111

The correct answer is b

10. Within an EFIS display system, all displays have 1 bit of information missing. What
would be the most probable cause?
a) Symbol generator and sensor input
b) Display controller and sensor input bus
c) Display controller and symbol generator

The correct answer is b

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a MM 737-300/400/500, 34-22-00 page 47 4b or MM 757 34-22-00 page 40 (p). 'The
special symbols, characters, letters, vectors and arcs are displayed using the stroke method. The EADI
sky/ground ball or EHSI weather radar are displayed using the raster method

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is b [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question :7
The correct answer is b CAP 393 Section I Para 53, OR answer c by JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c)

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 35. You've been here 1 times.

1. A computer using RAM would utilise
a) a compact disc
b) an integrated circuit (chip)
c) magnetic tape

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

2. With a j-k flip flop which is the output set

a) q=1
b) q=0
c) either

The correct answer is a

3. If the glideslope pointer is below the centre mark the aircraft is

a) on the glideslope
 b) below the glideslope
c) above the glideslope

The correct answer is c

4. 2D in decimal is
a) 45
b) 43
c) 41

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

5. The operational data base of the FMS may have to be modified in flight
a) by the pilot
b) automatically by the DADC
c) It cannot be modified in flight

The correct answer is c

6. An LED will emit light when

a) it is forward biased
b) it is reverse biased
c) either forward or reverse biased if a sufficient level of ac voltage is applied

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 121

7. On an EFIS system the weather radar is displayed on

a) the EADI
b) the EHSI
c) the FMC CDU

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 305

8. CADC outputs are

a) altitude, vertical speed, IAS, mach no
b) altitude ,vertical speed, angle of attack, TAT, SAT
c) altitude, vertical speed, TAS, CAS, mach no, SAT, TAT

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page 162.

9. Data is converted from serial to parallel and parallel to serial by

a) a parallel register
b) a shift register
c) a synchronous counter

The correct answer is b

10. A group of bits transmitted at the same time is

a) a clock signal
b) parallel data
c) serial data

The correct answer is b

How did you do?
------------------------------------
Question :1
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is c

Question :4
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 121

Question :7
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 305

Question :8
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page 162.

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 36. You've been here 1 times.

1. A typical characteristic of a CMOS is
a) low power dissipation
b) high voltage handling
c) high power dissipation

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 140
2. If one EICAS CRT fails
a) the remaining CRT will display primary EICAS data
b) the FMS CDU will display the failed CRT data
c) the standby CRT will automatically take over

The correct answer is a

3. 84 decimal in hexadecimal is
a) 54
b) f4
c) 5f

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

4. EADI displays
a) pitch and roll attitudes
b) heading and weather radar
c) pitch, roll and waypoints

The correct answer is a

5. On an EHSI in weather radar mode, a severe storm would be shown as

a) orange areas with black or yellow surrounds
b) red areas with black surrounds
c) blue areas with white background

The correct answer is b

6. Variations in light on EFIS displays are compensated for by

a) integrated light dependant resistors in the display compensating for each display
individual
b) An external light dependant resistor mounted on the flight deck compensating
for all displays in a parallel-parallel format
c) manual adjustment by flight crew on EFIS controller

The correct answer is a

7. The input bus into a central processor unit is a

a) one way bus
b) bi directional bus
c) two way bus

The correct answer is a

8. A method used in modern aircraft for reporting in flight faults to an engineering and
monitoring ground station is
a) TCAS II
b) ACARS
c) TAWS

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 299

9. A CRT display has the advantage over an LCD display by

a) brighter clearer output
b) more energy efficient
c) large viewing angle
The correct answer is c

10. Most fibre optic connectors are designed so

a) the receptacle has to torque to a designated torque to ensure correct alignment
b) the connectors can not be over tightened
c) the connector can not be replaced on the aircraft

The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 140

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 299

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 37. You've been here 1 times.

1. The self test function on an EFIS system can be tested
a) in the air only
b) on the ground only
c) in the air and on the ground

The correct answer is b

2. Each of the symbol generator outputs in an EFIS system can be

a) displayed of each individual display
b) only no. 2 can be displayed on the no.1
c) can not be interchanged

The correct answer is a

3. An AND gate with inverted inputs and an inverted output is equivalent to

a) an AND gate
b) an OR gate
c) a NOR gate

The correct answer is b

4. Logic gates internal operating mechanisms are produced from

a) thin film resistors
b) transistors
c) diodes

The correct answer is b

5. To display a circle on a CRT you use

a) 2 sine waves 180 degrees out of phase
b) 2 sine waves 90 degrees out of phase
c) 2 square wave 90 degrees out of phase

The correct answer is b

6. The light source used in fibre optics is

a) higher bandwidth than visible light
b) lower bandwidth than visible light
c) visible light

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics J Crisp Page 18/19

7. When the power is removed from a bi-stable memory device, it's memory will
a) be lost indefinitely
b) be saved indefinitely
c) downloaded to memory

The correct answer is a

8. BITE tests are inhibited for ground use during
a) take-off
b) gear retraction
c) forward motion

The correct answer is a

9. Software changes come under the responsibility of

a) the national aviation authority
b) the aircraft constructor
c) the engineer

The correct answer is b AWN 45

10. A multiplexer
a) takes many signals in and converts it to a serial transmission output
b) takes one signal in and converts it to a parallel transmission output
c) takes many signals in and puts these in a parallel transmission on the output

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics J Crisp Page 18/19

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b AWN 45

Question :10
The correct answer is a
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

Start at

This is exam number 38. You've been here 1 times.

1. The CPU consists of
a) register and arithmetic logic unit only
b) ALU, timing and control section, register
c) register, timing and control section only

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Intergrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 153 Basic CPU,.
Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 145

2. The ARINC 429 system uses the following system to transfer data
a) non return to zero
b) harvard bi phase
c) bi-directional return to zero

The correct answer is c [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

3. Which of the following ARINCs are bidirectional?

a) 429
b) 629
c) 573

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148.
[Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

4. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by using

a) bipolar return to zero
b) manchester bi-phase
c) non return to zero

The correct answer is b [Link] MIL-STD-1553 tutorial

5. The general arrangement of ARINC 629 includes

a) current mode coupler, data bus cable only
 b) data bus cable, stub cable, voltage mode coupler
c) data bus cable, current mode coupler, stub cable

The correct answer is c

6. To deflect the beam of a CRT horizontally, coils are placed on the neck of the tube
a) one on the side, one at the bottom
b) each side
c) top and bottom

The correct answer is c

7. During flight (non fault conditions) the EICAS system displays on the lower CRT
a) secondary engine parameters
b) synoptic display
c) flight phase page

The correct answer is a

8. Who can design new software?

a) BCAR section A8 approved company
b) BCAR section A1 approved company
c) The CAA

The correct answer is a AWN45a para 3.1.3 (BCAR section A sub section A8)

9. Data bus cables are terminated using

a) 130 ohms resistor
b) 100 ohms resistor
c) 25 ohms resistor

The correct answer is a

10. Modern aircraft with electronic displays would display information on airframe and
engine on which system?
a) Flight management system
b) Electronic centralised aircraft monitoring system (ECAM)
c) EADI
The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Intergrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 153 Basic CPU,.
Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 145

Question :2
The correct answer is c [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question :3
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148.
[Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question :4
The correct answer is b [Link] MIL-STD-1553 tutorial
Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a AWN45a para 3.1.3 (BCAR section A sub section A8)

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 39 You've been here 1 times

1. The Flight data recorder starts recording

• a) after take off
• b) on aircraft roll out from stand
• c) after the first engine has started

The correct answer is c JAR OPS Supbart K 1.715 e

2. Data to flight data recorder can be taken form a communal data bus if
• a) it goes directly to it
• b) the power is within flight data recorder limits
• c) if source isolation has been considered

The correct answer is c

3. In arinc 429 data field is bits 11 to 28. If the bits 11 to 18 had pad bits, the L.S.B. Of the data would
be
• a) bit 19
• b) bit 11
• c) bit 28

The correct answer is a

4. The BCD data field of arinc 429 is contained within bits

• a) 1-8
• b) 11 - 29
• c) 11-28

The correct answer is b Binary Word is 11 - 28. BCD Word is 11 - 29

5. After attaching a wrist strap to you wrist (which is connected to aircraft ground), prior to removal of
ESDS equipment, the resistance measured
• a) between the strap and the pin ground must be >10 Megohms
• b) between your skin and the pin ground must be <10 megohms
• c) between the strap and the pin ground must be <10 meghms

The correct answer is b Answer found in Boeing SWPM. 20-41-01 3(2) (e) Hold the red lead of the (test)
meter between the forefinger and the thumb. The acceptable range is less than 10,000,000 ohms

6. The major source of degradation of HIRF protection is

• a) corrosion
• b) damage to static wicks
• c) radio filter break down

The correct answer is c The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

7. The resistance of the magnetic coils of a CRT. Is offset by using

• a) trapezoidal voltage
• b) constant voltage
• c) sawtooth voltage

The correct answer is a

8. If the magnetic deflection plates produce a magnetic field which is parallel to the horizontal then the
trace is deflected in
• a) horizontal axis
• b) circular motion
• c) vertical axis

The correct answer is c

9. Light transmission in a fibre optic cable is due to

• a) repeated internal reflection
• b) refraction of the light
• c) defraction of the light

The correct answer is a

10. The name given to the joining of two fibre optic cables by aligning them carefully and bringing
them into close proximity of each other is
• a) Fusion
• b) End to end
• c) Lens Coupling
The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c JAR OPS Supbart K 1.715 e

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is b Binary Word is 11 - 28. BCD Word is 11 - 29

Question :5
The correct answer is b Answer found in Boeing SWPM. 20-41-01 3(2) (e) Hold the red lead of the (test)
meter between the forefinger and the thumb. The acceptable range is less than 10,000,000 ohms

Question :6
The correct answer is c The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is c

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 40 You've been here 1 times

1. In a fibre optic cable
• a) only one data signal can be sent down it at any one time
• b) multiple data signals can be sent down it at one time
• c) data can only be sent in one direction

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

2. A logic 1 may be represented in an analogue system by

(where Q is an output of a latch I flip-flop)
• a) switch open I light on IQ
• b) switch closed I light off / Not Q
• c) positive I magnetised IQ

The correct answer is c

3. A central fault display system should be available through

• a) a bite test
• b) a easily accessible multifunction control display unit
• c) a central bite test box with clear LED indications

The correct answer is b

4 An analogue to digital converter where it counts up to binary state eciual to the analogue in
put and then back down when this is reached is a
% a) successive approximation counter
• b) a tracking ramp type converter
• c) flash type converter

The correct answer is b Digital Fundimentals T L Floyd page 571

5. Transistors are used in a current triggered D to A device to

• a) switch on the input
• b) switch of the inputs
• c) change the state of the inputs

The correct answer is c

6. Radio altitude is displayed on an EFIS system

• a) on the Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
• b) on the Electronic Attitude Direction Indicator
• c) ontheRMI

The correct answer is b

7. A flight data recorder should be capable of recording

• a) the last 25 hours
• b) the last 25 hours of aircraft flight
• c) the last 25 hours with engines running

The correct answer is c

8. Op amps generally used in ADCs and DACs are normally % a) high input impedance, low
output impedance
• b) high input impedance , high output impedance % c) low input impedance , how output
impedance
The correct answer is a

9. Magnetic materials are used in

• a) ROMs only
• b) some RAMs
• c) EPROM

The correct answer is b

10. The pins on an op amp are numbered

• a) clockwise
• b) anticlockwise
• c) cross ways

The correct answer is b Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 16D

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b Digital Fundimentals T L Floyd page 571

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is c

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is b Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 16D

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam
Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number41 You've been here 1 times

1. A parallel register
• a) reads each bit to be stored simultaneously
b) requires a clock pulse for each bit
• c) reads the stored data when logic 0 is applied to the read line

The correct answer is a

2. HIRF protection is in the order of

• a) hardened skin and protecting wires I LRUs
. b) bonding as many parts of the aircraft as possible and a maximum resistance
• 0.05ohms
• c) periodically turn off components whilst radio transmitting

The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include static build-up, but does include
interference from outside sources. The protection from such interferenc is via the aircraft skin and
wire/LRU shielding. Understanding HIRF, Gerald L Fuller

3. 16 hexadecimal converted to decimal is equivalent to

• a) 38
• b) 48
• c) 22

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

4. To get logic 1 using this gate

•
a) A or B = 1
• b) A and B = 1
• c) A and B = 0

The correct answer is c

5. What logic gate would this circuit represent?

• a) NAND Gate
• b) NOR gate
• c) AND gate
The correct answer is c

6. Decimal 10 converted to binary is

• a) 1111
• b) 1001
• c) 1010

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

7. What systems uses base 10?

• a) Decimal
• b) Digital
• c) Octal

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

8. What systems use base 16?

• a) Octal
• b) BCD
• c) Hexadecimal

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

9. EADI pointers, dials and engine data is produced using

a) stroke
b) raster
c) electromagnetic waves

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 300

10. Fibre optic cables consists of a silica glass core and

a) refractive outer cladding
b) reflective outer cladding
c) reflective inner cladding

The correct answer is a The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include static build-up, but does include
interference from outside sources. The protection from such interferenc is via the aircraft skin and
wire/LRU shielding. Understanding HIRF, Gerald L Fuller

Question :3
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :4
The correct answer is c
Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

Question :7
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

Question :8
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :9
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 300

Question :10
The correct answer is a The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number42 You've been here 1 times

1. The waveform to the coil of a CRT is

• a) trapezoidal
• b) ramp
• c) analogue

The correct answer is a

2. Analogue logic 1 is
• a) closed switch, Logic Q=0
• b) closed circuit, Logic Q=1
• c) open circuit

The correct answer is b

3. ARINC 629 is transmitted using
a) fibre optics or twisted pair of wires
• b) single wire for each transmitter
• c) SWG 28 wire

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

4. BITE for ground use only is switched off

• a) when breaks are released
b) when undercarriage up
• c) on take-off

The correct answer is c

5. Fibre optics relies on

• a) fibre absorbing light
• b) light reflecting off cladding
• c) light escaping cladding

The correct answer is b

6. The "light" emitted from a LED used within a fibre-optic system will have a wavelength
• a) slightly longer then that of visible light
• b) slightly shorter then that of visible light
• c) equal to that of visible light

The correct answer is a Infrared from 850nm. Visible light is 400 - 800 nm

7. Binary coded decimal (BCD) format has a minimum of

• a) four "Os" or "1s"
• b) 2lotsoffour"0s"or"1s"
• c) 3 lots of four "Os" or "1 s"

The correct answer is a

8. A simplex system has

• a) 1 transmitter and multiple receivers
• b) 1 bus controller and 1 remote terminal
• c) 1 bus controller and multiple receivers

The correct answer is a

9. Fibre optic cable over copper cable has the following advantages
• a) non-conductive, easier to manufacture and assemble, greater bandwidth
• b) non-conductive, greater bandwidth, greater signal security
• c) greater bandwidth, greater signal security, more robust

The correct answer is b

10. An EFIS system ADI displays pitch, roll

• a) autoland, altitude, compass rose and flight director bars
• b) autoland, decision height, range to altitude and flight director bars and slip indicator
• c) autoland, rad alt, decision height and slip indicator

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is a Infrared from 850nm. Visible light is 400 - 800 nm

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 43. You've been here 1 times.

1. What is the Hexadecimal number F86 in Binary?
a) 111110000110
 b) 111110000001
c) 3974

The correct answer is a Convert it to Decimal first (15 x 256 + 8 x 16 + 6 x 1) = 3974. Since it is an even
number, it must be the answer with a zero on the end.

2. What is 11000012 - 1011002?

a) 1101112
b) 100011012
c) 1101012

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 1129

3. During normal functioning of an ECAM system the engine data shown on the
Engine/Warning display comes from the
a) EFIS channel of DMC3
b) ECAM channel of DMC1
c) ECAM channel of DMC3

The correct answer is b DMC 1 (in normal operation) supplies info the the upper ECAM, DMC 2 supplies
info to the lower ECAM and DMC 3 is in standby

4. To create a bi-directional communications link within an ARINC 429 system

a) only one databus is required
b) two databuses are required
c) four databuses are required

The correct answer is b

5. Using I.N.S. an aircraft flies

a) course directed by ground station
b) great circle route
c) rhumb line

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 132

6. What warnings can an FMS provide?

a) Discrete warnings
b) Spurious faults
c) Ground faults only

The correct answer is a

7. Aircraft heading (HDG) is

a) the angle between True North and the desired track
b) the angle between True North and the actual track
c) the angle between True North and the longitudinal axis of the aircraft

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 254

8. For an IRS System to pass the ‘Alignment System Performance Test’ the
a) entered present latitude and longitude must agree with the latitude and longitude
at last power down
b) the No 1 and No 2 must both have the same latitude and longitude present
position entered
c) the latitude entered must be within given limits of the latitude computed by IRU
The correct answer is c Aircraft Intruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett pages 279-280

9. The accepted error from INS / IRS is

a) 2 miles / hour + 3 miles
b) l mile / hour + 3 miles
c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles

The correct answer is c

10. Control Display Unit (CDU ) selection of TKE (Track Angle Error), displays
a) distance perpendicular from the selected track
b) difference in degrees that the aircraft is to the right or left of the desired track
c) difference in degrees from True North in a clockwise direction from the desired
track

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Convert it to Decimal first (15 x 256 + 8 x 16 + 6 x 1) = 3974. Since it is an even
number, it must be the answer with a zero on the end.

Question :2
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 1129

Question :3
The correct answer is b DMC 1 (in normal operation) supplies info the the upper ECAM, DMC 2 supplies
info to the lower ECAM and DMC 3 is in standby

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 132

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 254

Question :8
The correct answer is c Aircraft Intruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett pages 279-280

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 44. You've been here 1 times.

1. In the EICAS system, when is the maintenance mode available?
a) On the upper and lower screens - only available on the ground
b) Lower screen only - only available on the ground
c) In flight

The correct answer is b B747 Maintenance Manual. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett
Page 380

2. On a modern aircraft when are BITE checks carried out?

a) When BITE selected
b) After engine shut down
c) Continuously when system is in use

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, 5th edition, Eismin, Pages 152 and 268

3. What causes the X and Y beam deflections in an EFIS CRT display?

a) Electromagnetic
b) Electrostatic
c) Either

The correct answer is a Aircraft instruments and integrated systems (Pallett), page 286

4. In an IN system, the purpose of the stable platform is to

a) prevent unwanted acceleration affecting the accelerometers
b) provide attitude reference
c) stop the gyros from toppling

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 260

5. The three accelerometers on a stable platform are mounted

a) parallel to each other
b) orthogonally
c) 12Oo apart

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 134

6. An IN system requires data from the

 a) doppler system
b) satellites
c) air data computer

The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 138

7. XTK (cross track) is the

a) angle in degrees that the aircraft track is left or right of desired track
b) actual track across the earth’s surface
c) perpendicular distance from the desired track

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256

8. The output of an INS can be fed to

a) vertical speed indicators
b) attitude indicators
c) altimeters

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 247 fig 10.1.
Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137 & 138

9. The three accelerometers on a strapdown platform are mounted

a) parallel to each other
b) 90o to each other
c) 120o apart

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 135

10. Gyro-compassing is the term used for

a) self-alignment in azimuth
b) self alignment in the vertical
c) use of the gyro-magnetic compass system to align the platform

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 280

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b B747 Maintenance Manual. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett
Page 380

Question :2
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, 5th edition, Eismin, Pages 152 and 268

Question :3
The correct answer is a Aircraft instruments and integrated systems (Pallett), page 286

Question :4
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 260

Question :5
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 134
Question :6
The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 138

Question :7
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 247 fig 10.1.
Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137 & 138

Question :9
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 135

Question :10
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 280

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 45. You've been here 1 times.

1. Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System operates to
a) perform in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE
b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status
c) perform in-flight BITE only

The correct answer is b

2. The control of the speed or rate that the F/D Command bars move can be controlled by
a) position feedback
b) rate or velocity feedback
c) amplifier gain

The correct answer is b

3. The Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of operation
a) in the air only
b) on the ground only
c) either ground or air

The correct answer is b

4. Why does an ARINC databus system send data to LRUs in series?
a) More information can be sent
b) Takes less time
c) Saves weight

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

5. Can an LRU transmit and receive on more than one 629 bus?
a) Yes
b) No
c) Only if paralleled

The correct answer is a

6. ARINC 629 LRUs transmit

a) when addressed
b) when terminal gap is sensed
c) when signal gap is sensed

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 149

7. How is multiplication achieved in an ALU?

a) by addition
b) by subtraction
c) by coupling

The correct answer is a

8. What is the function of a status register?

a) To indicate the status of the microprocessor
b) To store a program during an interrupt
c) To synchronise the clock pulse

The correct answer is a

9. An ADC uses advance approximation to

a) increase resolution
b) increase speed
c) increase accuracy

The correct answer is b

10. A DAC uses a precision amplifier to

a) ensure the output voltages remain accurate
b) ensure the input remains accurate
c) compensates for the variation of the feedback resistor due to temperature

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

Question :5
The correct answer is a

Question :6
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 149

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 46. You've been here 1 times.

1. A BCD word occupies bits 11-29, if 11-15 are filled with padders then the LSB of the word will be
a) 16
b) 29
c) 11

The correct answer is a

2. If part of a display is lost on a CRT, this could be due to
a) an inoperative symbol generator or input sensor
b) an inoperative symbol generator or control panel
c) loss of power to the CRT

The correct answer is a

3. To reduce HIRF on radio equipment

a) periodically check bonding leads for condition
b) ensure all static wicks are in place
c) transmit on all radio frequencies to determine which frequencies are causing the
interference

The correct answer is b

4. When a BITE test is carried out on a system with moving parts it should be
a) carried out without operating moving parts
b) carried out ensuring all moving parts are operated and taken to there stops
c) carried out ensuring all moving parts are operated but not to there mechanical
stops

The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

5. A simplex system has

a) one transmitter, many receivers
b) a bus controller and separate controller
c) one transmitter, one receiver

The correct answer is a

6. The smallest operation of a CPU is

a) the timescale
b) the processor sub-cycle
c) the processor cycle

The correct answer is a

7. In a fibre optic system, different light frequencies are separated by

a) an active filter
b) a passive filter
c) a star network

The correct answer is a

8. The most common CRT for an EFIS system screen is a

a) electrostatic
b) electromagnetic
c) combined
The correct answer is c Boeing 757 MM 34-22-00 page 8 paragraph G (EADI), Section (2)........'It (the
CRT) utilizes magnetic deflection and electrostaic focus control.'

9. Sensors in a fibre optic flight control system

a) require power for processors
b) do not require power
c) require processing to give output

The correct answer is b

10. An accuracy amp is used to

a) give output at required level
b) compensate for temperature variation
c) make output between 0 - 5V

The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

Question :4
The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

Question :5
The correct answer is a

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is c Boeing 757 MM 34-22-00 page 8 paragraph G (EADI), Section (2)........'It (the
CRT) utilizes magnetic deflection and electrostaic focus control.'

Question :9
The correct answer is b
Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 47. You've been here 1 times.

1. L.E.D.s can give
a) high definition displays
b) red and green displays only
c) monochrome displays only

The correct answer is c LEDs can only ever give one colour (i.e. monochrome) as the colour is determined
by the doping element and nothing else. LEDs which appear to give two colours are actually two separate
LEDs in the same case.

2. Fibre optic systems can transmit data in

a) one direction only
b) in two directions
c) both directions at the same time

The correct answer is c Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

3. When handling a PCB you should ensure that

a) electrical power is isolated

b) ground yourself first to aircraft then PCB
c) ensure you do not touch the ends so that copper contacts do not become
contaminated

The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 8.1 (a)

4. For large bandwidth high-speed fibre optic transmission what sort of cable would you
use?

a) Single mode
b) Graded index
c) Step index
The correct answer is a

5. In an R-2-R ladder converter the values of resistors

a) are precise

b) do not need to be of precise values

c) only the first resistor need to be precise

The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 60D

6. In fibre optics the wavelength of the light is

a) less than visible light

b) more than visible light
c) equal to that of visible light

The correct answer is b

7. What is the advantage of an ILD over an LED when used as a light source in fibre optics
a) higher bandwidth
b) lower frequency range
c) lower intensity

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp. A Laser Diode has a lower spectrum of
frequencies hence reduce chromatic dispersion.

8. A typical example of a mass storage device is

a) CD ROM
b) IC
c) magnetic tape

The correct answer is a

9. A typical example of an IC is

a) ALU
b) CPU
c) dip switch

The correct answer is b

10. A circular time constant produces what sort of output ?

a) in phase
b) 180o out of phase
c) 90o out of phase

The correct answer is c

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c LEDs can only ever give one colour (i.e. monochrome) as the colour is determined
by the doping element and nothing else. LEDs which appear to give two colours are actually two separate
LEDs in the same case.

Question :2
The correct answer is c Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

Question :3
The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 8.1 (a)

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 60D

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp. A Laser Diode has a lower spectrum of
frequencies hence reduce chromatic dispersion.

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 48. You've been here 1 times.

1. Speed of light in a fibre optic fibre

a) is always the same no matter what material it is
b) is never greater then the speed of light in free space
c) increases if it passes through material of higher refractive index
The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 15

2. A device, which converts serial to parallel and parallel to serial for arithmetical functions, is

a) Multiplexer and De-Multiplexer

b) Shift Register
c) Parallel to serial and serial to parallel converter

The correct answer is b Pulse code modulation/parallel to serial

3. In an Arinc 429 Word label-representing heading is 320, this is represented in bits 1- 8 as

a) 01101000
b) 01011001
c) 00001011

The correct answer is c Octal 320 converted to binary.

4. What would be the outputs if A=0 B=0 C=1

a) 0, 1
b) 1, 1
c) 0, 0

The correct answer is a Check out the table on [Link]

5. What would be the outputs if A=1 B=1 C=0

 a) 0, 1
b) 1, 1
c) 1, 0

The correct answer is c Check out the table on [Link]

6. The angle of incidence of a beam of light in a fibre optic cable will be

a) twice that of the cone of acceptance
b) approximately half that of the cone of acceptance
c) parallel with the end of the cable

The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 46/7. Presumably, this
means the MAXIMUM angle of incidence.

7. A fibre optic cable is connected to a unit that will not be frequently disconnected. The preferred
type of connector to be used is a
a) Ball lens type
b) Butt type
c) Quick disconnect type

The correct answer is b Boeing 777-200 training notes

8. A cyclic test (watch dog) should be performed for ECAM

a) during power up
b) during flight
c) via MCDU

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition. Pg 154

9. How is the symbol generator detecting the program error

a) looking at the odd parity without error
b) looking at the even parity without error
c) check sum bites for error detect

The correct answer is a

10. What is EPROM?

 a) erasable programmable read only memory
b) enhanced programmable read only memory
c) erasable programming read only module

The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 87E

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 15

Question :2
The correct answer is b Pulse code modulation/parallel to serial

Question :3
The correct answer is c Octal 320 converted to binary.

Question :4
The correct answer is a Check out the table on [Link]

Question :5
The correct answer is c Check out the table on [Link]

Question :6
The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 46/7. Presumably, this
means the MAXIMUM angle of incidence.

Question :7
The correct answer is b Boeing 777-200 training notes

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition. Pg 154

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 87E

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

49,

1. A CRT is
a) electromagnetic
b) electrostatic
c) solid state

The correct answer is a A CRT is NOT solid state. Most CRTs used on aircraft are electromagnetic.

2. What is used for the power of 10?

 a) octal
b) digital
c) decimal

The correct answer is c Decimal is a power of 10 counting system

3. What is 44 in hexadecimal?
a) 2c
b) 2d
c) 2F

The correct answer is a (2 x 16) + (12 x 1) = 44 (c = 12)

4. What is octal 33in hexadecimal?

a) 22
b) 11
c) 1b

The correct answer is c Octal 33 = (3 x 8) + (3 x 1) = 27 decimal. 27 = (1 x 16) + (11 x 1) = 1b (b = 11)

5. At low ambient temperatures, an LCD screen

a) loses contrast
b) is slower to update as data changes
c) viewing angle becomes larger

The correct answer is b See [Link]

6. Colour CRT shadowmask screen resolution is

a) 84 triads
b) 400 lines per square inch
c) 600 lines per scan

The correct answer is a See [Link] for definition of resolution (pixels

per inch) and triads. The actual figure of 84 is irrelevant (as there are many different CRT resolutions). The
question is asking whether you know the definition of resolution

7. A multiplexer in test equipment could be used for

a) analogue to digital converter
b) frequency divider
c) digital to analogue converter

The correct answer is a

8. Where does the clock signal in a micro processor come from?

a) ALU
b) Control unit
c) Memory

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153

9. Where is the operating program for the CPU stored?

a) ALU
b) Control unit
c) Memory unit

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153
10. An LCD display
a) has three colours only
b) has infinite colours

The correct answer is a An LCD display uses only red, green and blue filters. By mixing them, it can get
different colours, but not an infinite amount.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a A CRT is NOT solid state. Most CRTs used on aircraft are electromagnetic.

Question :2
The correct answer is c Decimal is a power of 10 counting system

Question :3
The correct answer is a (2 x 16) + (12 x 1) = 44 (c = 12)

Question :4
The correct answer is c Octal 33 = (3 x 8) + (3 x 1) = 27 decimal. 27 = (1 x 16) + (11 x 1) = 1b (b = 11)

Question :5
The correct answer is b See [Link]

Question :6
The correct answer is a See [Link] for definition of resolution (pixels
per inch) and triads. The actual figure of 84 is irrelevant (as there are many different CRT resolutions). The
question is asking whether you know the definition of resolution

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153

Question :9
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153

Question :10
The correct answer is a An LCD display uses only red, green and blue filters. By mixing them, it can get
different colours, but not an infinite amount.

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

50
This is exam number 50 You've been here 1 times

1. In ARINC 629 aperiodic mode, LRUs transmit in order of

a) power up
b) shortest terminal gap to longest terminal gap
c) longest terminal gap to shortest terminal gap

The correct answer is b

2. ARINC 629, aperiodic mode is used

a) for normal operation
b) for landing and approach operation
c) for database loads

The correct answer is a

3. What is the device used to convert Binary Coded Decimal into separate supplies for a seven segment
digital display?
a) Multiplexer
b) Demultiplexer
c) Decoder

The correct answer is c RS catalogue...part number CA3161 (see [Link] website and enter the
part number in their search box)

4. How is ARINC 429 bi-directional data transfer achieved?

a) Via a twisted pair of shielded cables
b) Using two data buses
c) Via a current mode coupler

The correct answer is b

5. A basic computer would consist of

a) register section, ALU and timing and control section
b) memory, input/output ports and CPU
c) RAM/ROM and input/output ports

The correct answer is b Pallett Aircraft instuments & Integrated Systems Page 153

6. ABS 000 01 1 101 1 1 0

This is the truth table for a
a) E-OR
b) NOT
c) NAND

The correct answer is a E-OR is another name for XOR (in the twisted CAA mind!)

7. Where is the rising runway?

a) EADI
b) EFIS
c) CRTs in the passenger cabin

The correct answer is a

8. What is ILS marker frequency?

 a) 75 Mhz
b) 100 Mhz
c) 125 Mhz

The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 218

9. On an external power socket the two short pins are

a) for the AC interlock circuit
b) to prevent arcing when inserting and extracting the socket
c) used to act as a guide

The correct answer is b Pallet Aircraft Electrical System 3rd Edition page 72. Trick question, it is a DC
interlock

10. Flat plate antenna is

a) series of waveguides with slots
b) a parabolic antenna
c) used to transmit RF signals only

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is c RS catalogue...part number CA3161 (see [Link] website and enter the
part number in their search box)

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b Pallett Aircraft instuments & Integrated Systems Page 153

Question :6
The correct answer is a E-OR is another name for XOR (in the twisted CAA mind!)

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 218

Question :9
The correct answer is b Pallet Aircraft Electrical System 3rd Edition page 72. Trick question, it is a DC
interlock

Question :10
The correct answer is a
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

51

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 51. You've been here 1 times.

1. Relationship of CMCs to BITE systems is best described as

a) CMCS replaced but is not related to the older BITE system.

b) CMCS monitors the individual BITE systems and presents data.
c) CMCS modifies and upgrades BITE systems

The correct answer is b

2. Operation of a frequency counter is such that

a) it changes the incoming waveform to a standard square wave.
b) It detects incidences of peak value
c) It compares the incoming waveform with standard sine waves

The correct answer is b

3. As far as a software product is concerned

a) the 'Verification' phase includes performance testing a programmed EPROM
b) the 'Validation' phase is done to the software rather than to the component.
c) the 'Software Release' phase is the same as the 'Finished Product' phase

The correct answer is a

4. A segmented configuration for the display of alphanumeric date requires

a) at least 13 segments for all upper and lower case letters

b) the starburst display for numbers and lower case letters only.
c) 16 segments to display the full range of capital letters and numerals

The correct answer is c

5. For braided cables, the amount of braiding

a) is a trade-off design feature

b) must conform to the requirement for the shielding to cover at least 50% of the surface of the cable
c) keeps radiated power inside the emitting assembly or away from the susceptible circuit

The correct answer is c

6. Electronic CRT beam display is used typically in

a) IRU control display units.
b) distance measuring indicators; digital counters
c) weather radar indicators

The correct answer is c

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

7. What is the quickest method of analogue to digital conversion?

a) Voltage to frequency
b) Flash converter
c) Single ramp method

The correct answer is b Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd

8. In a colour cathode ray tube, how is the phosphor arranged in the tube?
a) A red layer on the front with two green layers behind it
b) Layers of red, blue and green
c) A single phosphor layer containing red, green and blue

The correct answer is c Success in Electronics By Tom Duncan p285

9. An LCD which is back lit is

a) monochrome
b) three colours
c) multicoloured

The correct answer is c LCDs have 3 colours (RGB) which can be blended to make other colours (of
limited number)

10. An 8 data input multiplexer has how many Data select lines
a) 3
b) 2
c) 8

The correct answer is a Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd p328

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is b Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd

Question :8
The correct answer is c Success in Electronics By Tom Duncan p285

Question :9
The correct answer is c LCDs have 3 colours (RGB) which can be blended to make other colours (of
limited number)

Question :10
The correct answer is a Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd p328

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 52. You've been here 1 times.

1. An electronic flight instrument display consists of;

a) ADC, Altimeter, VSI and ASI

b) Mode control panel, Raster and Stroke generator display, microprocessor and Data inputs
c) ADI, HSI and Symbol generator

The correct answer is b Automatic Flight Control by EHJ Pallett and Shawn Coyle page 268

2. An octal format hexadecimal number 3F written as binary would be

a) 101 011
b) 110 111
c) 111 111

The correct answer is c

3. What is a passive device ?

a) Matrix LCD
b) Capacitor
c) LED

The correct answer is b

4. A priority encoder

a) Outputs the selected input

b) Outputs the highest input
c) Outputs the lowest input

The correct answer is b

5. The data format use to transmit signal to flight data recorder

a) Manchester 2 bi-phase 12 bit
b) Harvard bi-phase 12 bit
c) Bi-Polar RZ 12 bit

The correct answer is b

6. The output voltage of arinc 429 signal is

a) +5v
b) -5v
c) +10v to -10v

The correct answer is c See ARINC 429 tutorial (in FORUM module 5).

7. How many bytes can be carried in a 32bit word

a) 4 bytes
b) 2 bytes
c) 8 bytes

The correct answer is a 8 bits per byte

8. An Arinc 629 label word is

a) 12 bits
b) 8 bits
c) 10 bits

The correct answer is a 12-bit label field, 4-bit label extension, single parity, 3-bit time hi-lo synch pulse.
20 bit in total

9. Which of the following ESDS devices can withstand higher static electricity voltage?
a) ECL
b) MOSFET
c) SCR

The correct answer is c

10. An IRU interface test is carried out

a) only on the ground
b) in the air
 c) on the ground or in the air

[The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Automatic Flight Control by EHJ Pallett and Shawn Coyle page 268

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is c See ARINC 429 tutorial (in FORUM module 5).

Question :7
The correct answer is a 8 bits per byte

Question :8
The correct answer is a 12-bit label field, 4-bit label extension, single parity, 3-bit time hi-lo synch pulse.
20 bit in total

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at
This is exam number 53 You've been here 1 times

1. For a computer to start up the basic instruction is from the

• a) ALU
• b) RAM
• c) ROM

The correct answer is c

2. What is a passive device

• a) Matrix LCD
• b) LED
• c) Capacitor

The correct answer is c

3. A backlighted LCD
• a) has infinite colours
• c) has only 3 colours

The correct answer is c A backlighted LCD has only 3 colours (RGB) but can mix them to make others (but
not an infinite amount)

4. An example of a small size integrated circuit would be

• a) DIP switch
• b) ALU
• c) Control Processor Unit

The correct answer is c A DIP switch is not an IC.&nbsp; ALU is an integrated part of the CPU. The
'Control Processor Unit' is another term used for the 'Central Processor Unit (CPU)' or sometimes a
switching unit used in telegraphy (such as the touchpad of a telephone) - the latter would be an SSI (defined
as containing up to 100 transistors or gates).

5. The smallest operation possible in a computer is the

a) timing cycle
• b) processor sub-cycle
• c) processor cycle

The correct answer is a Also known as the clock pulse

6. A common used material in computer manufacturing is

a) ferrite material
b) permeamag material
c) ferromagnetic material

The correct answer is c Ferromagnetic material is that which hard-drives and floppy drives are made from

7. FMS system gives warning indications for

a) cruise
b) take off and landings only
c) any flight phase

The correct answer is a

8. An aircraft on an ILS approach is below the glideslope centre line, the glideslope pointer is
• a) above the centre line
• b) below the centre line
• c) level with the datum

The correct answer is a

9. A dot matrix/LED construction is

• a) 4x7 or a 9x5 rolling end display
• b) 4x7 or a 5x7 rolling end display
• c) 5x9 or a 4x7 rolling end display

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Pages 13 - 15 (Although, in the
real world, others are available too).

10. FMS CDU warnings are

• a) OFST and Fail
• b) fail and MSG
• c) MSG, fail and OFST

The correct answer is c

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is c A backlighted LCD has only 3 colours (RGB) but can mix them to make others (but
not an infinite amount)

Question :4
The correct answer is c A DIP switch is not an IC.&nbsp; ALU is an integrated part of the CPU. The
'Control Processor Unit' is another term used for the 'Central Processor Unit (CPU)' or sometimes a
switching unit used in telegraphy (such as the touchpad of a telephone) - the latter would be an SSI (defined
as containing up to 100 transistors or gates).

Question :5
The correct answer is a Also known as the clock pulse

Question :6
The correct answer is c Ferromagnetic material is that which hard-drives and floppy drives are made from

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Pages 13 - 15 (Although, in the
real world, others are available too).
Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 54 You've been here 1 times

1. A current mode coupler contains E core assembly. The purpose of the E core is
a) couple the signal to the data bus
• b) provide effective screening of the signal through the current mode coupler
c) enable easy access for monitoring purposes

The correct answer is a

2. Testing of CADC can be carried out

• a) in the air
• b) ground only
• c) air and ground

The correct answer is b

3. EHSI information displayed, is invalid in the pre-set heading mode when

• a) flags out of view
• b) flag green
• c) flag in view

The correct answer is c

4. CMC (central maintenance computer) works to

• a) perform in-flight bite and ground tests of aircraft systems, i.e. BITE
• b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display in accordance with system status
• c) perform in-flight bite only

The correct answer is a

5. TheTX/RXofArinc629is
• a) encoder/decoder
• b) multiplex/de-multiplex
• c) switching

The correct answer is b

6. Terminal gap in ARINC 629 is
a) always the same period
• b) flexible
c) can be changed by adjusting the rxftx software

The correct answer is c Aicraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin 5th Ed, pg149

7. DRAM
• a) requires a refreshing charge
b) memory is stored when power supply is removed
c) it does not require a refreshing charge

The correct answer is a [Link]

8. What is fB6 hex when converted to binary?

• a) 1000010000110
• b) 100000000000
• c) 111110000110

The correct answer is c

9. BITE test carried out on input sensors and actuators performs

• a) atestoftheLRU
b) a performance test of the system
• c) validation of the information of the LRU

The correct answer is b

10. A continuous balance ADC uses

• a) a closed loop system to compare the analogue input to give the required digital output
• b) a closed loop system to check the analogue input with the input sample
• c) successive approximation logic circuit to control the output

The correct answer is a Probably referring to a comparator feedback circuit.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is c

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is c Aicraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin 5th Ed, pg149

Question :7
The correct answer is a [Link]

Question :8
The correct answer is c

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is a Probably referring to a comparator feedback circuit.

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 55 You've been here 1 times

1. A BITE check for automatic performance and fault monitoring is carried out when?
• a) Power-up self test
• b) For in-flight monitoring
• c) To check the performance of the LRU

The correct answer is a

2. A clock pulse in processor equipment

a) is used for the maintenance tests
• b) is to give the correct timing when calculations are made
• c) is to synchronise everything

The correct answer is c

3. The EFIS system consists of

• a) EADI, EHSI, Symbol generators
• b) Mode control Panel, RDMI, EHSI
• c) EHSI, Mode control panel, EADI

The correct answer is a

4. In a computer, the address 3B8 is

• a) decimal
• b) octal
• c) hexadecimal

The correct answer is c

5. In a optical fibre, the angle of acceptance is

a) equal to the cone of acceptance
• b) 1/2 the cone of acceptance
• c) 1/2 the signal wavelength

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 29

6. The signal sent between a MUX/DEMUX is controlled by:

• a) the ALU
• b) control unit
• c) clock

The correct answer is b

7. In a computer, the code that fetches correct data and feeds it to the ALU is called
a) the computer program
• b) the instruction set
• c) ARINC

The correct answer is b [Link]

8. What is this?

a) Multiplexor
b) Shift register
c) Counter

The correct answer is a

9. Bubble memory stores data on
• a) ferrite disk
• b) ferrite core
• c) magnetic tape

The correct answer is a (closest answer) See [Link]/neets/book22/[Link]

10. Ferrite medium is used because

• a) data is stored after the power is removed
• b) it has low eddy current losses
• c) it is light

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 29

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is b [Link]

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is a (closest answer) See [Link]/neets/book22/[Link]

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam
Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 56 You've been here 1 times

1. A dynamic EPROM
• a) requires constant refreshing
b) is non-volatile memory
c) is erased after reading

The correct answer is a

2. A computer requires to operate

a) data bus, control bus, address bus
• b) data bus, control bus
• c) address bus, data bus

The correct answer is a

3. A computer processor has within it

• a) ALU, control section, register
• b) register, buffer, data bus
• c) ALU, register, memory

The correct answer is a

4. when using aTDR (time delay reflecto meter) the loss value of the cable is:
• a) set on the TDR
• b) shown by the curve
• c) allowed for in the calculation
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is b [Link]

5. Common aircraft fibre optics uses

• a) modulating intensity on direct read
• b) modulating frequency on direct read
• c) modulating intensity on indirect read

The correct answer is b Intensity of light cannot be changed with an LED

6. What manoeuvre does TCAS II advise the pilot to make

• a) TA
• b) RA
• c) either RA or TA
The correct answer is b

7. What are the shapes of traffic shown on a TCAS display?

• a) White diamonds, red squares and amber circles
• b) White squares, red diamonds and amber circles
• c) White circles, red diamonds and amber squares

The correct answer is a

8. What is a Grays converter?

• a) Digital to Analogue
• b) Analogue to Digital
c) Analogue to Analogue

The correct answer is b

9. Data memory is usually stored in

• a) RAM
• b) ROM
• c) EEPROM

The correct answer is a

10. Tristate devices are found

• a) on input circuits
• b) on output circuits
• c) on both input and output circuits

The correct answer is a [Link]

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is b [Link]

Question :5
The correct answer is b Intensity of light cannot be changed with an LED

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is b
Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is a [Link]

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 57 You've been here 1 times

1. AWN 45 requires that

• a) The aircraft operator be responsible for software assessment

• b) The aircraft constructors be responsible for software assessment
• c) The CAA be responsible for software assessment

The correct answer is b

2. What is the main cause of attenuation in fibre optics?

• a) Refractive index
• b) Poor termination
• c) Bends in the cable

The correct answer is b

3. What are the advantages of an LCD display over an LED?

• a) It is brighter
• b) It uses less current
• c) There are no advantages

The correct answer is b

4. If a dislay shows a red cross only, it is due to

• a) CRT failure
• b) Symbol Generator failure
• c) Altimeter failure

The correct answer is b

5. What is the advantage of a laser diode over an LED?

• a) Greater bandwidth
• b) Narrower bandwidth
• c) There are no advantages

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 65

6. How does ARINC 629 bus transmit and receive information?

• a) Optical coupling
b) Sockets and pins
• c) Inductive coupling

The correct answer is c

7. What is ARINC 561 used for?

• a) To specify Flight Data Recorder data bus
• b) To specify Radio Comms data bus
c) To specify LRU pin-outs

The correct answer is b No correct answer here, as 561 is for INS.

8. Sample and hold is atechnique used in

• a) D to A convention
• b) AtoD convention
c) Moving coil instruments

The correct answer is b

9. ACARS is an acronym for

• a) Analogue Communications Airborne Radio System
• b) Airborne Communications Addressing and Reporting System
• c) ARINC Communications Addressing and Reporting System

The correct answer is c

10. What are the colours of traffic shown on a TCAS display?

• a) White diamonds, red squares and amber circles
• b) White squares, red diamonds and amber circles
• c) White circles, red diamonds and amber squares

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b
Question :5
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 65

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is b No correct answer here, as 561 is for INS.

Question :8
The correct answer is b

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 58 You've been here 1 times

1. Level 1 software failure

• a) is defined as critical and can lead to loss of aircraft
• b) is defined as essential and will reduce safety margins
• c) is defined as essential and may have a minor effect

The correct answer is a

2. A wrist band must be worn when working with ESDS devices

a) to prevent the operator from getting an electric shock
• b) to dissipate static charge on the device
c) to dissipate and prevent static build-up on the operator

The correct answer is c

3. A humid atmosphere
a) eliminates static charge
• b) reduces static charge
c) has no effect on the level of charge

The correct answer is b

4. Control of aircraft software updates

• a) is the responsibility of the certifying engineer
• b) is the manufacturer responsibility
• c) is identified by LRU pin-out changes

The correct answer is a

5. The arithmetic logic unit (ALU) in a central processor unit (CPU) carries out
• a) addition, subtraction, multiplication and division
• b) timing and synchronisation
c) computations as instructed

The correct answer is c

6. A seven segment display is used to

a) display octal and binary numbers only
• b) display octal and decimal numbers only
c) display alpha-numeric characters

The correct answer is c

7. What sort of gate requires two negative input voltages to operate?

• a) NOT
• b) XOR
• c) NAND

The correct answer is c

8. A high level language statement is usually equivalent to several statements in

• a) assembly
• b) basic
• c) pascal

The correct answer is b

9. The CPU requires a clock to determine

a) the speed of operation
• b) the date and time
• c) the number of bits on the highway

The correct answer is a

10. An ALU performs the following

• a) Arithmetic, Logic, Branch and Move Operations
• b) Arithmetic, Logic, Branch and Find Operations
• c) Input/Output operations, Arithmetic, Logic Functions

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is c

Question :8
The correct answer is b

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 59 You've been here 1 times

1. HIRF is acronym for

• a) High Intensity Radiated Field
• b) Heavily Ionised Radio Frequencies
• c) High Intensity Radio Frequencies

The correct answer is a

2. An asynchronous system
• a) uses a clock pulse after a settling time to input data
• b) provides data real-time without the need for a clock pulse
• c) both a and b depending on the system

The correct answer is b

3. What is the purpose of the parity bit on an ARINC 429 bus?

• a) To indicate if the data is analogue
• b) To indicate that the data is digital
• c) To indicate to the receiver that the data is valid

The correct answer is c

4. An analogue to digital converter (ADC) requires the following:

a) a reference voltage, an input gate, an internal counter
b) a reference voltage, an input gate, an internal counter, a comparitor
c) a reference voltage, an input gate, a comparitor

The correct answer is c

5. When does the flight data recorder start recording ?

• a) When the first engine starts
• b) Parking brake released
• c) Undercarriage up

The correct answer is a Flight Instruments and Automatic Flight Control Systems 6th Edition David Harris
Page 172

6. ILS indications on PFD/ND are shown in

• a) cyan
• b) magenta
• c) green

The correct answer is b

7. The four distinct sections of a digital system are: sense, decide

• a) divide and store
• b) divide and ship
c) act and store

The correct answer is c

8. Brake temperature displayed on a flight deck CRT has

• a) same colour throughout
• b) different colour for different temperatures
c) a master warning light

The correct answer is b

9. When does the lateral deviation scale flash?

• a) When the localiser rx is faulty
• b) When the aircraft is out of range
• c) When the deviation is excessive

The correct answer is c

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is c

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is a Flight Instruments and Automatic Flight Control Systems 6th Edition David Harris
Page 172

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is c

Question :8
The correct answer is b

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

More Next Blog» [Link]@[Link] Dashboard Sign Out

EASA PART 66 GUIDE

A guide to student and LAE (License Aircraft Engineer) who want to get the LWTR license or convert it from BCAR Section
L to EASA Part 66.. Including EASA Part 66 Module, EASA part 66 Question Examination, EASA Part 66 Note, EASA Part 66
Tutor and aviation tool. Viewers can get information related to this program in this site.

What is Part 66 Part 66 Module Part 66 Question Part 66 Tutor Passive Income Forum

PART-66 MODULE Thursday, 31 May 2012

LIMITATION REMOVAL
EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
MODULE 1
MODULE 2
MODULE 3 Module [Link] Techniques
MODULE 4
MODULE 5 05.01. Electronic Instrument Systems.
MODULE 6
MODULE 7
Question Number. 1. What are the basic elements for 'Classic T' format?.
MODULE 8 Option A. Direction, altitude and height.
MODULE 9 Option B. Airspeed, pitch and roll.
MODULE 10 Option C. Airspeed, attitude, altitude and direction.
MODULE 11 Correct Answer is. Airspeed, attitude, altitude and direction.
Explanation. NIL.
MODULE 12
MODULE 13
MODULE 14 Question Number. 2. Typical displays on an EHSI are.
MODULE 15 Option A. Engine indications.
MODULE 16 Option B. VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar.
Option C. VOR, Plan, Map and Attitude.
MODULE 17
Correct Answer is. VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments.

Question Number. 3. An EADI display showing a moving runway moves down during the final stages of an approach.
The aircraft must.
Option A. fly down.
Option B. fly up.
Option C. hold descent path.
Correct Answer is. fly down.
Explanation. At 200ft, during Approach, the Rising Runway starts to move up the EADI display until, at touch down, it
touches the bottom of the aircraft symbol. If the Rising Runway start to move down again it means that the aircraft is
climbing and should FLY DOWN.

Question Number. 4. During an instrument approach, the glideslope pointer eflects below the glideslope centre
mark. This means the aircraft is positioned.
Option A. above the glideslope.
Option B. below the glideslope.
Option C. to the left of the localiser.
Colombo 12
Correct Answer is. above the glideslope.
Berlin 7 Explanation. Consider the centre of the G/S scale as the aircraft position and the pointer as the centre of the G/S beam.

Lahore 4

Athens 4 Question Number. 5. Engine parameters are displayed on.

Option A. ECAM.
Singapore 3
Option B. EHSI.
Muscat 3 Option C. FMSCDU.
Correct Answer is. ECAM.
Today 93 users
Explanation. Engine parameters can be displayed on ECAM by selecting the Engine Page. See Pallett - Aircraft Instrumnets
Total 573,314
and Integrated Systems Page 391.
Live 1

Question Number. 6. What is the fixed feature of an ADI?.

Option A. The glideslope pointer.
Option B. The aircraft symbol.
Option C. The lateral deviation bar.
Correct Answer is. The aircraft symbol.

[Link] 1/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Pageviews Explanation. The little aeroplane pianted in the middle of the instrument.

327985
4 Question Number.
Option A.
7. On an EADI, the Flight Director command bars show.
the path with respect to the horizon.
Option B. the required path with respect to the actual path.
Option C. the actual path with respect to the required path.
Correct Answer is. the required path with respect to the actual path.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. What instrument includes a display of a rising runway?.

Option A. ECAM.
Option B. EHSI.
Option C. EADI.
Correct Answer is. EADI.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. What functions are available on the EHSI?.

Option A. Full arc and Wx only.
Option B. Full arc, Wx and Map Mode.
Option C. Full Arc only.
Correct Answer is. Full arc, Wx and Map Mode.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. With radio coupled autopilot, what are the inputs?.
Option A. ADF and VOR.
Option B. ILS and VOR.
Option C. ADF and ILS.
Correct Answer is. ILS and VOR.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. An EADI display of flight director commands are coloured.
Option A. cyan.
Option B. magenta.
Option C. red.
Correct Answer is. magenta.
Explanation. Aircraft instruments and integrated systems,(pallet) page 302 fig 12.5 eadi flight director command bars are
magenta.

Question Number. 12. EFIS systems have two control panels, their purpose is.
Option A. one to control the type of EFIS display and the other to select the source of the information being
displayed.
Option B. one for the EADI display and one for the EHSI display.
Option C. to provide display control by one control panel whilst the other provides a standby.
Correct Answer is. one to control the type of EFIS display and the other to select the source of the information being
displayed.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. What would you expect to see displayed on an EADI display?.
Option A. Compass heading, selected heading and VOR.
Option B. Course information, weather radar, way point alert and bearing pointers.
Option C. Flight director command bars, slip indicator, rate to altitude & autoland.
Correct Answer is. Flight director command bars, slip indicator, rate to altitude & autoland.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. An EFIS ADI display will show along with pitch and roll.
Option A. flight director bars, autoland, compass rose, altitude.
Option B. decision height, autoland, rad alt , altitude.
Option C. flight director bars, autoland, altitude, range to altitude, decision height.
Correct Answer is. decision height, autoland, rad alt , altitude.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. If the glideslope pointer is below the centre mark the aircraft is.
Option A. below the glideslope.
Option B. on the glideslope.
Option C. above the glideslope.
Correct Answer is. above the glideslope.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. On an EFIS system the weather radar is displayed on.
Option A. the FMC CDU.

[Link] 2/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. the EADI.
Option C. the EHSI.
Correct Answer is. the EHSI.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 305.

Question Number. 17. EADI displays show.

Option A. pitch, roll and waypoints.
Option B. pitch and roll attitudes.
Option C. heading and weather radar.
Correct Answer is. pitch and roll attitudes.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. On an EHSI in weather radar mode, a severe storm would be shown as.
Option A. orange areas with black or yellow surrounds.
Option B. red areas with black surrounds
Option C. blue areas with white background.
Correct Answer is. red areas with black surrounds.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. During flight (non fault conditions) the EICAS system displays on the lower
CRT.
Option A. flight phase page.
Option B. secondary engine parameters.
Option C. synoptic display.
Correct Answer is. secondary engine parameters.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 20. Radio altitude is displayed on an EFIS system.

Option A. on the Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator.
Option B. on the Electronic Attitude Direction Indicator.
Option C. on the RMI.
Correct Answer is. on the Electronic Attitude Direction Indicator.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. An EFIS system ADI displays pitch, roll.

Option A. autoland, altitude, compass rose and flight director bars.
Option B. autoland, decision height, range to altitude and flight director bars and slip indicator.
Option C. autoland, rad alt, decision height and slip indicator.
Correct Answer is. autoland, decision height, range to altitude and flight director bars and slip indicator.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 22. An electronic flight instrument display consists of.

Option A. Mode control panel, Raster and Stroke generator display, microprocessor and Data inputs.
Option B. ADC, Altimeter, VSI and ASI.
Option C. ADI, HSI and Symbol generator.
Correct Answer is. Mode control panel, Raster and Stroke generator display, microprocessor and Data inputs.
Explanation. Automatic Flight Control by EHJ Pallett and Shawn Coyle page 268.

Question Number. 23. The EFIS system consists of.

Option A. EHSI, Mode control panel, EADI.
Option B. EADI, EHSI, Symbol generators.
Option C. Mode control Panel, RDMI, EHSI.
Correct Answer is. EADI, EHSI, Symbol generators.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 24. ILS indications on PFD/ND are shown in.

Option A. cyan.
Option B. magenta.
Option C. green.
Correct Answer is. magenta.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 25. A weather radar image can be displayed on the ND on all modes except.
Option A. arc.
Option B. nav rose.
Option C. plan.
Correct Answer is. plan.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 26. In a typical commercial aircraft Head Up Guidance System.

[Link] 3/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option A. the type of information shown on the attitude director indicator is displayed on a transparent plate.
Option B. all instrument information is displayed on the windshield.
Option C. only emergency indications or warnings are displayed to the pilot.
Correct Answer is. the type of information shown on the attitude director indicator is displayed on a transparent plate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 27. A modern Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator will display the following:.
Option A. Waypoints, ILS Steering Information, Distance to go and Magnetic Heading.
Option B. ILS Steering Information, Flight director information and Glide Slope Deviation.
Option C. Ground speed, Magnetic Heading, Way points and Localiser.
Correct Answer is. Waypoints, ILS Steering Information, Distance to go and Magnetic Heading.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 28. Cockpit panels have a matt colour finish. The purpose is.
Option A. so that pilots feel more comfortable during daytime.
Option B. so that the amount of glare is reduced to minimum.
Option C. so that dust and dirt are less evident on panels.
Correct Answer is. so that the amount of glare is reduced to minimum.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 29. A complete EFIS installation in an aircraft is made up of.

Option A. either of the above.
Option B. right (captain) and left (co-pilot).
Option C. left (captain) and right (co-pilot).
Correct Answer is. either of the above.
Explanation. could be either, as helicopters are the other way round when compared to aeroplanes.

Question Number. 30. On a modern 'glass cockpit' aircraft, engine information will be displayed on.
Option A. FMS.
Option B. EFIS.
Option C. ECAM.
Correct Answer is. ECAM.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 31. What does EFIS mean?.

Option A. Electronic Fire Indication Signal.
Option B. Electronic Flight Instrument System.
Option C. Electronic Flight Information System.
Correct Answer is. Electronic Flight Instrument System.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 32. What does EICAS mean?.

Option A. Electronic indicator and control alerting system.
Option B. Engine indicating and Crew alerting system.
Option C. Electronic indicator and crew alerting system.
Correct Answer is. Engine indicating and Crew alerting system.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 33. What does ECAM mean?.

Option A. Engine Centralised Aircraft Management System.
Option B. Engine Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System.
Option C. Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System.
Correct Answer is. Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System.
Explanation. NIL.

05.02. Numbering Systems.

Question Number. 1. Convert 011101 Base2 to octal.

Option A. 25.
Option B. 35.
Option C. 33.
Correct Answer is. 35.
Explanation. The OCTAL code has 8 digits, 0 - 7. To convert binary to octal divide the binary number into groups of three
starting from the right. You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd conversions!.

Question Number. 2. The binary number 11010111 expressed as a decimal is.

Option A. 215.
Option B. 223.
Option C. 207.
Correct Answer is. 215.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 4/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 3. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is.

Option A. 9.
Option B. 65.
Option C. 513.
Correct Answer is. 513.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 4. What is 345 in binary?.

Option A. 100111001.
Option B. 101011001.
Option C. 110011001.
Correct Answer is. 101011001.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. What is hex 110 in decimal?.

Option A. 282.
Option B. 272.
Option C. 32.
Correct Answer is. 272.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. Convert the binary word 1100 to decimal.

Option A. 11.
Option B. 16.
Option C. 12.
Correct Answer is. 12.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. If a data message is made up of 1s and 0s, it is.

Option A. analogue.
Option B. binary.
Option C. digital.
Correct Answer is. digital.
Explanation. Digital is 1s and 0s, either binary or grey code.

Question Number. 8. Convert the binary word 1110 to decimal.

Option A. 12.
Option B. 14.
Option C. 15.
Correct Answer is. 14.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. Convert the binary number 110010 to decimal.

Option A. 80.
Option B. 50.
Option C. 34.
Correct Answer is. 50.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. Convert the hexadecimal number D into decimal.

Option A. 13.
Option B. 15.
Option C. 14.
Correct Answer is. 13.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. Convert decimal 15 into binary.

Option A. 1111.
Option B. 1101.
Option C. 1110.
Correct Answer is. 1111.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. Convert 448 to hex.

Option A. 22 Base16.
Option B. 36 Base16.
Option C. 24 Base16.
Correct Answer is. 24 Base16.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 5/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 13. Convert decimal 15 into hexadecimal.

Option A. G.
Option B. E.
Option C. F.
Correct Answer is. F.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. What is 345 in binary?.

Option A. 100111001.
Option B. 110011001.
Option C. 101011001.
Correct Answer is. 101011001.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. Convert 1D to binary.

Option A. 11101.
Option B. 29.
Option C. 101001.
Correct Answer is. 11101.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. Convert 2C hex to octal.

Option A. 35.
Option B. 44.
Option C. 54.
Correct Answer is. 54.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. A hexadecimal is a number to base.

Option A. 2.
Option B. 16.
Option C. 8.
Correct Answer is. 16.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. 1012 converted to decimal is.

Option A. 52.
Option B. 210.
Option C. 510.
Correct Answer is. 510.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. The binary coded decimal number 10011000 expressed as a decimal number is.
Option A. 1528.
Option B. 9810.
Option C. 1522.
Correct Answer is. 9810.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 20. The decimal number 7 expressed as a binary number is.
Option A. 101 Base 2.
Option B. 111 Base 2.
Option C. 7 Base 2.
Correct Answer is. 111 Base 2.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. Convert 011101 binary to octal.

Option A. 25.
Option B. 35.
Option C. 33.
Correct Answer is. 35.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 22. Binary Number: 110010 is.

Option A. 80.
Option B. 50.
Option C. 34.
Correct Answer is. 50.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 6/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 23. Binary addition of 1101 + 101101 is.

Option A. 58.
Option B. 70.
Option C. 61.
Correct Answer is. 58.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 24. The binary number 11010111 is expressed as a decimal is.
Option A. 107.
Option B. 215.
Option C. 53.
Correct Answer is. 215.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 25. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is.
Option A. 713.
Option B. 613.
Option C. 513.
Correct Answer is. 513.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 26. What is 011100001 Base2 in Octal?.

Option A. 225 Base 8.
Option B. 281 Base 10.
Option C. 341 Base 8.
Correct Answer is. 341 Base 8.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 27. The binary number 1010100011100101 Base2 in hexadecimal is.
Option A. 22BC Base 16.
Option B. FFFF Base 16.
Option C. A8E5 Base 16.
Correct Answer is. A8E5 Base 16.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 28. 0011011000101001 when transferred to computer language this information can be a
representation of.
Option A. binary, octal or decimal numbers.
Option B. hex, octal and binary numbers.
Option C. hex, octal and decimal numbers.
Correct Answer is. hex, octal and decimal numbers.
Explanation. Binary IS 'computer language' not a representation. Therefore any answer with 'binary' in it is wrong.

Question Number. 29. A computer message 3B4 is.

Option A. Octal.
Option B. binary.
Option C. hexadecimal.
Correct Answer is. hexadecimal.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 30. What is 54 octal in hexadecimal?.

Option A. 2F.
Option B. 4F.
Option C. 2C.
Correct Answer is. 2C.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 31. 2D in decimal is.

Option A. 43.
Option B. 45.
Option C. 41.
Correct Answer is. 45.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132.

Question Number. 32. 84 decimal in hexadecimal is.

Option A. 5f.
Option B. f4.
Option C. 54.
Correct Answer is. 54.

[Link] 7/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132.

Question Number. 33. 16 hexadecimal converted to decimal is equivalent to.

Option A. 48.
Option B. 38.
Option C. 22.
Correct Answer is. 22.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132.

Question Number. 34. Decimal 10 converted to binary is.

Option A. 1111.
Option B. 1001.
Option C. 1010.
Correct Answer is. 1010.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128.

Question Number. 35. What systems uses base 10?.

Option A. Octal.
Option B. Binary.
Option C. Decimal.
Correct Answer is. Decimal.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128.

Question Number. 36. What systems use base 16?.

Option A. BCD.
Option B. Octal.
Option C. Hexadecimal.
Correct Answer is. Hexadecimal.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132.

Question Number. 37. Binary coded decimal (BCD) format has a minimum of.
Option A. 2 lots of four.
Option B. four.
Option C. 3 lots of four.
Correct Answer is. four.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 38. What is the Hexadecimal number F86 in Binary?.

Option A. 111110000001.
Option B. 3974.
Option C. 111110000110.
Correct Answer is. 111110000110.
Explanation. Convert it to Decimal first (15 x 256 + 8 x 16 + 6 x 1) = 3974. Since it is an even number, it must be the
answer with a zero on the end.

Question Number. 39. What is 11000012 - 1011002?.

Option A. 10001101 Base 2.
Option B. 110111 Base 2.
Option C. 110101 Base 2.
Correct Answer is. 110101 Base 2.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 1129.

Question Number. 40. What is used for the power of 10?.

Option A. Digital.
Option B. Octal.
Option C. Decimal.
Correct Answer is. Decimal.
Explanation. Decimal is a power of 10 counting system.

Question Number. 41. What is 44 in hexadecimal?.

Option A. 2d.
Option B. 2c.
Option C. 2F.
Correct Answer is. 2c.
Explanation. (2 * 16) + (12 * 1) = 44 (c = 12).

Question Number. 42. What is octal 33 in hexadecimal?.

Option A. 1b.
Option B. 11.
Option C. 22.

[Link] 8/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Correct Answer is. 1b.
Explanation. Octal 33 = (3 * 8) + (3 * 1) = 27 decimal. 27 = (1 * 16) + (11 * 1) = 1b (b = 11).

Question Number. 43. An octal format hexadecimal number 3F written as binary would be.
Option A. 110 111.
Option B. 111 111.
Option C. 101 011.
Correct Answer is. 111 111.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 44. What is f86 hex when converted to binary?.

Option A. 1000010000110.
Option B. 111110000110.
Option C. 100000000000.
Correct Answer is. 111110000110.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 45. In a computer, the address 3B8 is.

Option A. hexadecimal.
Option B. decimal.
Option C. octal.
Correct Answer is. hexadecimal.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 46. What is a Grays converter?.

Option A. Analogue to Analogue.
Option B. Analogue to Digital.
Option C. Digital to Analogue.
Correct Answer is. Analogue to Digital.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 47. What is the hexadecimal number AE5 in octal form?.
Option A. 5445.
Option B. 5340.
Option C. 5345.
Correct Answer is. 5345.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 48. Hexadecimal 5C is what in binary?.

Option A. 1011111.
Option B. 1011100.
Option C. 1110100.
Correct Answer is. 1011100.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 49. Binary 11001101 converted to octal is.

Option A. 12E.
Option B. 315.
Option C. 205.
Correct Answer is. 315.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 50. What is the binary notation for 29?.

Option A. 0001 0110.
Option B. 0010 1001.
Option C. 0001 1101.
Correct Answer is. 0001 1101.
Explanation. Despite the deliberate gap between the blocks of 4 digits, this is not a BCD question.

Question Number. 51. 101012 + 110012 =.

Option A. 462.
Option B. 468.
Option C. 4610.
Correct Answer is. 4610.
Explanation. 101012 + 110012 = 1011102 = 4610.

05.03. Data Conversion.

Question Number. 1. If a signal has quantity in volts and physical position it is.
Option A. digital.

[Link] 9/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. synchronous.
Option C. analogue.
Correct Answer is. analogue.
Explanation. This is the definition of an analogue signal.

Question Number. 2. Within a computer controlled flight system, position feedback is converted from.
Option A. position feedback to rate feedback.
Option B. analogue to digital.
Option C. digital to analogue.
Correct Answer is. analogue to digital.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. What is serial to parallel and vice-versa called?.

Option A. Switching.
Option B. Multiplex/Demultiplex.
Option C. Encoder/Decoder.
Correct Answer is. Multiplex/Demultiplex.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 4. A thyristor is a device which has.

Option A. a positive temperature coefficient.
Option B. a negative temperature coefficient.
Option C. a temperature coefficient of zero.
Correct Answer is. a negative temperature coefficient.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. Physical variables in quantitative forms, such as voltage or angular rotation of a shaft
are.
Option A. digital.
Option B. analogue.
Option C. binary.
Correct Answer is. analogue.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. A D to A converter is required to produce an output range of 0 to 10V. This can be achieved
by.
Option A. a non inverting op amp connected in series with output.
Option B. an inverting op amp connected in series with output.
Option C. a differentiator with a 100 Kilohm feedback resistor.
Correct Answer is. an inverting op amp connected in series with output.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. A D to A converter would use a precision amplifier to.

Option A. compensate for the variation of the feedback resistor with temperature.
Option B. ensure that the output voltages remain accurate.
Option C. ensure that the input voltage remains accurate.
Correct Answer is. ensure that the output voltages remain accurate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. A given transducer provides a voltage which corresponds to true heading. This voltage can
beconverted to 'bits' by using a.
Option A. analogue to digital converter.
Option B. digital to analogue converter.
Option C. commutator.
Correct Answer is. analogue to digital converter.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. An A to D converter uses successive approximation to.

Option A. increase resolution.
Option B. increase accuracy.
Option C. increase speed.
Correct Answer is. increase speed.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. An R-2R D to A converter uses.

Option A. two values of resistors whose precision is not important.
Option B. two values of precision resistors.
Option C. resistors whose values are logarithmic.
Correct Answer is. two values of resistors whose precision is not important.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 10/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 11. The function of a commutator is to.

Option A. convert from analogue to binary form.
Option B. provide continuous availability of all parameters connected to the system.
Option C. provide a sampling in sequence of a number of parameters.
Correct Answer is. provide a sampling in sequence of a number of parameters.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. An encoder using Grey code.

Option A. changes analogue to binary.
Option B. changes digital to analogue.
Option C. changes analogue to digital.
Correct Answer is. changes analogue to digital.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. An analogue to digital converter is as accurate as.

Option A. the frequency.
Option B. the sampling rate.
Option C. the amplitude.
Correct Answer is. the sampling rate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. A digital to analogue converter that requires the output to range between 0v and -10v would
have.
Option A. a non-inverting amplifier in line with the output with a resistor to ground.
Option B. an inverting amplifier in series with the output line.
Option C. a non-inverting amplifier in parallel with the output line.
Correct Answer is. an inverting amplifier in series with the output line.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. In an analogue to digital converter, the input voltage.

Option A. is switched by the digital input.
Option B. is intermittent.
Option C. stays on constantly.
Correct Answer is. stays on constantly.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. An R-2R Converter has values or resistance.

Option A. whose relative precision are accurate.
Option B. whose precision are not accurate.
Option C. whose precision are accurate.
Correct Answer is. whose precision are not accurate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. What does 1 represent in an analogue system?.

Option A. High frequency
Option B. Switches closed, magnetised
Option C. Switches open, unmagnetised
Correct Answer is. Switches closed, magnetised
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. Audio sounds recorded digitally.

Option A. are superior quality and graeter bandwidth.
Option B. are narrow bandwidth.
Option C. are not as accurate due to clipping and input errors.
Correct Answer is. are superior quality and graeter bandwidth.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. An analogue to digital converter where it counts up to binary state equal to the analogue
input and then back down when this is reached is a.
Option A. a ramp type converter.
Option B. successive approximation counter.
Option C. flash type converter.
Correct Answer is. a ramp type converter.
Explanation. Digital Fundamentals T L Floyd page 790.

Question Number. 20. Transistors are used in a current triggered D to A device to.
Option A. switch off the inputs.
Option B. switch on the input.
Option C. change the state of the inputs.
Correct Answer is. change the state of the inputs.

[Link] 11/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. Op amps generally used in ADCs and DACs are normally.
Option A. high input impedance, high output impedance.
Option B. high input impedance, low output impedance.
Option C. low input impedance , how output impedance.
Correct Answer is. high input impedance, low output impedance.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 22. Analogue logic 1 is.

Option A. closed switch, Logic Q=0.
Option B. closed circuit, Logic Q=1.
Option C. open circuit.
Correct Answer is. closed circuit, Logic Q=1.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 23. An ADC uses successive approximation to.

Option A. increase speed.
Option B. increase accuracy.
Option C. increase resolution.
Correct Answer is. increase speed.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 24. A DAC uses a precision amplifier to.

Option A. ensure the output voltages remain accurate.
Option B. compensates for the variation of the feedback resistor due to temperature.
Option C. ensure the input remains accurate.
Correct Answer is. ensure the output voltages remain accurate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 25. A precision op-amp is used in a DAC to.

Option A. compensate for temperature variation.
Option B. give output at required level.
Option C. make output between 0 - 5V.
Correct Answer is. give output at required level.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 26. In an R-2R ladder converter the values of resistors.

Option A. do not need to be of precise values.
Option B. only the first resistor need to be precise.
Option C. are precise.
Correct Answer is. do not need to be of precise values.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 27. What is the quickest method of analogue to digital conversion?.
Option A. Voltage to frequency.
Option B. Flash converter.
Option C. Single ramp method.
Correct Answer is. Flash converter.
Explanation. Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd.

Question Number. 28. A charge balancing ADC uses.

Option A. successive approximation logic circuit to control the output.
Option B. a closed loop system to compare the analogue input to give the required digital output.
Option C. a closed loop system to check the analogue input with the input sample.
Correct Answer is. a closed loop system to compare the analogue input to give the required digital output.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 29. Sample and hold is a technique used in.

Option A. D to A conversion.
Option B. Moving coil instruments.
Option C. A to D conversion.
Correct Answer is. A to D conversion.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 30. An analogue to digital converter (ADC) requires the following.
Option A. a reference voltage, an input gate, an internal counter, a comparitor.
Option B. a reference voltage, an input gate, a comparator.
Option C. a reference voltage, an input gate, an internal counter.
Correct Answer is. a reference voltage, an input gate, a comparator.

[Link] 12/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 31. What is 'Throughput Rate' for the A/D converter?.
Option A. Number of complete digital words encoded in a specified unit of time.
Option B. None of the above.
Option C. Speed of variable resistor which senses the analogue signal.
Correct Answer is. Number of complete digital words encoded in a specified unit of time.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 32. What is the Resolution of A/D and D/A converters?.
Option A. Resolution of the Instrument which displays the values.
Option B. Number of discrete values that can be represented by the digital word.
Option C. Rate at which data is converted.
Correct Answer is. Number of discrete values that can be represented by the digital word.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 33. Digital signals can be represented.

Option A. only as a binary value.
Option B. by a series of integers.
Option C. by real numbers.
Correct Answer is. by a series of integers.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 34. When testing EGT probe.

Option A. it must be soaked and ambient temperature allowance taken into consideration.
Option B. not necessarily soaked but ambient temperature must be taken into consideration.
Option C. if its not soaked, a minimum temperature of 20 degrees C taken as OAT.
Correct Answer is. it must be soaked and ambient temperature allowance taken into consideration.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 35. A Digital to Analogue Converter has a resolution of 0.3 Volts. What will be the analogue
output when the digital input is 10110.
Option A. 6.6 Volts RMS.
Option B. -6.6 Volts DC.G36.
Option C. 6.6 Volts DC.
Correct Answer is. 6.6 Volts DC.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 36. A number represented as a physical quantity, e.g. voltage or speed of rotation is.
Option A. digital.
Option B. maximum value.
Option C. analogue.
Correct Answer is. analogue.
Explanation. NIL.

05.04. Data Buses.

Question Number. 1. In arinc 629, LRUs are programmed to transmit.

Option A. one at a time.
Option B. one transmits and one recieves.
Option C. all at the same time.
Correct Answer is. one transmits and one recieves.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 2. In aircraft use, fibre optic cables should comply with.
Option A. ARINC 629 standard.
Option B. ARIND 429 standard.
Option C. ARIND 636 standard.
Correct Answer is. ARIND 636 standard.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. ARINC 629 databus is.

Option A. one cable, bi-directional.
Option B. two cables, uni-directional.
Option C. two cables, bi directional.
Correct Answer is. two cables, bi directional.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 4. An ARINC 573 data bus is used.

Option A. to input into a Digital Flight Data Recorder.

[Link] 13/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. to supply digital inputs from a Symbol Generator to the EADI and EHSI.
Option C. to input into a FDR Digital Acquisition Unit.
Correct Answer is. to input into a Digital Flight Data Recorder.
Explanation. The FDR can have different inputs depending upon the age of the system, modern systems use ARINC 573.
The inputs to FDR DAU are only analogue, discreet and ARINC 429. The interface between SGUs, EADI and EHSI is only
ARINC 429.

Question Number. 5. An ARINC 429 bus uses.

Option A. a twisted shielded pair of wires.
Option B. two bi-directional twin sheathed and earthed wires.
Option C. a single twin wire cable for each transmitter.
Correct Answer is. a twisted shielded pair of wires.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 157.

Question Number. 6. The ARINC 429 data bus word systems use.
Option A. binary coded decimal.
Option B. decimal numbering.
Option C. hexadecimal numbering.
Correct Answer is. binary coded decimal.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 156.

Question Number. 7. ARINC 573 is related to what system?.

Option A. Weather Radar.
Option B. FDR.
Option C. INS.
Correct Answer is. FDR.
Explanation. Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757.

Question Number. 8. ARINC 629 current mode couplers are.

Option A. capacitive.
Option B. resistive.
Option C. inductive.
Correct Answer is. inductive.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. ARINC 629 databus is.

Option A. one bus, bi-directional data flow.
Option B. two buses, unidirectional.
Option C. two buses, bi-directional data flow.
Correct Answer is. one bus, bi-directional data flow.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. Normal transmission order of ARINC 629 LRUs in periodic mode is in order of.
Option A. shortest to largest TI.
Option B. shortest to largest TG.
Option C. power up.
Correct Answer is. power up.
Explanation. B777 MM 23-91-00 pg 41. Shortest to longest terminal gap is for aperiodic mode only.

Question Number. 11. In an ARINC 429 wordstring, bits 1 to 8 represent the.

Option A. destination LRU address.
Option B. monitored parameter.
Option C. message.
Correct Answer is. monitored parameter.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page 159 and ARINCs tutorial.

Question Number. 12. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is.

Option A. common to each terminal.
Option B. unique to each terminal.
Option C. when all terminals are quiet.
Correct Answer is. common to each terminal.
Explanation. The ARINC 629 TI is common to all LRUs.

Question Number. 13. MIL-STD-1533 is a data bus for.

Option A. Inertial Reference System.
Option B. Flight Data Recorders.
Option C. Digital Information Transfer System.
Correct Answer is. Digital Information Transfer System.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 14/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 14. ARINC 629 periodic mode is used for.
Option A. transferring data only on events important to aircraft operation.
Option B. database loads.
Option C. normal operation.
Correct Answer is. normal operation.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. How is data coupled to an ARINC 629 data bus?.
Option A. By a resistive pickup.
Option B. By an inductive pickup.
Option C. By a capacitive pickup.
Correct Answer is. By an inductive pickup.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. How does MIL-STD-1533 put data onto the databus?.
Option A. Through the bus controller.
Option B. R1 (remote terminal).
Option C. SSIFU (sub-system interface unit).
Correct Answer is. Through the bus controller.
Explanation. Through the bus controller.

Question Number. 17. The parity bit in digital information is used.

Option A. to check the validity of data information.
Option B. for BITE programs.
Option C. to check the status of the system.
Correct Answer is. to check the validity of data information.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. ARINC 429 SDI word format is at bits.

Option A. 32.
Option B. 1-8.
Option C. 9-10.
Correct Answer is. 9-10.
Explanation. SDI = Source Destination Ident.

Question Number. 19. What is the parity bit for on an ARINC 429 bus?.
Option A. To act as a terminal gap in an emergency.
Option B. To delay the signal.
Option C. To check for corruption during transmission of a word.
Correct Answer is. To check for corruption during transmission of a word.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 20. An ARINC 429 word label format is.

Option A. hexadecimal.
Option B. octal.
Option C. binary.
Correct Answer is. octal.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 429 data bus?.
Option A. 120.
Option B. 60.
Option C. 20.
Correct Answer is. 20.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 22. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is.

Option A. common to each terminal.
Option B. is when all transmissions are quiet.
Option C. unique to each terminal.
Correct Answer is. common to each terminal.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 23. An ARINC 429 bus uses.

Option A. a twisted shielded pair of wires.
Option B. a single twin cable for each transmitter.
Option C. two bi-directional twin, sheathed and earthed wires.
Correct Answer is. a twisted shielded pair of wires.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 15/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 24. ARINC 429 data bus systems uses.
Option A. hexadecimal numbering.
Option B. binary coded decimal.
Option C. decimal numbering.
Correct Answer is. binary coded decimal.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 25. An ARINC 429 Binary Coded Decimal word occupies word bits.
Option A. 1-8.
Option B. 11-29.
Option C. 11-28.
Correct Answer is. 11-29.
Explanation. Two versions of ARINC 429. BCD uses 11 - 29, Binary uses 11 - 28.

Question Number. 26. An ARINC 429 system uses a.

Option A. 20 bit word over a bi-directional bus.
Option B. 32 bit word over a twisted pair of wires.
Option C. 16 bit word over a twisted pair of wires.
Correct Answer is. 32 bit word over a twisted pair of wires.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 27. An ARINC 629 characteristic is.

Option A. all LRUs can transmit and receive at the same time.
Option B. data can transmit in both directions down the data bus.
Option C. all LRUs can transmit at the same time.
Correct Answer is. data can transmit in both directions down the data bus.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 28. What limits the number of ARINC 429 receivers on a bus?.
Option A. The speed and size.
Option B. The weight.
Option C. The parallel input impedance.
Correct Answer is. The parallel input impedance.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 29. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by.

Option A. non return to zero.
Option B. Manchester bi-phase.
Option C. bi-polar return to zero.
Correct Answer is. Manchester bi-phase.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 30. How are engine indications sent to the FDR?.
Option A. Source isolated.
Option B. Via ARINC 629.
Option C. Via ARINC 573.
Correct Answer is. Via ARINC 573.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 31. What system uses base 8?.

Option A. ARINC 429, in dataword labels only.
Option B. ARINC 573.
Option C. ARINC 629.
Correct Answer is. ARINC 429, in dataword labels only.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 32. On an ARINC 629 data bus, the maximum amount of current-mode couplers per data bus
is.
Option A. 46.
Option B. 120.
Option C. 64.
Correct Answer is. 120.
Explanation. 120 LRUs maximum (but the B777 uses 46).

Question Number. 33. To connect an LRU to the data bus.

Option A. a terminal controller and interface module only is required.
Option B. current mode coupler, terminal controller and a production break is required.
Option C. a current mode coupler, serial interface module and terminal controller is required.
Correct Answer is. a current mode coupler, serial interface module and terminal controller is required.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 16/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 34. A current-mode coupler contains an E-Core assembly. The purpose of the E-Core is to provide
effective screening of the signal through the.
Option A. current-mode coupler.
Option B. couple the signal to the data bus.
Option C. enable easy access for monitoring of the signal.
Correct Answer is. couple the signal to the data bus.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 35. The ARINC 429 low rate of transmission is.
Option A. 100 kbits/second with high of 12-14 Mbits/second.
Option B. 12-14 Kbits/second with high of 100 kBits/second.
Option C. 12-14 Mbits/second with high of 100 Mbits/secon.
Correct Answer is. 12-14 Kbits/second with high of 100 kBits/second.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 36. An ARINC 629 bus cable is a twisted pair of wires with.
Option A. a 130 ohm resistor at one end.
Option B. a 130 ohm resistor at both ends.
Option C. a 230 ohm resistor at one end.
Correct Answer is. a 130 ohm resistor at both ends.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 37. An ARINC 629 stub cable.

Option A. connects single directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler.
Option B. connects bi-directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler.
Option C. connects bi-directional data between two LRUs.
Correct Answer is. connects bi-directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 38. Care must be taken when installing ARINC 629 cables into bus panels, damage to cables can
cause.
Option A. corrosion of the conductor.
Option B. arcing of high voltage signals.
Option C. standing waves.
Correct Answer is. corrosion of the conductor.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 39. An aircraft databus system.

Option A. can use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 as they are compatible.
Option B. can use both systems, ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 via system card files and signal gateways.
Option C. cannot use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 data buses.
Correct Answer is. can use both systems, ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 via system card files and signal gateways.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 40. ARINC 629 is used for.

Option A. emergency only.
Option B. a backup to ARINC 429.
Option C. normal flight.
Correct Answer is. normal flight.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 41. Once an ARINC 629 LRU has transmitted a message it will wait how long before transmitting
again?.
Option A. Until the end of the synchronization gap.
Option B. Until the start of the terminal gap.
Option C. Until the end of the transmit interval
Correct Answer is. Until the end of the transmit interval.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 42. How is the word label 206 written in ARINC 429?.
Option A. Decimal 206.
Option B. Octal 01100001.
Option C. Binary 11000110.
Correct Answer is. Octal 01100001.
Explanation. Label is Octal - MSB to right - so yes, it is backwards.

Question Number. 43. What is ARINC 561 used for?.

Option A. Fly by Wire systems.
Option B. Flight Data Recorder systems.
Option C. Inertial Navigation Systems.

[Link] 17/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Correct Answer is. Inertial Navigation Systems.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 44. An ARINC data word is bits 11-29, if bits 11-18 are patched which of the following would be
the LSB bit?.
Option A. 19.
Option B. 29.
Option C. 21.
Correct Answer is. 19.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 45. Fibreoptic databus links are.

Option A. simplex.
Option B. bi-directional.
Option C. one way data buses.
Correct Answer is. bi-directional.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 46. ARINC 629 is.

Option A. half duplex.
Option B. full duplex.
Option C. simplex.
Correct Answer is. half duplex.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 47. A signal in an ARINC 629 system uses.

Option A. a pair of wires per transmitter unit.
Option B. a single wire.
Option C. a twisted pair of wires or fibre optics.
Correct Answer is. a twisted pair of wires or fibre optics.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148. [Link] ARINC 429
tutorial

Question Number. 48. An in-series ARINC 429 system transmits using.

Option A. encoder.
Option B. time division multiplexing.
Option C. wave division multiplexing.
Correct Answer is. time division multiplexing.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 49. A terminal controller.

Option A. is repetitive transmitting.
Option B. will transmit only once during each transmit interval.
Option C. transmits only when addressed.
Correct Answer is. will transmit only once during each transmit.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 50. The number of LRUs which transmit/receive on ARINC-429 is dependent upon.
Option A. speed of transmission & size of aircraft systems.
Option B. parallel input impedance.
Option C. size of S.D.I.
Correct Answer is. parallel input impedance.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 51. One of the ARINC 429 formats is.

Option A. BCD.
Option B. octal.
Option C. hexadecimal.
Correct Answer is. BCD.
Explanation. [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question Number. 52. A group of bits transmitted at the same time is.
Option A. parallel data.
Option B. a clock signal.
Option C. serial data.
Correct Answer is. parallel data.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 53. The ARINC 429 system uses which of the following system to transfer data?.
Option A. Non return to zero.

[Link] 18/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. Harvard bi phase.
Option C. Bi-directional return to zero.
Correct Answer is. Bi-directional return to zero.
Explanation. [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question Number. 54. Which of the following ARINCs is bidirectional?.

Option A. 629.
Option B. 429.
Option C. 573.
Correct Answer is. 629.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148. [Link] ARINC 429
tutorial

Question Number. 55. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by using.

Option A. non return to zero.
Option B. Manchester bi-phase.
Option C. bipolar return to zero.
Correct Answer is. Manchester bi-phase.
Explanation. [Link] MIL-STD-1553 tutorial

Question Number. 56. The general arrangement of ARINC 629 includes.

Option A. databus cable, current mode coupler, stub cable.
Option B. current mode coupler, databus cable only.
Option C. databus cable, stub cable, voltage mode coupler.
Correct Answer is. databus cable, current mode coupler, stub cable.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 57. ARINC 629 Databus cables are terminated using.
Option A. 100 ohms resistor.
Option B. 130 ohms resistor.
Option C. 25 ohms resistor.
Correct Answer is. 130 ohms resistor.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 58. In ARINC 429 data field is bits 11 to 28. If the bits 11 to 18 had pad bits, the L.S.B. Of the
data would be.
Option A. bit 11.
Option B. bit 28.
Option C. bit 19.
Correct Answer is. bit 19.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 59. The BCD data field of ARINC 429 is contained within bits.
Option A. 11-29.
Option B. 11-28.
Option C. 1-8.
Correct Answer is. 11-29.
Explanation. Binary Word is 11 - 28. BCD Word is 11 - 29.

Question Number. 60. ARINC 629 is transmitted using.

Option A. single wire for each transmitter.
Option B. fibre optics or twisted pair of wires.
Option C. SWG 28 wire.
Correct Answer is. fibre optics or twisted pair of wires.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148.

Question Number. 61. A simplex system has.

Option A. 1 transmitter and multiple receivers.
Option B. 1 bus controller and 1 remote terminal.
Option C. 1 bus controller and multiple receivers.
Correct Answer is. 1 transmitter and multiple receivers.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 62. To create a bi-directional communications link within an ARINC 429 system.
Option A. four databuses are required.
Option B. only one databus is required.
Option C. two databuses are required.
Correct Answer is. two databuses are required.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 19/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 63. Why does an ARINC databus system send data to LRUs in series?.
Option A. Saves weight.
Option B. More information can be sent.
Option C. Takes less time.
Correct Answer is. Saves weight.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146.

Question Number. 64. Can an LRU transmit and receive on more than one 629 bus?.
Option A. Yes.
Option B. Only if paralleled.
Option C. No.
Correct Answer is. Yes.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 65. ARINC 629 LRUs transmit.

Option A. when addressed.
Option B. when signal gap is sensed.
Option C. when terminal gap is sensed.
Correct Answer is. when terminal gap is sensed.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 149.

Question Number. 66. An ARINC 429 BCD word occupies bits 11-29, if 11-15 are filled with padders then the LSB of
the word will be.
Option A. 11.
Option B. 16.
Option C. 29.
Correct Answer is. 16.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin Page 147.

Question Number. 67. A simplex system has.

Option A. one transmitter, many receivers.
Option B. a bus controller and separate controller.
Option C. one transmitter, one receiver.
Correct Answer is. one transmitter, many receivers.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 68. In an Arinc 429 Word label-representing heading is 320, this is represented in bits 1- 8
as.
Option A. 01011001.
Option B. 00001011.
Option C. 01101000.
Correct Answer is. 00001011.
Explanation. Octal 320 converted to binary, and reversed.

Question Number. 69. In ARINC 629 aperiodic mode, LRUs transmit in order of.
Option A. longest terminal gap to shortest terminal gap.
Option B. power up.
Option C. shortest terminal gap to longest terminal gap.
Correct Answer is. shortest terminal gap to longest terminal gap.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 70. ARINC 629, aperiodic mode is used.

Option A. for landing and approach operation.
Option B. for normal operation.
Option C. for database loads.
Correct Answer is. for database loads.
Explanation. B777 MM 23-91-00 pg 41. Periodic mode is for normal operation. Aperiodic mode is for non-normal operation
and large information transfer such as database loads and operating software loads.

Question Number. 71. How is ARINC 429 bi-directional data transfer achieved?.
Option A. Via a current mode coupler.
Option B. Using two data buses.
Option C. Via a twisted pair of shielded cables.
Correct Answer is. Using two data buses.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 72. The data format use to transmit signal to flight data recorder.
Option A. Harvard bi-phase 12 bit.
Option B. Bi-Polar RZ 12 bit.
Option C. Manchester 2 bi-phase 12 bit.
Correct Answer is. Harvard bi-phase 12 bit.

[Link] 20/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 73. The output voltage of ARINC 429 signal is.
Option A. +5v.
Option B. +10v to -10v. H73.
Option C. -5v.
Correct Answer is. +10v to -10v. H73.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 74. An ARINC 629 label word is.

Option A. 10 bits.
Option B. 12 bits.
Option C. 8 bits.
Correct Answer is. 12 bits.
Explanation. 12-bit label field, 4-bit label extension, single parity, 3-bit time hi-lo synch pulse. 20 bit in total.

Question Number. 75. The T/R of ARINC 629 is.

Option A. Encoder / decoder.
Option B. Multiplex / demultiplex.
Option C. switching.
Correct Answer is. Multiplex / demultiplex.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 76. Terminal gap in ARINC 629 is.

Option A. always the same period.
Option B. flexible.
Option C. can be changed by adjusting the rx/tx software.
Correct Answer is. can be changed by adjusting the rx/tx software.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin 5th Ed, pg149.

Question Number. 77. How does ARINC 629 bus transmit and receive information?.
Option A. Sockets and pins.
Option B. Inductive coupling.
Option C. Optical coupling.
Correct Answer is. Inductive coupling.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 78. What is ARINC 561 used for?.

Option A. To specify LRU pin-outs.
Option B. To specify Radio Comms data bus.
Option C. To specify Flight Data Recorder data bus.
Correct Answer is. To specify Radio Comms data bus.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 79. What is the purpose of the parity bit on an ARINC 429 bus?.
Option A. To indicate if the data is analogue.
Option B. To indicate that the data is digital.
Option C. To indicate to the receiver that the data is valid.
Correct Answer is. To indicate to the receiver that the data is valid.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 80. ARINC 429 is.

Option A. Single Source Multiple Sink System.
Option B. Multiple Source Multiple Sink system.
Option C. Single Source Single Sink system.
Correct Answer is. Single Source Multiple Sink System.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 81. What is the purpose of intermediate production breaks in ARINC 429 or 629 Data
cables?.
Option A. Cables are only manufactured 40 feet long.
Option B. To allow maintenance personnel to divide the right and left system buses into two parts for easy removal
and installation.
Option C. To allow connection of new cables to the existing ones in case of a modification.
Correct Answer is. To allow maintenance personnel to divide the right and left system buses into two parts for easy
removal and installation.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 82. Where is the parity bit installed in a data word?.
Option A. Front.

[Link] 21/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. End MSB.
Option C. Middle.
Correct Answer is. End MSB.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 83. RZ bi-polar modulation consists of bits which are one of __________ states?.
Option A. Eight.
Option B. Two.
Option C. Three.
Correct Answer is. Three.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 84. In the ARINC 429 digital information transfer system, data may travel in:.
Option A. both directions on the same bus simultaneously.
Option B. one direction only.
Option C. both directions on the same bus sequentially by time multiplexing.
Correct Answer is. one direction only.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 85. An ARINC 629 data word.

Option A. includes an 8 bit label and a 16 bit data field.
Option B. has only 20 bits.
Option C. comprises up to 256 data bits.
Correct Answer is. has only 20 bits.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 86. In an ARINC 429 digital word bit number 32 is used for.
Option A. terminating the data field.
Option B. checking parity.
Option C. identifying word type.
Correct Answer is. checking parity.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 87. What connects an LRU to the Bus Coupler in an ARINC 629 Data Bus?.
Option A. Patch Cord.
Option B. Stub Cable.
Option C. Interconnect Cable.
Correct Answer is. Stub Cable.
Explanation. NIL.

05.05a. Logic Circuits.

Question Number. 1. What is the equivalent of this gate?.

Option A. = (NOT-A + NOT-B).

Option B. = (A + B)NOT.
Option C. = (A.B)NOT.
Correct Answer is. = (NOT-A + NOT-B).
Explanation. Draw the truth table for the NAND gate, then draw the truth tables for each answer in turn until you get one
to match.

Question Number. 2. A NOR gate with both inputs inverted becomes a.

Option A. NAND gate.
Option B. AND gate.
Option C. OR gate.
Correct Answer is. AND gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. Adding invertors to the two inputs of an AND gate makes a.
Option A. OR gate.
Option B. NOR gate.
Option C. NAND gate.
Correct Answer is. NOR gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 4. This truth table is for a.

[Link] 22/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Option A. OR gate.
Option B. AND gate.
Option C. NAND gate.
Correct Answer is. AND gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?.

Option A. OR gate.
Option B. Exclusive OR gate.
Option C. NAND gate.
Correct Answer is. OR gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. Making an inverter from a NAND or NOR gate is achieved by.
Option A. connecting the inputs.
Option B. inverting the input.
Option C. connecting two in series.
Correct Answer is. connecting the inputs.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. An AND gate output is 1 when inputs are.

Option A. both 1.
Option B. both 0.
Option C. 1 and 0.
Correct Answer is. both 1.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. What sort of gate requires two positive voltages to operate?.
Option A. AND.
Option B. OR.
Option C. NOT.
Correct Answer is. AND.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. When will a NAND gate give logic 0 at the output?.
Option A. When both inputs are at 1.
Option B. When the inputs are different.
Option C. When both inputs are at 0.
Correct Answer is. When both inputs are at 1.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. Which logic gate has this truth table?.

Option A. NOT.
Option B. NAND.
Option C. Exclusive OR.
Correct Answer is. Exclusive OR.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?.
Option A. Exclusive OR.
Option B. NAND.
Option C. OR.
Correct Answer is. OR.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 23/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 12. What is this truth table?.

Option A. NOR gate.

Option B. NOT gate.
Option C. AND gate.
Correct Answer is. AND gate.
Explanation.

Question Number. 13. What sort of gate is this?.

Option A. NOT gate.

Option B. NOR gate.
Option C. Or gate.
Correct Answer is. NOR gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. The output of a NOT gate is logic 1. The input is.
Option A. logic 0.
Option B. logic 1.
Option C. both logic 1.
Correct Answer is. logic 0.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. When the voltage that represents a logic 1 state is less than the voltage that represents a
logic 0 state, the logic being used is.
Option A. either positive or negative.
Option B. positive.
Option C. negative.
Correct Answer is. negative.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. The output of an AND gate having two inputs A and B is logic 1. The two inputs will have the
logic states of.
Option A. A = 0, B = 0.
Option B. A = 1, B = 0.
Option C. A = 1, B = 1.
Correct Answer is. A = 1, B = 1.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. The output of an OR gate having two inputs A and B is logic 0. The two inputs will have the
logic states of.
Option A. A = 1, B = 0.
Option B. A = 0, B = 1.
Option C. A = 0, B = 0.
Correct Answer is. A = 0, B = 0.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. What is this symbol?.

Option A. Exclusive AND gate.

Option B. Exclusive NOR gate.
Option C. Exclusive OR gate.
Correct Answer is. Exclusive OR gate.

[Link] 24/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. What Logic Gate does this switch circuit indicate?.

Option A. NOR gate.

Option B. AND gate.
Option C. OR gate.
Correct Answer is. OR gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 20. Which logic gate has both inputs high to get an output?.
Option A. AND gate.
Option B. OR gate.
Option C. NAND gate.
Correct Answer is. AND gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. A NAND and NOR to become a NOT gate have.
Option A. inputs inverted.
Option B. outputs inverted.
Option C. inputs connected together.
Correct Answer is. inputs connected together.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 22. An AND gate with inverted inputs and an inverted output is equivalent to.
Option A. an AND gate.
Option B. a NOR gate.
Option C. an OR gate.
Correct Answer is. an OR gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 23. Logic gates internal operating mechanisms are produced from.
Option A. thin film resistors.
Option B. transistors.
Option C. diodes.
Correct Answer is. transistors.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 24. A logic 1 may be represented in an analogue system by (where Q is an output of a latch /
flip-flop).
Option A. switch closed / light off / Not Q.
Option B. positive / magnetised / Q.
Option C. switch open / light on / Q.
Correct Answer is. positive / magnetised / Q.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 25. To get logic 1 using this gate.

Option A. A and B = 0.
Option B. A or B = 1.
Option C. A and B = 1.
Correct Answer is. A and B = 0.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 25/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 25. To get logic 1 using this gate.

Option A. A and B = 1.
Option B. A or B = 1.
Option C. A and B = 0.
Correct Answer is. A and B = 0.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 26. What logic gate would this circuit represent?.

Option A. NAND Gate.

Option B. NOR gate.
Option C. AND gate.
Correct Answer is. AND gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 27. What type of gate is this?.

Option A. NAND.
Option B. NOT.
Option C. E-OR.
Correct Answer is. E-OR.
Explanation. E-OR is another name for XOR.

Question Number. 28. What sort of gate requires two negative input voltages to operate?.
Option A. OR.
Option B. NAND.
Option C. NOT.
Correct Answer is. NAND.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 28. What sort of gate requires two negative input voltages to operate?.
Option A. NAND.
Option B. OR.
Option C. NOT.
Correct Answer is. NAND.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 29. In Positive Logic representation.

Option A. both states have same positive voltages but stage 1 has more current.
Option B. state 1 is more positive than state 0.
Option C. state 0 is more positive than state 1.
Correct Answer is. state 1 is more positive than state 0.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 30. Switching within logic gates is normally achieved with the use of.
Option A. BTB's.
Option B. relays.
Option C. diodes.
Correct Answer is. diodes.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 31. The truth table of A =0011 B=0101 and =0110 indicates that the logic device is.
Option A. an ECLUSIVE OR gate.

[Link] 26/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. a NOR gate.
Option C. an AND gate.
Correct Answer is. an ECLUSIVE OR gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 32. What input is required to activate the relay shown?.

Option A. A=0 B=1.

Option B. A=1 B=0.
Option C. A=1 B=1.
Correct Answer is. A=1 B=1.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 33. A NAND gate has inputs A and B and output C. If the output (c) was zero, what are the
inputs?.
Option A. A=1 B=1.
Option B. A=0 B=0.
Option C. A=1 B=0.
Correct Answer is. A=1 B=1.
Explanation. NIL.

05.05b. Logic Circuits.

Question Number. 1. The 'fan-in' in a gate is the.

Option A. number of inputs to a gate.
Option B. number of outputs from a gate.
Option C. number of inputs and outputs of a gate.
Correct Answer is. number of inputs to a gate.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 2. What does the logic circuit shown represent?.

Option A. Full Adder Circuit.

Option B. Half adder circuit.
Option C. Multi-bit adder.
Correct Answer is. Full Adder Circuit.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. What would be the outputs of this circuit, if A=0 B=0 C=1.

[Link] 27/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Option A. 1, 1.
Option B. 0, 1.
Option C. 0, 0.
Correct Answer is. 0, 1.
Explanation. Check out the table on [Link] [Link]
[Link]/digital/[Link]

Question Number. 4. What would be the outputs of this circuit, if A=1 B=1 C=0.

Option A. 0, 1.
Option B. 1, 1.
Option C. 1, 0.
Correct Answer is. 1, 0.
Explanation. Check out the table on [Link] [Link]
[Link]/digital/[Link]

Question Number. 5. Tristate devices are found.

Option A. on input circuits.
Option B. on output circuits.
Option C. on both input and output circuits.
Correct Answer is. on input circuits.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. A full adder has.

Option A. three inputs and two outputs.
Option B. two inputs and one output.
Option C. three inputs and one output.
Correct Answer is. three inputs and two outputs.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. What is the Boolean Algebra for the circuit shown?.

[Link] 28/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Option A. .
Option B. .
Option C. .
Correct Answer is. .
Explanation. NIL.

05.06a. Basic Computer Structure.

Question Number. 1. In a computer memory device, which one of these has the slowest access time?.
Option A. floppy disk.
Option B. magnetic tape.
Option C. 8mm video tape.
Correct Answer is. magnetic tape.
Explanation. 8mm video tape is not (and never has been) a computer memory device.

Question Number. 2. The advantage of DRAM over SRAM is.

Option A. are cheaper to manufacture.
Option B. has a larger storage capacity per chip area.
Option C. they operate slower.
Correct Answer is. has a larger storage capacity per chip area.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 3. A BYTE is usually.

Option A. an 8 bit word.
Option B. a six bit word.
Option C. a 12 bit word.
Correct Answer is. an 8 bit word.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 4. What is the definition of baud rate?.

Option A. 1 word per second.
Option B. 1 byte per second.
Option C. 1 bit per second.
Correct Answer is. 1 bit per second.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. Which would have the least components?.

Option A. ALU.
Option B. CPU.
Option C. LSI.
Correct Answer is. ALU.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. What is a baud?.

Option A. A bit of data.
Option B. A block of data.
Option C. A byte of data.
Correct Answer is. A bit of data.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. In a bi-stable memory circuit.

Option A. the memory is retained indefinably.
Option B. the memory is lost as soon as power is removed.
Option C. the memory needs to be refreshed constantly, even when power is on.

[Link] 29/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Correct Answer is. the memory is lost as soon as power is removed.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. What is the advantage of series over parallel message sending?.
Option A. Only one pair of conductors.
Option B. More information sent.
Option C. Quicker.
Correct Answer is. Only one pair of conductors.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146.

Question Number. 9. A typical example of a mass storage memory device which is also WORM (Write Once Read
Many) is.
Option A. an IC.
Option B. a magnetic tape.
Option C. a CD Rom.
Correct Answer is. a CD Rom.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. A computer using RAM would utilize.

Option A. magnetic tape.
Option B. a compact disc.
Option C. an integrated circuit (chip).
Correct Answer is. an integrated circuit (chip).
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146.

Question Number. 11. Magnetic materials are used in.

Option A. ROMs only.
Option B. some RAMs.
Option C. EPROM.
Correct Answer is. some RAMs.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. A typical example of a mass storage device is.

Option A. IC.
Option B. magnetic tape.
Option C. CD.
Correct Answer is. CD.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. What is EPROM?.

Option A. Enhanced programmable read only memory.
Option B. Erasable programmable read only memory.
Option C. Erasable programming read only module.
Correct Answer is. Erasable programmable read only memory.
Explanation. Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 87E.

Question Number. 14. How many bytes can be carried in a 32bit word?.
Option A. 8 bytes.
Option B. 4 bytes.
Option C. 2 bytes.
Correct Answer is. 4 bytes.
Explanation. 8 bits per byte.

Question Number. 15. A common used material in computer manufacturing is.

Option A. ferrite material.
Option B. permeamag material.
Option C. ferromagnetic material.
Correct Answer is. ferromagnetic material.
Explanation. Ferromagnetic material is that which hard-drives and floppy drives are made from.

Question Number. 16. Ferrite medium is used for computer memory because.
Option A. data is stored after the power is removed.
Option B. it is light.
Option C. it has low eddy current losses.
Correct Answer is. data is stored after the power is removed.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. Data is usually stored in.

Option A. RAM.
Option B. ROM.

[Link] 30/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. EEPROM.
Correct Answer is. ROM.
Explanation. NIL.

05.06b. Basic Computer Structure.

Question Number. 1. Registers are used in digital computers to.

Option A. store bits of information in a permanent memory.
Option B. store a limited amount of information on a temporary basis.
Option C. keep a count of operations completed.
Correct Answer is. store a limited amount of information on a temporary basis.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 2. A computer consist of at least the C.P.U and.

Option A. memory and input & output port.
Option B. memory, ALU, input & output port.
Option C. register section, ALU, timing and control section.
Correct Answer is. memory and input & output port.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 144, and Aircraft Instruments and Integrated
Systems Pallett Page 153 Fig 6.1.

Question Number. 3. A basic computer would consist of.

Option A. register section, ALU and timing and control section.
Option B. memory, input/output ports and CPU.
Option C. RAM/ROM and input/output ports.
Correct Answer is. memory, input/output ports and CPU.
Explanation. Pallett Aircraft instuments & Integrated Systems Page 153.

Question Number. 4. DRAM.

Option A. requires a refreshing charge.
Option B. memory is stored when power supply is removed.
Option C. it does not require a refreshing charge.
Correct Answer is. requires a refreshing charge.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 5. Bubble memory stores data on.

Option A. magnetic tape.
Option B. semiconductor material.
Option C. ferrite core.
Correct Answer is. semiconductor material.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]/neets/book22/[Link]

Question Number. 6. An EPROM.

Option A. is non-volatile memory.
Option B. requires constant refreshing.
Option C. is erased after reading.
Correct Answer is. is non-volatile memory.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. A computer requires to operate, a.

Option A. address bus, a data bus only.
Option B. data bus, a control bus, a address bus.
Option C. data bus, a control bus only.
Correct Answer is. data bus, a control bus, a address bus.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. data bus, a control bus only.

Option A. DRAM.
Option B. SRAM.
Option C. RAM.
Correct Answer is. SRAM.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. A computer is acting in real time when.

Option A. the CPU requires a clock pulse.
Option B. the output is equal to the input of data.
Option C. the time to access memory is equal to the data speed in.
Correct Answer is. the output is equal to the input of data.
Explanation. NIL.

05.07. Microprocessors.

[Link] 31/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 1. What is the function of a status register in a microprocessor?.

Option A. To indicate the status of the processor.
Option B. In the ALU, to store the position of the program during an interrupt.
Option C. To synchronize the clock pulse.
Correct Answer is. To indicate the status of the processor.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 2. What is the purpose of the ALU?.

Option A. To store data being used by the CPU.
Option B. The part of the CPU unit where arithmetic & logic operations are carried out.
Option C. To convert serial into parallel data.
Correct Answer is. The part of the CPU unit where arithmetic & logic operations are carried out.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 146.

Question Number. 3. The CPU consists of.

Option A. ALU, timing and control section, register.
Option B. register and arithmetic logic unit only.
Option C. register, timing and control section only.
Correct Answer is. ALU, timing and control section, register.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 153 Basic CPU,. Aircraft Electricity and
Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 145.

Question Number. 4. How is multiplication achieved in an ALU?.

Option A. by addition.
Option B. by subtraction.
Option C. by coupling.
Correct Answer is. by addition.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. The smallest operation of a CPU is.

Option A. the processor cycle.
Option B. the processor sub-cycle.
Option C. the time cycle.
Correct Answer is. the time cycle.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. Where does the clock signal in a microprocessor come from?.
Option A. ALU.
Option B. Memory.
Option C. Control unit.
Correct Answer is. Control unit.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153.

Question Number. 7. Where is the operating program for the CPU stored?.
Option A. Control unit.
Option B. ALU.
Option C. Memory unit.
Correct Answer is. Memory unit.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153.

Question Number. 8. A priority encoder.

Option A. outputs the highest input.
Option B. outputs the selected input.
Option C. outputs the lowest input.
Correct Answer is. outputs the highest input.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. The smallest operation possible in a computer is the.

Option A. timing cycle.
Option B. processor sub-cycle.
Option C. processor cycle.
Correct Answer is. timing cycle.
Explanation. Also known as the clock pulse.

Question Number. 10. A clock pulse in processor equipment.

Option A. is to synchronise everything.
Option B. is used for the maintenance tests.
Option C. is to give the correct timing when calculations are made.
Correct Answer is. is to synchronise everything.

[Link] 32/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. In a computer, the code that fetches correct data and feeds it to the ALU is
called.
Option A. the instruction set.
Option B. ARINC.
Option C. the computer program.
Correct Answer is. the instruction set.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 12. A computer processor has within it.

Option A. register, buffer, data bus.
Option B. ALU, register, memory.
Option C. ALU, control section, register.
Correct Answer is. ALU, control section, register.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. The arithmetic logic unit (ALU) in a central processor unit (CPU) carries out.
Option A. addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.
Option B. computations as instructed.
Option C. timing and synchronisation.
Correct Answer is. addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. The CPU requires a clock to determine.

Option A. the number of bits on the highway.
Option B. the speed of operation.
Option C. the date and time.
Correct Answer is. the speed of operation.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. An ALU performs the following.

Option A. Arithmetic, Logic, Branch and Move Operations.
Option B. Input/Output operations, Arithmetic, Logic Functions.
Option C. Arithmetic, Logic, Branch and Find Operations.
Correct Answer is. Input/Output operations, Arithmetic, Logic Functions.
Explanation. NIL.

05.08. Integrated Circuits.

Question Number. 1. What function do gates 1 and 2 perform?.

Option A. Full adder.

Option B. Half Adder.
Option C. Shift Register.
Correct Answer is. Half Adder.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 2. On an IC, pin 1 is to the left of the notch. Which way are the pins numbered?.
Option A. Left to right.
Option B. Anticlockwise.
Option C. Clockwise.
Correct Answer is. Anticlockwise.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 3. When 4 binary serial counters are connected in cascade for frequency division, what division
factor is required?.
Option A. 8.
Option B. 16.
[Link] 33/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. 4.
Correct Answer is. 16.
Explanation. Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 4 serial counters divides by 2x2x2x2 =
16.

Question Number. 4. 3 binary counters in cascade. What is the division?.

Option A. 32.
Option B. 8.
Option C. 16.
Correct Answer is. 8.
Explanation. Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 3 serial counters divides by 2x2x2 = 8.

Question Number. 5. Within a 3 bit frequency cascade, division is to.

Option A. 2.
Option B. 4.
Option C. 8.
Correct Answer is. 8.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) means the number of gates in a single IC is.
Option A. up to 10,000.
Option B. over 10,000.
Option C. up to 1000.
Correct Answer is. over 10,000.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. An encoder changes.

Option A. digital to analogue.
Option B. analogue to digital.
Option C. data from one format to another.
Correct Answer is. data from one format to another.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. An RS flip-flop with Q at 1 is said to be.

Option A. set.
Option B. reset.
Option C. zero.
Correct Answer is. set.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. When a JK flip flop is used as a memory device, what type of memory would it
be?.
Option A. read-only.
Option B. non-volatile.
Option C. volatile.
Correct Answer is. volatile.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. In an RS flip flop, output is one. This means it is.
Option A. intermediate.
Option B. reset.
Option C. set.
Correct Answer is. set.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 143.

Question Number. 11. An ALU is an example of.

Option A. MSI.
Option B. SSI.
Option C. LSI.
Correct Answer is. LSI.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. With a j-k flip flop which is the output set.
Option A. q = 1.
Option B. q = 0.
Option C. either.
Correct Answer is. q = 1.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. Data is converted from serial to parallel and parallel to serial by.

[Link] 34/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option A. a synchronous counter.
Option B. a parallel register.
Option C. a shift register.
Correct Answer is. a shift register.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. A typical characteristic of a CMOS is.

Option A. high power dissipation.
Option B. high voltage handling.
Option C. low power dissipation.
Correct Answer is. low power dissipation.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 140.

Question Number. 15. The pins on an op amp are numbered.

Option A. anticlockwise.
Option B. clockwise.
Option C. cross ways.
Correct Answer is. anticlockwise.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. A parallel register.

Option A. requires a clock pulse for each bit.
Option B. reads each bit to be stored simultaneously.
Option C. reads the stored data when logic 0 is applied to the read line.
Correct Answer is. reads each bit to be stored simultaneously.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. A device, which converts serial to parallel and parallel to serial for arithmetical functions, is
a.
Option A. Parallel to serial and serial to parallel converter.
Option B. Shift Register.
Option C. Multiplexer and De-Multiplexer.
Correct Answer is. Shift Register.
Explanation. Pulse code modulation/parallel to seria.

Question Number. 18. What is the device used to convert Binary Coded Decimal into separate supplies for a seven
segment digital display?.
Option A. Multiplexer.
Option B. Decoder.
Option C. Demultiplexer.
Correct Answer is. Decoder.
Explanation. RS catalogue...part number CA3161 (see [Link] website and enter the part number in their
search box).

Question Number. 19. Operation of a frequency counter is such that.

Option A. it compares the incoming waveform with standard sine waves.
Option B. it detects incidences of peak value.
Option C. it changes the incoming waveform to a standard square wave.
Correct Answer is. it changes the incoming waveform to a standard square wave.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin Page 168.

Question Number. 20. An example of a small size integrated circuit would be.
Option A. DIP switch.
Option B. Control Processor Unit.
Option C. ALU.
Correct Answer is. Control Processor Unit.
Explanation. A DIP switch is not an IC. ALU is an integrated part of the CPU. The 'Control Processor Unit' is another term
used for the 'Central Processor Unit (CPU)' or sometimes a switching unit used in telegraphy (such as the touch-pad of a
telephone) - the latter would be an SSI (defined as containing up to 100 transistors or gates).

Question Number. 21. What is this?.

[Link] 35/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Option A. Counter.
Option B. Shift register.
Option C. Multiplexer.
Correct Answer is. Multiplexer.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 22. In a Master Slave, negative edge triggered JK flip flop, both inputs are connected to logic 1.
The output.
Option A. will change state when the leading edge of the clock pulse is applied.
Option B. will change state when the trailing edge of the clock pulse is applied.
Option C. does not change state when a clock pulse is applied.
Correct Answer is. will change state when the trailing edge of the clock pulse is applied.
Explanation. NIL.

05.09. Multiplexing.

Question Number. 1. A 12 bit 16 Channel encoder will use a multiplexer with.

Option A. 3 bit parallel address line.
Option B. 4 bit parallel address line.
Option C. 2 wire series address line.
Correct Answer is. 4 bit parallel address line.
Explanation. With 16 inputs, it needs 4 data select lines (to provide all 16 combinations).

Question Number. 2. How many address lines would be needed for an 8 line MU?.
Option A. 2.
Option B. 3.
Option C. 4.
Correct Answer is. 3.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. In a MU, how is parallel converted to serial?.

Option A. By way of a shift register.
Option B. By way of an encoder.
Option C. By way of a demultiplexer.
Correct Answer is. By way of a shift register.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 4. A multiplexer.

Option A. takes many signals in and converts it to a serial transmission output.
Option B. takes many signals in and puts these in a parallel transmission on the output.
Option C. takes one signal in and converts it to a parallel transmission output.
Correct Answer is. takes many signals in and converts it to a serial transmission output.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. A multiplexer in test equipment could be used for.

Option A. frequency divider.
Option B. analogue to digital converter.
Option C. digital to analogue converter.
Correct Answer is. frequency divider.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. An 8 data input multiplexer has how many Data Select lines.
Option A. 8.

[Link] 36/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. 3.
Option C. 2.
Correct Answer is. 3.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. The signal sent between a MU/DEMU is controlled by.

Option A. clock.
Option B. the ALU.
Option C. control unit.
Correct Answer is. control unit.
Explanation. NIL.

05.10. Fibre Optics.

Question Number. 1. Some of the advantages of fibre optic cable over copper cables are.
Option A. non conductive, easy to manufacture and assemble, more robust, cheap.
Option B. smaller in size and weight, non conductive, higher security and higher bandwidth.
Option C. non conductive, smaller in size and weight, easy to manufacture and assemble and higher security.
Correct Answer is. smaller in size and weight, non conductive, higher security and higher bandwidth.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 2. A fibre optic cable consists of.

Option A. a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive index.
Option B. a silica glass core with a cladding having a higher refractive index.
Option C. a plastic core with a cladding having a higher refractive index.
Correct Answer is. a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive index.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]/fiberguide

Question Number. 3. Fibre optic cables.

Option A. are immune to EMI.
Option B. attenuate EMI.
Option C. are susceptible to EMI.
Correct Answer is. are immune to EMI.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 4. Two connected fibre optic cable ends are parallel but not quite touching. This is
called.
Option A. end to end coupling.
Option B. lens connector.
Option C. end fire coupling.
Correct Answer is. end to end coupling.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is.

Option A. couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid.
Option B. end terminals are susceptible to environmental contamination.
Option C. shallow bend radius allowed.
Correct Answer is. end terminals are susceptible to environmental contamination.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]/[Link]

Question Number. 6. What kind of light is used in a fibre optic systems?.

Option A. Infrared.
Option B. Visible.
Option C. Ultraviolet.
Correct Answer is. Infrared.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]/MathsPhysics/[Link]

Question Number. 7. Fibreoptic data is sent by.

Option A. modulating the frequency of a laser beam.
Option B. a strobe light.
Option C. modulating the frequency of a filament beam.
Correct Answer is. a strobe light.
Explanation. Modulating the frequency would change the colour of the light.

Question Number. 8. HIRF is prevented from entering a fibre optic cable by.
Option A. using an opto-isolator coupling.
Option B. grounding the fibre at both ends.
Option C. enclosing it in a metal braid.
Correct Answer is. using an opto-isolator coupling.
Explanation. Although a fiber optic cable is 'immune' from collecting HIRF, it can still transmit HIRF which has been
picked up by the source circuitry. An optoelectronic isolator will filter out the HIRF prior to transmission.

[Link] 37/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 9. Continuity of a fibreoptic cable is checked by.

Option A. a calibrated light source.
Option B. a calibrated light source and an opto-power meter.
Option C. a light source and an opto-power meter.
Correct Answer is. a calibrated light source and an opto-power meter.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 10. A fibreoptic data bus used on an aircraft.

Option A. can send only one message at a time.
Option B. can transmit on several channels at the same time.
Option C. connects non-essential systems only.
Correct Answer is. can transmit on several channels at the same time.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. Light travels along a fibre optic by.

Option A. refraction.
Option B. reflection.
Option C. dispersion.
Correct Answer is. reflection.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. What is the main disadvantage of a fibre optic data bus?.
Option A. Less strong and durable when compared to twisted pair and coaxial cable.
Option B. Expensive to install.
Option C. Bend radius and moisture ingress at connections.
Correct Answer is. Expensive to install.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. A typical fibre optic connector is.

Option A. F-type connector.
Option B. coupling type, with lens fitted.
Option C. push-pull connector.
Correct Answer is. coupling type, with lens fitted.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. Which of the following is an optoelectronic device?.

Option A. Triac.
Option B. Laser Diode.
Option C. Thyristor.
Correct Answer is. Laser Diode.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. What is the advantage of a single mode fibreoptic over ordinary wire?.
Option A. Not prone to damage.
Option B. Large bandwidth.
Option C. Small bend radius.
Correct Answer is. Large bandwidth.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. A fibreoptic light source is normally.

Option A. a strobe light.
Option B. a filament lamp.
Option C. a laser or LED.
Correct Answer is. a laser or LED.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. The fibreoptic cable can be identified on aircraft by its jacket colour which is.
Option A. purple.
Option B. yellow.
Option C. red.
Correct Answer is. purple.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. For a fibre optic cable connector that is not regularly disconnected you would use
the.
Option A. butt type.
Option B. ball lens type.
Option C. ceramic lens type.
Correct Answer is. butt type.

[Link] 38/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. What maintenance problems are associated with fibreoptics?.
Option A. Corrosion.
Option B. Kinking and contamination of connectors.
Option C. Earthing faults.
Correct Answer is. Kinking and contamination of connectors.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 20. A fibreoptic data bus.

Option A. can transmit several messages simultaneously.
Option B. is only used for non essential messages.
Option C. can only transmit 1 message at a time.
Correct Answer is. can transmit several messages simultaneously.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. A fiberoptic cable to LRU connector should be connected.

Option A. very carefully to ensure alignment and reduce light loss.
Option B. using torque-loaded pliers.
Option C. hand tight only.
Correct Answer is. very carefully to ensure alignment and reduce light loss.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 22. Some of the advantages of fibreoptic cable over copper cable are.
Option A. smaller size and weight, non conductive, more rugged, higher security.
Option B. non conductive, easy to manufacture and assemble, higher bandwidth.
Option C. non conductive, higher bandwidth, higher security, smaller size and weight.
Correct Answer is. non conductive, higher bandwidth, higher security, smaller size and weight.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 23. In a single mode fibreoptic cable.

Option A. several waves travel down the cable.
Option B. the diameter of the cable is dependent on the wavelength of the light used.
Option C. the distortion of the signal is dependent on the length of cable.
Correct Answer is. the diameter of the cable is dependent on the wavelength of the light used.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 24. A semiconductor which emits photons and releases electrons when stimulated by photons is
called.
Option A. a photodiode.
Option B. a laser diode.
Option C. an LED.
Correct Answer is. a laser diode.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 25. What does a fibreoptic star connection do?.

Option A. Provides a continuous loop of fibre interconnecting all nodes.
Option B. Provides direct point-to-point services to units on dedicated lines emanating from the central hub.
Option C. Shares a common bandwidth of a common cable.
Correct Answer is. Provides direct point-to-point services to units on dedicated lines emanating from the central hub.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 26. A fibreoptic lens type coupling with lens and integral LED compared to an end-fire coupling
is.
Option A. more efficient.
Option B. less efficient.
Option C. equally efficient.
Correct Answer is. more efficient.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 27. Passive sensors in fibreoptics.

Option A. Passive sensors in fibreoptics.
Option B. require power for processing the signal before they send them down the fibre optic.
Option C. require no power and they do not process signals.
Correct Answer is. process the signal but do not require power.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 28. Optical fibre losses are due to.

Option A. absorption only.
Option B. absorption, scattering and reflection.

[Link] 39/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. radiation, absorption and reflection.
Correct Answer is. absorption, scattering and reflection.
Explanation. Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 50.

Question Number. 29. The cone of acceptance is measured between.

Option A. the two outer angles.
Option B. the two outer angles.
Option C. longitudinal axis of the core and the outer angle.
Correct Answer is. longitudinal axis of the core and the outer angle.
Explanation. Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 29.

Question Number. 30. Fibreoptic cables use.

Option A. refractive outer shell.
Option B. reflective inner shell.
Option C. reflective outer shell.
Correct Answer is. refractive outer shell.
Explanation. The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding causes Total Internal
Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

Question Number. 31. In fibreoptic cable, signals are separated by.

Option A. active optic filter.
Option B. low pass filter.
Option C. passive optic filter.
Correct Answer is. active optic filter.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 32. Most fibreoptic connectors are designed so.

Option A. the receptacle has to be torqued to a designated value to ensure correct alignment.
Option B. the connectors can not be over tightened.
Option C. the connector can not be replaced on the aircraft.
Correct Answer is. the connectors can not be over tightened.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 33. The light source used in fibreoptics is.

Option A. visible light.
Option B. lower bandwidth than visible light.
Option C. higher bandwidth than visible light.
Correct Answer is. higher bandwidth than visible light.
Explanation. Introduction to Fiber Optics J Crisp Page 18/19.

Question Number. 34. Light transmission in a fibreoptic cable is due to.

Option A. repeated internal reflection.
Option B. defraction of the light.
Option C. refraction of the light.
Correct Answer is. repeated internal reflection.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 35. The name given to the joining of two fibreoptic cables by aligning them carefully and
bringing them into close proximity of each other is.
Option A. Fusion.
Option B. Lens Coupling.
Option C. End to end.
Correct Answer is. End to end.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 36. In a fibreoptic cable.

Option A. multiple data signals can be sent down it at one time.
Option B. data can only be sent in one direction.
Option C. only one data signal can be sent down it at any one time.
Correct Answer is. multiple data signals can be sent down it at one.
Explanation. Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189.

Question Number. 37. Fibreoptics relies on.

Option A. fibre absorbing light.
Option B. light escaping cladding.
Option C. light reflecting off cladding.
Correct Answer is. light reflecting off cladding.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 40/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 38. The 'light' emitted from a LED used within a fibre-optic system will have a
wavelength.
Option A. slightly shorter then that of visible light.
Option B. equal to that of visible light.
Option C. slightly longer then that of visible light.
Correct Answer is. slightly longer then that of visible light.
Explanation. Infrared from 850nm. Visible light is 400 - 800 nm.

Question Number. 39. Sensors in a fibreoptic flight control system.

Option A. require processing to give output.
Option B. does not require power.
Option C. require power for processors.
Correct Answer is. require power for processors.
Explanation. The sensor is usually a photo-diode.

Question Number. 40. Fibreoptic systems can transmit data in.

Option A. in two directions.
Option B. both directions at the same time.
Option C. one direction only.
Correct Answer is. both directions at the same time.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 41. For high bandwidth high-speed fibreoptic transmission what sort of cable would you
use?.
Option A. Step index.
Option B. Single mode.
Option C. Graded index.
Correct Answer is. Single mode.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 42. In fibreoptics the wavelength of the light is.

Option A. more than visible light.
Option B. equal to that of visible light.
Option C. less than visible light.
Correct Answer is. more than visible light.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 43. What is the advantage of an ILD over an LED when used as a light source in fibre
optics?.
Option A. Lower frequency range.
Option B. Lower intensity.
Option C. Higher bandwidth.
Correct Answer is. Lower frequency range.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 44. Speed of light in a fibreoptic fibre.

Option A. increases if it passes through material of higher refractive index.
Option B. is always the same no matter what material it is.
Option C. is never greater then the speed of light in free space.
Correct Answer is. is never greater then the speed of light in free space.
Explanation. Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 15.

Question Number. 45. The angle of incidence of a beam of light in a fibreoptic cable will be.
Option A. twice that of the cone of acceptance.
Option B. approximately half that of the cone of acceptance.
Option C. parallel with the end of the cable.
Correct Answer is. approximately half that of the cone of acceptance.
Explanation. Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 46/7. Presumably, this means the MAIMUM angle of
incidence.

Question Number. 46. In an optical fibre, the angle of acceptance is.

Option A. 1/2 the signal wavelength.
Option B. equal to the cone of acceptance.
Option C. 1/2 the cone of acceptance.
Correct Answer is. equal to the cone of acceptance.
Explanation. Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 29.

Question Number. 47. When using a TDR (time delay reflectometer) the loss value of the cable is.
Option A. shown by the curve on the screen.
Option B. set on the TDR.
Option C. allowed for in the calculation.

[Link] 41/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Correct Answer is. shown by the curve on the screen.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 48. Common aircraft fibreoptics use.

Option A. modulating intensity on direct read.
Option B. modulating intensity on indirect read.
Option C. modulating frequency on direct read.
Correct Answer is. modulating intensity on direct read.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 49. What is the main cause of attenuation in fibreoptics?.

Option A. Poor termination.
Option B. Refractive index.
Option C. Bends in the cable.
Correct Answer is. Poor termination.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 50. What is the advantage of a laser diode over an LED?.
Option A. Greater bandwidth.
Option B. Narrower bandwidth.
Option C. There are no advantages.
Correct Answer is. Narrower bandwidth.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 51. A 'type A' fibre optic connector.

Option A. is used when regular disconnection and re-connection of a cable is required.
Option B. produces a larger light loss that a type B connector.
Option C. would be used for connections not regularly disconnected.
Correct Answer is. would be used for connections not regularly disconnected.
Explanation. NIL.

05.11. Electronic Displays.

Question Number. 1. The inside of a CRT consists of.

Option A. an oxide coating and rare mercury gas.
Option B. a phosphor coating and rare mercury gas.
Option C. iodine and rare mercury gas.
Correct Answer is. a phosphor coating and rare mercury gas.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 284.

Question Number. 2. CRT horizontal beam control is achieved by a.

Option A. sinusoidal wave.
Option B. square wave.
Option C. sawtooth wave.
Correct Answer is. sawtooth wave.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. In a CRT, if the magnetic field is parallel to the Y plates, what will be the direction of the
electron beam movement?.
Option A. Horizontal.
Option B. Vertical.
Option C. No movement.
Correct Answer is. Vertical.
Explanation. The Y plates lie horizontal. Use the right hand rule to work out the direction of electron beam movement.
Aircraft Instruments & Integrated Systems, Pallett, page 287.

Question Number. 4. Primary colours of a CRT are.

Option A. red, green and yellow.
Option B. red, blue and yellow.
Option C. red, green and blue.
Correct Answer is. red, green and blue.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. What are the effects of the X and Y plates on a CRT?.
Option A. Y plates move the beam vertically, X plates move the beam horizontally.
Option B. X plates move the beam vertically, Y plates move the beam horizontally.
Option C. X and Y plates can move the beam in either direction.
Correct Answer is. Y plates move the beam vertically, X plates move the beam horizontally.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 42/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 6. EADI sky and ground display is provided by.
Option A. synthetic TV signals.
Option B. stroke pulse.
Option C. raster scan.
Correct Answer is. raster scan.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 7. What frequency creates the raster effect on a CRT?.

Option A. 50/60 Hz.
Option B. 250Hz.
Option C. 400 Hz.
Correct Answer is. 50/60 Hz.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. The sweep waveform used on a electromagnetic CRT is.

Option A. trapezoidal.
Option B. sinusoidal.
Option C. sawtooth.
Correct Answer is. trapezoidal.
Explanation. Do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT. Electromagnetic CRT uses trapezoidal waveform to overcome
the impedance of the coil.

Question Number. 9. What shape does the waveform take to counter the impedance effect of the coils in an
electromagnetic controlled CRT?.
Option A. Sawtooth.
Option B. Rectangular.
Option C. Trapezoid.
Correct Answer is. Trapezoid.
Explanation. Do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT.

Question Number. 10. Magnetic deflection in a CRT is achieved by.

Option A. a sawtooth waveform.
Option B. a trapezoidal waveform.
Option C. a sinusoidal voltage.
Correct Answer is. a trapezoidal waveform.
Explanation. Do not get confused with electrostatic deflection (plates), which would be sawtooth.

Question Number. 11. The timebase in a CRT consists of.

Option A. an amplifier and an oscillator.
Option B. an oscillator only.
Option C. an amplifier only.
Correct Answer is. an amplifier and an oscillator.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. What creates the raster effect on a CRT?.

Option A. Sawtooth frequency.
Option B. Trapezoidal frequency.
Option C. Sinusoidal frequency.
Correct Answer is. Sawtooth frequency.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. LCD screens are driven by.

Option A. AC voltage.
Option B. variable current DC voltage.
Option C. fixed current DC voltage.
Correct Answer is. AC voltage.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) has the advantage over a CRT that.
Option A. it requires no cooling.
Option B. it displays more colours.
Option C. it requires less servicing.
Correct Answer is. it requires no cooling.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. The release of a photon by another photon is the principle of.
Option A. a photo diode.
Option B. a zener diode.
Option C. an LED.
Correct Answer is. an LED.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 43/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 16. If a magnetic field is parallel to the X plates in a CRT, which way will the beam
move?.
Option A. Vertically.
Option B. Horizontally.
Option C. Diagonally.
Correct Answer is. Horizontally.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. An LED display is.

Option A. monochrome only.
Option B. red and green.
Option C. high definition.
Correct Answer is. monochrome only.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. An LCD display uses what type of power supply?.
Option A. DC voltage.
Option B. Continuous AC.
Option C. Variable level DC voltage.
Correct Answer is. Continuous AC.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. A beam deflection on EFIS displays are.

Option A. electrostatic.
Option B. electromagnetic.
Option C. solid state.
Correct Answer is. electromagnetic.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 297.

Question Number. 20. The supply to an LCD is.

Option A. AC.
Option B. current restricted DC.
Option C. voltage restricted DC.
Correct Answer is. AC.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. An LED will emit light when.

Option A. it is reverse biased.
Option B. either forward or reverse biased if a sufficient level of ac voltage is applied.
Option C. it is forward biased.
Correct Answer is. it is forward biased.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 121.

Question Number. 22. A CRT display has the advantage over an LCD display of a.
Option A. brighter clearer output.
Option B. more energy efficient.
Option C. large viewing angle.
Correct Answer is. large viewing angle.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 23. To display a circle on a CRT you use.

Option A. 2 square wave 90 degrees out of phase.
Option B. 2 sine waves 180 degrees out of phase.
Option C. 2 sine waves 90 degrees out of phase.
Correct Answer is. 2 sine waves 90 degrees out of phase.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 24. To deflect the beam of a CRT horizontally, coils are placed on the neck of the
tube.
Option A. each side.
Option B. top and bottom.
Option C. one on the side, one at the bottom.
Correct Answer is. top and bottom.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 25. If the magnetic deflection plates produce a magnetic field which is parallel to the horizontal
then the trace is deflected in.
Option A. circular motion.
Option B. horizontal axis.

[Link] 44/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. vertical axis.
Correct Answer is. vertical axis.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 26. The most common CRT control for an EFIS system screen is.
Option A. a combined system.
Option B. an electrostatic system.
Option C. an electromagnetic system.
Correct Answer is. a combined system.
Explanation. Boeing 757 MM 34-22-00 page 8 paragraph G (EADI), Section (2)........'It (the CRT) utilizes magnetic
deflection and electrostaic focus control.

Question Number. 27. L.E.D.s can give.

Option A. high definition displays.
Option B. monochrome displays only.
Option C. red and green displays only.
Correct Answer is. monochrome displays only.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 28. At low ambient temperatures, an LCD screen.

Option A. is slower to update as data changes.
Option B. viewing angle becomes larger.
Option C. loses contrast.
Correct Answer is. is slower to update as data changes.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 29. Colour CRT shadow mask screen resolution is.
Option A. 400 lines per square inch.
Option B. 84 triads.
Option C. 600 lines per scan.
Correct Answer is. 84 triads.
Explanation. See [Link] for definition of resolution (pixels per inch) and triads. The
actual figure of 84 is irrelevant (as there are many different CRT resolutions). The question is asking whether you know the
definition of resolution. [Link]

Question Number. 30. An LCD display.

Option A. has three colours only.
Option B. is monochrome.
Option C. has infinite colours.
Correct Answer is. has three colours only.
Explanation. An LCD display uses only red, green and blue filters. By mixing them, it can get different colours, but not an
infinite amount.

Question Number. 31. A segmented configuration for the display of alphanumeric data requires.
Option A. the starburst display for numbers and lower case letters only.
Option B. 16 segments to display the full range of capital letters and numerals.
Option C. at least 13 segments for all upper and lower case letters.
Correct Answer is. 16 segments to display the full range of capital letters and numerals.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 32. Electronic CRT beam display is used typically in.
Option A. weather radar indicators.
Option B. IRU control display units.
Option C. distance measuring indicators; digital counters.
Correct Answer is. weather radar indicators.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 33. In a colour cathode ray tube, how is the phosphor arranged in the tube.
Option A. A single phosphor layer containing red, green and blue.
Option B. A red layer on the front with two green layers behind it.
Option C. Layers of red, blue and green.
Correct Answer is. A single phosphor layer containing red, green and blue.
Explanation. Success in Electronics By Tom Duncan p285.

Question Number. 34. A colour LCD which is back lit has.

Option A. three colours.
Option B. monochrome.
Option C. an infinite amount of colours.
Correct Answer is. three colours.
Explanation. LCDs have 3 colours (RGB) which can be blended to make other colours (of limited number).

[Link] 45/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 35. A dot matrix/LED construction is.

Option A. 4*7 or a 9*5 rolling end display.
Option B. 5*9 or a 4*7 rolling end display.
Option C. 4*7 or a 5*7 rolling end display.
Correct Answer is. 4*7 or a 9*5 rolling end display.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Pages 13 - 15 (Although, in the real world, others are
available too).

Question Number. 36. What are the advantages of an LCD display over an LED?.
Option A. It is brighter.
Option B. It uses less current.
Option C. There are no advantages.
Correct Answer is. It uses less current.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 37. A seven segment display is used to.

Option A. display alpha-numeric characters.
Option B. display octal and decimal numbers only.
Option C. display octal and binary numbers only.
Correct Answer is. display octal and decimal numbers only.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]
[Link]/LearnMore/Video_Imaging_Equipment/Meters_Readouts_Indicators/Digital_LED_Display

Question Number. 38. How are Alphanumeric Displays produced on a CRT?.

Option A. By Stroke pulse.
Option B. Raster scanning.
Option C. by the use of X & Y EM Coils.
Correct Answer is. By Stroke pulse.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 39. The Shorter lead near the Flat portion of an LED is the.
Option A. Cathode.
Option B. Anode.
Option C. Gate.
Correct Answer is. Cathode.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 40. Submarining' is.

Option A. caused by the inability of some LCD screens to respond to fast moving images on screen.
Option B. a CRT screen defect which can usually be remedied by degaussing the screen.
Option C. the process used to form liquid crystals into a flat screen.
Correct Answer is. caused by the inability of some LCD screens to respond to fast moving images on screen.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

05.12. Electrostatic Sensitive Devices.

Question Number. 1. ESDS bags are sealed by.

Option A. ESDS labels.
Option B. zip locks.
Option C. twine (100% cotton).
Correct Answer is. twine (100% cotton).
Explanation. Boeing manual says 100% cotton twine. Other manuals say ESDS label. However, it could be considered that
ESDS labels do not 'seal'.

Question Number. 2. What precautions are required when removing ESDS equipment?.
Option A. Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point.
Option B. No special precautions are required.
Option C. Keep one hand on the airframe.
Correct Answer is. Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. A flight deck CRT LRU is being replaced. What does the ESDS label indicate?.
Option A. Wrist straps should be worn.
Option B. Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed.
Option C. Remove power before connecting.
Correct Answer is. Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed.
Explanation. See Pallet's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

Question Number. 4. During an EFIS screen fit.

Option A. dont touch terminals.

[Link] 46/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. no tooling is required.
Option C. use bonding strap.
Correct Answer is. dont touch terminals.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 5. With a relative humidity of 10% to 20%, if you walked over a carpet what electrostatic
voltage value would you expect to see?.
Option A. 35,000 volts.
Option B. 6,000 volts.
Option C. 12,000 volts.
Correct Answer is. 35,000 volts.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. Before fitting a Printed Circuit Board you should check the.
Option A. resistance between skin and strap end plug is less than 10 megohms.
Option B. resistance between skin and strap end plug is more than 1 megohms.
Option C. resistance between strap and strap end plug is less than 1 megohms.
Correct Answer is. resistance between strap and strap end plug is less than 1 megohms.
Explanation. CAAIP Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1.

Question Number. 7. The resistance of the wrist strap used as part of anti static precautions should be.
Option A. 0 - 200 ohm.
Option B. 20 megohm - 200 megohm.
Option C. 250 kilohm - 1.5 megohm.
Correct Answer is. 250 kilohm - 1.5 megohm.
Explanation. CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1.

Question Number. 8. When handling PCB's labelled ESDS, what precaution are taken?.
Option A. Do not touch its pins as copper contamination can occur.
Option B. Isolate electrical power before installing on Aircraft.
Option C. First earth with aircraft then to it.
Correct Answer is. Isolate electrical power before installing on Aircraft.
Explanation. Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems. Pallett. Page 219.

Question Number. 9. After attaching a wrist strap to your wrist (which is connected to aircraft ground), prior to
removal of ESDS equipment, the resistance measured.
Option A. between your skin and the pin ground must be >1 megohms.
Option B. between the strap and the pin ground must be <1 megohms.
Option C. between the strap and the pin ground must be >1 Megohms.
Correct Answer is. between the strap and the pin ground must be >1 Megohms.
Explanation. Answer found in Boeing SWPM. 20-41-01 3(2) (e) Hold the red lead of the (test) meter between the
forefinger and the thumb. The acceptable range is less than 10,000,000 ohms. Lower limit of range however seems to vary.
This reference says >0.9 MΩ, but if anyone has a more definitive reference, please send it in.

Question Number. 10. Which of the following ESDS devices can withstand higher static electricity
voltage?.
Option A. MOSFET.
Option B. SCR.
Option C. ECL.
Correct Answer is. SCR.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. A wrist band must be worn when working with ESDS devices.
Option A. to dissipate and prevent static build-up on the operator.
Option B. to prevent the operator from getting an electric shock.
Option C. to dissipate static charge on the device.
Correct Answer is. to dissipate and prevent static build-up on the operator.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. A humid atmosphere.

Option A. reduces static charge.
Option B. eliminates static charge.
Option C. has no effect on the level of charge.
Correct Answer is. reduces static charge.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. Electrostatic discharge occurs when.

Option A. the ground lead on a wrist strap touches the skin.
Option B. materials are rubbed together or pulled apart.
Option C. materials of different potential are brought in close proximity to each other.
Correct Answer is. materials of different potential are brought in close proximity to each other.

[Link] 47/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. Before removing an assembly from an aircraft, with regards to HIRF, you must first ensure
that there is minimum current flow between.
Option A. the assembly and the aircraft.
Option B. you and the assembly.
Option C. you and the aircraft.
Correct Answer is. you and the assembly.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. When removing a PC card from an ESDS assembly ensure a low current path
between.
Option A. aircraft and ground.
Option B. you and the assembly.
Option C. you and the aircraft.
Correct Answer is. you and the aircraft.
Explanation. NIL.

05.13. Software Management Control.

Question Number. 1. An aircraft system that, should it fail due to a software error, would cause a significant
reduction in safety margins may also cause.
Option A. no injuries to occupants.
Option B. injuries to some occupants.
Option C. the loss of the aircraft.
Correct Answer is. injuries to some occupants.
Explanation. DO-178/ED-12 or the old AWN 45 (no removed/replaced).

Question Number. 2. An aircraft system allocated a software level of C that, should it fail due to a software error,
may cause.
Option A. injuries to some occupants.
Option B. injuries to a large proportion of occupants.
Option C. no injuries to occupants.
Correct Answer is. injuries to some occupants.
Explanation. DO-178/ED-12 or the old AWN 45 (no removed/replaced). Download a copy from the Tutorial Support
forums.

Question Number. 3. An aircraft system allocated a Criticality Category of Hazardous has a Software Level
of.
Option A. A.
Option B. B.
Option C. C.
Correct Answer is. B.
Explanation. DO-178/ED-12 or the old AWN 45 (no removed/replaced). Download a copy from the Tutorial Support
forums.

Question Number. 4. An aircraft system that, should it fail due to a software error, would cause a slight increase
in crew workload, has a software level of.
Option A. D.
Option B. B.
Option C. C.
Correct Answer is. D.
Explanation. DO-178/ED-12 or the old AWN 45 (no removed/replaced). Download a copy from the Tutorial Support
forums.

Question Number. 5. An aircraft system with a software level of D, should it fail due to a software error, may
cause the aircraft safety margin to be.
Option A. slightly decreased.
Option B. slightly increased.
Option C. significantly decreased.
Correct Answer is. slightly decreased.
Explanation. DO-178/ED-12 or the old AWN 45 (no removed/replaced). Download a copy from the Tutorial Support
forums.

Question Number. 6. If due to a software error in an aircraft system that would cause injuries to some of the
occupants, the system has a software criticality category of.
Option A. major effect.
Option B. hazardous effect.
Option C. minor effect.
Correct Answer is. major effect.
Explanation. DO-178/ED-12 or the old AWN 45 (no removed/replaced). Download a copy from the Tutorial Support
forums.

[Link] 48/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 7. An aircraft system that, should it fail due to a software error, would cause no injuries to
occupants, has a criticality category of.
Option A. major effect.
Option B. minor effect.
Option C. hazardous effect.
Correct Answer is. minor effect.
Explanation. DO-178/ED-12 or the old AWN 45 (no removed/replaced). Download a copy from the Tutorial Support
forums.

Question Number. 8. Requirements for software control can be found in.

Option A. JAR AWO.
Option B. AWN 43.
Option C. JAR OPS.
Correct Answer is. AWN 43.
Explanation. Old AWN 43 (Field Loadable Software) has been deleted at issue 133. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-
178/ED-12.

Question Number. 9. Software can be modified by.

Option A. the manufacturer.
Option B. using the same rules as apply as to modifications to hardware.
Option C. licensed avionics engineers.
Correct Answer is. using the same rules as apply as to modifications to hardware
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 10. Who is responsible for producing the operational program of the FMS?.
Option A. The manufacturer.
Option B. The pilot.
Option C. The engineer.
Correct Answer is. The manufacturer.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. Software documentation procedures are laid down in.
Option A. MOE.
Option B. JAA Ops.
Option C. AWN (45).
Correct Answer is. AWN (45).
Explanation. AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 12. Control of software is carried out by.

Option A. the aircraft manufacturers.
Option B. a licensed engineer.
Option C. the National Aviation Authority.
Correct Answer is. the National Aviation Authority.
Explanation. Old AWN 45.

Question Number. 13. What is the definition of level one software?.

Option A. Non-essential.
Option B. Essential.
Option C. Critical.
Correct Answer is. Critical.
Explanation. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 14. Who can sign for a software update?.

Option A. Design organization or the aircraft manufacturer.
Option B. Engineer.
Option C. Chief pilot.
Correct Answer is. Engineer.
Explanation. Old AWN 43. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 15. What is the effect of a level 1 software failure?.

Option A. Significant reduction in safety margins.
Option B. Large reduction in safety margins.
Option C. Loss of aircraft and / or fatalities.
Correct Answer is. Loss of aircraft and / or fatalities.
Explanation. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 16. Software changes come under the responsibility of.
Option A. the engineer.
Option B. the national aviation authority.

[Link] 49/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. the aircraft constructor.
Correct Answer is. the aircraft constructor.
Explanation. AWN 45. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 17. Who can design new software?.

Option A. BCAR section A8 approved company.
Option B. BCAR section A1 approved company.
Option C. The CAA.
Correct Answer is. BCAR section A8 approved company.
Explanation. AWN45a para 3.1.3 (BCAR section A sub section A8). Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 18. As far as a software product is concerned.

Option A. the 'Software Release' phase is the same as the 'Finished Product' phase.
Option B. the 'Validation' phase is done to the software rather than to the component.
Option C. the 'Verification' phase includes performance testing a programmed EPROM.
Correct Answer is. the 'Verification' phase includes performance testing a programmed EPROM.
Explanation. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 19. AWN 43 requires that.

Option A. the aircraft operator be responsible for software assessment.
Option B. the CAA be responsible for software assessment.
Option C. the aircraft constructors be responsible for software assessment.
Correct Answer is. the aircraft constructors be responsible for software assessment.
Explanation. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 20. Level 1 software failure.

Option A. is defined as essential and will reduce safety margins.
Option B. is defined as essential and may have a minor effect.
Option C. is defined as critical and can lead to loss of aircraft.
Correct Answer is. is defined as critical and can lead to loss of aircraft.
Explanation. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 21. Requirements for configuration management of software can be found in.
Option A. AWN 43.
Option B. JAR Ops (M).
Option C. ATA Chapter 46, Information Systems.
Correct Answer is. AWN 43.
Explanation. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

Question Number. 22. Where would you find the rules regarding upgrade of software?.
Option A. JAR OPS.
Option B. The aircraft manufacturer.
Option C. AWN 43.
Correct Answer is. AWN 43.
Explanation. Now see RTCA/EUROCAE document Do-178/ED-12.

05.14. Electromagnetic Environment.

Question Number. 1. In order to maintain HIRF protection, bonding checks between airframe and electrical
components carrying voltages greater than 50 volts RMS or DC or main earth return should not exceed.
Option A. 0.05 ohm.
Option B. 1 ohm.
Option C. 1 megohm.
Correct Answer is. 1 ohm.
Explanation. CAAIPs Leaflet 9-1 Table 1.

Question Number. 2. Ribbon cables effected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage should be protected
by.
Option A. earthing each alternative conductor to separate point.
Option B. connecting all conductors to a common earth.
Option C. shielding each individual conductor.
Correct Answer is. earthing each alternative conductor to separate point.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. To shield a fibre optic from EMI you must.

Option A. earth both transducer and couplings.
Option B. shield it with a braided shield.
Option C. use an opto-isolator.
Correct Answer is. use an opto-isolator.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 50/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 4. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection by.

Option A. advising operators of all points susceptible to deterioration due to corrosion, moisture ingress, flexing
etc.
Option B. designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF.
Option C. ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit.
Correct Answer is. designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF.
Explanation. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller.

Question Number. 5. Which of the following could be a primary cause of HIRF protection failure?.
Option A. Broken or missing static wicks.
Option B. Corrosion on bonding leads.
Option C. Unserviceable radio filters.
Correct Answer is. Unserviceable radio filters.
Explanation. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller.

Question Number. 6. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection.

Option A. by designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF.
Option B. by ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit.
Option C. by advising the operator of parts of the aircraft susceptible to degradation due to corrosion, moisture
ingress, flexing etc.
Correct Answer is. by designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF.
Explanation. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller.

Question Number. 7. HIRF protection of LRUs is provided by.

Option A. internally shielded cables.
Option B. built in filters and overvoltage circuits.
Option C. built in filters only.
Correct Answer is. built in filters and overvoltage circuits.
Explanation. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller.

Question Number. 8. To stop earth loops forming, you would.

Option A. earth both ends of the cable screen.
Option B. leave both ends of the cable screen open circuit.
Option C. earth only one end of the cable screen.
Correct Answer is. earth only one end of the cable screen.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 9. An aircraft may have been HIRF affected.

Option A. A bonding load check is required.
Option B. A static wick check is required.
Option C. Test all radio frequencies for interference.
Correct Answer is. A static wick check is required.
Explanation. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller.

Question Number. 10. Testing of HIRF on aircraft systems is done.

Option A. by periodically listening for interference on all systems.
Option B. at and during production and testing (initial certification).
Option C. only after a report of radio interference.
Correct Answer is. at and during production and testing (initial certification).
Explanation. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller.

Question Number. 11. When carrying out a bonding check on a surface protected by anodic film.
Option A. the film is conductive so no preparations are required.
Option B. the anodic film should be removed locally to ensure a good contact.
Option C. add a bonding factor to the result of the test to account for the resistance of the anodic film.
Correct Answer is. the anodic film should be removed locally to ensure a good contact.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. When clamping cable looms containing co-axial cables.
Option A. avoid distortion to the co-axial cable to maintain the dielectric constant.
Option B. the clamps must be no more than 1 metre apart.
Option C. distortion of the outer sheath is allowed providing the inner cable is not affected.
Correct Answer is. avoid distortion to the co-axial cable to maintain the dielectric constant.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. When incorporating an aerial cable it must be.

Option A. in the centre of the other wires.
Option B. outside the other wires for easy access.
Option C. positioned separately from the loom.
Correct Answer is. positioned separately from the loom.

[Link] 51/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 14. When carrying out airframe bonding checks as part of a program of HIRF prevention the
airframe bonding resistance should be less than.
Option A. 100 milliohms.
Option B. 1 ohm.
Option C. 50 milliohms.
Correct Answer is. 50 milliohms.
Explanation. CAAIP Leaflet 9-1.

Question Number. 15. Electromagnetic compatibility is achieved by.

Option A. shielding, screening, earthing, bonding and interference filters.
Option B. coating in a conductive paint.
Option C. enclosing the system with same frequency and strength of which screening is done.
Correct Answer is. shielding, screening, earthing, bonding and interference filters.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. To reduce HIRF on radio equipment.

Option A. ensure all static wicks are in place.
Option B. periodically check bonding leads for condition.
Option C. transmit on all radio frequencies to determine which frequencies are causing the interference.
Correct Answer is. ensure all static wicks are in place.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. For braided cables, the amount of braiding.

Option A. must conform to the requirement for the shielding to cover at least 50% of the surface of the cable.
Option B. keeps radiated power inside the emitting assembly or away from the susceptible circuit.
Option C. is a trade-off design feature.
Correct Answer is. keeps radiated power inside the emitting assembly or away from the susceptible circuit.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. HIRF is acronym for.

Option A. Heavily Ionised Radio Frequencies.
Option B. High Intensity Radiated Field.
Option C. High Intensity Radio Frequencies.
Correct Answer is. High Intensity Radiated Field.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. HF aerials are protected against lightning strike by.
Option A. current mode coupler.
Option B. bus terminal.
Option C. spark gap.
Correct Answer is. spark gap.
Explanation. NIL.

05.15. Typical Electronic/Digital Aircraft Systems .

Question Number. 1. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also
provides.
Option A. GPWS warnings.
Option B. dedicated status and warnings.
Option C. take-off and landing warnings.
Correct Answer is. dedicated status and warnings.
Explanation. The FMS is not used for Take Off or Landing The GPWS warnings come from the GPWS Computer.

Question Number. 2. The minimum standards for aircraft instrumentation is set by.
Option A. CAA.
Option B. ICAO.
Option C. JAA.
Correct Answer is. JAA.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 3. EADI sky and ground display is provided by.

Option A. raster scan.
Option B. stroke pulse.
Option C. synthetic TV signals.
Correct Answer is. raster scan.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 302 Fig. 12.5.

Question Number. 4. HSI heading is valid if the heading flag is.

[Link] 52/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option A. in view.
Option B. green.
Option C. out of view.
Correct Answer is. out of view.
Explanation. Warning flags 'in view' indicate failure. Normally the only coloured flag used is RED, indicating failure.

Question Number. 5. MFD is the abbreviation for.

Option A. Multi function display.
Option B. Mandatory flight display.
Option C. Master flight display.
Correct Answer is. Multi function display.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 6. A TCAS uses the radar mile definition in its calculations, which is.
Option A. 12.36 microsecond.
Option B. 6.18 microsecond.
Option C. 24.72 microsecond.
Correct Answer is. 12.36 microsecond.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 7. GPS navigation uses a constellation of satellites that is made up of.
Option A. 21 active and 3 spare.
Option B. 28 active and 7 spare.
Option C. 23 active and 5 spare.
Correct Answer is. 21 active and 3 spare.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 8. An IRS is only certifed for alingment up to.

Option A. +88.45 and -88.45 degrees.
Option B. +78.25 and -78.25 degrees.
Option C. +60 and -60 degrees.
Correct Answer is. +78.25 and -78.25 degrees.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 9. The command bars on an ADI relate to.

Option A. roll indications.
Option B. path being followed.
Option C. path required.
Correct Answer is. path required.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 212.

Question Number. 10. ECAM has at its heart.

Option A. a multi function symbol generator.
Option B. a central maintenance computer.
Option C. ACARS.
Correct Answer is. a multi function symbol generator.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 11. The recording medium in an FDR is.

Option A. copper foil coated with ferrite.
Option B. a high density floppy disc.
Option C. magnetic tape coated with ferrite.
Correct Answer is. magnetic tape coated with ferrite.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 12. An FMS databank memory is updated.

Option A. every 365 days.
Option B. every 28 days.
Option C. every 32 days.
Correct Answer is. every 28 days.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 13. What does the CADC feed?.

Option A. cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / altimeter.
Option B. Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar.
Option C. standby altimeter / machmeter.
Correct Answer is. cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / altimeter.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12.

[Link] 53/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 14. In a Flight Management System (FMS), data is input manually to the computing system
through the.
Option A. Data Acquisition Unit.
Option B. Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring control panel.
Option C. Control and Display Unit.
Correct Answer is. Control and Display Unit.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 15. In a Global Positioning System (GPS), the number of satellites required to achieve a 3
dimensional fix is.
Option A. 2.
Option B. 3.
Option C. 4.
Correct Answer is. 4.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 16. In a Global Positioning System (GPS), each satellite transmission identifies the satellite using
a.
Option A. different channel frequency.
Option B. pseudo random code.
Option C. whisper shout method.
Correct Answer is. pseudo random code.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 17. In a Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites below the Mask Angle are ignored as these may
cause.
Option A. range errors.
Option B. clock errors.
Option C. ephemeris errors.
Correct Answer is. range errors.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 18. Information required by a Flight Management System (FMS) to function correctly is indicated
on the display by.
Option A. dashes.
Option B. a flashing cursor.
Option C. boxes.
Correct Answer is. boxes.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 19. A flight data recorder can obtain information from aircraft instruments.
Option A. provided there is adequate damping.
Option B. provided there is adequate isolation.
Option C. by direct connection to the instruments.
Correct Answer is. provided there is adequate isolation.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 20. The inputs and outputs of a CADC are.

Option A. pitot and static in; altitude, attitude, CAS and VS out.
Option B. pitot and static in; altitude, CAS, mach and VS out.
Option C. pitot in; static, altitude, mach, CAS and VS out.
Correct Answer is. pitot and static in; altitude, CAS, mach and VS out.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 21. EICAS provides the following:.

Option A. Engine parameters and engine warnings only.
Option B. Engine parameters and system warnings only.
Option C. Engine parameters only.
Correct Answer is. Engine parameters and system warnings only.
Explanation. Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12.

Question Number. 22. A central maintenance computer provides.

Option A. ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-board computer.
Option B. ground and BITE testing using a portable control panel.
Option C. display of system warnings and cautions.
Correct Answer is. ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-board computer.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 23. The rising runway is positioned from information derived from.
Option A. barometric height.
Option B. radio altimeter.

[Link] 54/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. vertical speed.
Correct Answer is. radio altimeter.
Explanation. Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757.

Question Number. 24. Where are the Digital Flight Data Recorder outputs supplied to?.
Option A. The recording unit.
Option B. There are no outputs.
Option C. Flight instruments.
Correct Answer is. There are no outputs.
Explanation. Information recorded in the DFDR is only accessable in the shop.

Question Number. 25. FMS failure and warnings are.

Option A. EFIS warnings only.
Option B. displayed on EICAS.
Option C. engine warnings only.
Correct Answer is. displayed on EICAS.
Explanation. FMS warnings are displayed on EICAS and EFIS, but the answers given are 'EICAS' or 'EFIS only' so for the
purposes of this question the correct answer is EICAS.

Question Number. 26. Flight director command bars are moved to the correct position by.
Option A. calibration.
Option B. position feedback.
Option C. amplifier gain.
Correct Answer is. position feedback.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 27. What information is required before completion of the alignment of an Inertial Navigation
System?.
Option A. Aircraft present position.
Option B. Heading and attitude.
Option C. Aircraft present position and heading.
Correct Answer is. Aircraft present position.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 28. IRS accelerometers are mounted.

Option A. 90° to each other.
Option B. 45° to each other.
Option C. 60° to each other.
Correct Answer is. 90° to each other.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 29. An FMS navigation database is updated.

Option A. once a month.
Option B. every 28 days.
Option C. at the operators request.
Correct Answer is. every 28 days.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 30. A single failure of a fly-by-wire system.

Option A. will reduce operational heights and speeds.
Option B. will limit the flight profile.
Option C. has no effect on aircraft operation.
Correct Answer is. has no effect on aircraft operation.
Explanation. Redundant FBW systems will continue to fly the aircraft.

Question Number. 31. Fly-by-wire load alleviation function in turbulent conditions will result in.
Option A. spoilers moving symmetrically upwards.
Option B. ailerons moving symmetrically upwards.
Option C. ailerons and spoilers moving symmetrically upwards.
Correct Answer is. ailerons and spoilers moving symmetrically upwards.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 32. Fly-by-wire roll control is achieved by.

Option A. spoilers and ailerons.
Option B. ailerons.
Option C. spoilers.
Correct Answer is. spoilers and ailerons.
Explanation. Automatic Flight Control, Pallett and Coyle Page 296.

Question Number. 33. The movement of fly-by-wire control surfaces are.

[Link] 55/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option A. hydraulically controlled and electrically actuated.
Option B. both electrically controlled and electrically actuated.
Option C. electrically controlled and hydraulically actuated.
Correct Answer is. electrically controlled and hydraulically actuated.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 34. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also
provides.
Option A. dedicated status warnings.
Option B. take-off and landing warnings.
Option C. GPWS warnings.
Correct Answer is. dedicated status warnings.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 35. If an EFIS has 3 symbol generators. What is the purpose of the 3rd symbol
generator?.
Option A. Comparison with No.1 symbol generator.
Option B. Parity function.
Option C. Standby.
Correct Answer is. Standby.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 36. FMS operational program is updated every.

Option A. 90 days.
Option B. 28 days.
Option C. 7 days.
Correct Answer is. 28 days.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 37. An FDR fitted to a helicopter begins recording.

Option A. when power is applied to the aircraft.
Option B. on take-off.
Option C. on engine start-up.
Correct Answer is. on engine start-up.
Explanation. See ANO Art 53 para.1.

Question Number. 38. The FMS databases consist of.

Option A. one navigation and one performance database.
Option B. one performance and two navigation databases.
Option C. two performance and one navigation database.
Correct Answer is. one performance and two navigation databases.
Explanation. Normally we consider the FMS as having 2 databases (1 navigational and 1 performance). (Jeppesen Avionics
Fundamentals Page 385). However, the Navigational database is split in two. 1 is for Jeppesen data, uploaded on the
ground, the other is for pilot input data (additional waypoints etc.). See [Link] for more.

Question Number. 39. The FMS can update the IRS position outputs by using information from either.
Option A. VOR and DME only.
Option B. GPS, DME, LOC and VOR.
Option C. DME and GPS only.
Correct Answer is. GPS, DME, LOC and VOR.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 40. The accepted error from INS/IRS is.

Option A. 3 miles / hour + 3 miles.
Option B. 2 miles per hour + 3 miles.
Option C. 1 mile/hour+3 miles.
Correct Answer is. 3 miles / hour + 3 miles.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 41. Before an IRS can complete the alignment sequence.
Option A. the current present position must be entered.
Option B. either the last or current position must be entered.
Option C. the shutdown present position must be entered.
Correct Answer is. the current present position must be entered.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 42. What warnings can an FMS provide?.

Option A. Discrete warnings.
Option B. Spurious faults.
Option C. Ground faults only.
Correct Answer is. Discrete warnings.

[Link] 56/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. This means it can warn of inoperative equipment, but not when equipment is providing incorrect data.

Question Number. 43. Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System.

Option A. performs in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE interrogation.
Option B. performs in-flight BITE interrogation only.
Option C. give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status.
Correct Answer is. give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 44. The control of the speed or rate that the flight director command bars move can be
controlled by.
Option A. position feedback.
Option B. rate or velocity feedback.
Option C. amplifier gain.
Correct Answer is. rate or velocity feedback.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 45. The Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of
operation.
Option A. on the ground only.
Option B. in the air only.
Option C. either in the air or on the ground.
Correct Answer is. on the ground only.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 359.

Question Number. 46. The third EFIS Symbol Generator is operated.

Option A. in an emergency.
Option B. with EICAS.
Option C. as a standby to the No1 and No2 system.
Correct Answer is. as a standby to the No1 and No2 system.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 47. EFIS displays of the right hand and left hand displays are compared by comparators in
the.
Option A. FMS.
Option B. EICAS.
Option C. Symbol Generators.
Correct Answer is. Symbol Generators.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 48. What is the approximate earth rate?.

Option A. 10°/hour.
Option B. 5°/hour.
Option C. 15°/hour.
Correct Answer is. 15°/hour.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 102.

Question Number. 49. An IRS has.

Option A. two or three accelerometers depending on the system.
Option B. three accelerometers.
Option C. two accelerometers.
Correct Answer is. three accelerometers.
Explanation. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137.

Question Number. 50. IRS Laser Ring Gyros provide.

Option A. rate of movement about an axis.
Option B. displacement about an axis.
Option C. both rate and displacement about an axis.
Correct Answer is. rate of movement about an axis.
Explanation. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137.

Question Number. 51. What are the outputs of a Digital ADC?.

Option A. TAS, MACH, Altitude and TAT.
Option B. TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT.
Option C. TAS, MACH and Altitude.
Correct Answer is. TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT.
Explanation. Both Static and Total Air Temperatures are outputs of a digital ADC.

Question Number. 52. Fly By Wire systems in the fully active mode, the actuators will.
Option A. both be active.

[Link] 57/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. both be in damping mode, awaiting control inputs.
Option C. one in active mode, one in damping mode.
Correct Answer is. both be active.
Explanation. Ref to B777 and A330 manuals, the term active mode will always be associated with fully operational of
redundancy of all actuators or servo controls. This means, each primary flight control surfaces' actuators (either 2 or 3
actuators configuration designed to provide fully-powered controls that suit the size and purpose of surfaces) are actually
active on all phases. If any failure occurs, the failed actuator will then revert to 'damping' mode, becoming slave to
remaining active actuators.

Question Number. 53. On a Fly By Wire system, what controls the stab trim?.
Option A. ELAC and SEC.
Option B. SEC.
Option C. ELAC.
Correct Answer is. ELAC and SEC.
Explanation. ELAC = Elevator Aileron Computer, SEC = Spoilers Elevator Computer and FAC = Flight Augmentation
Computers (rudder).

Question Number. 54. The minimum requirement for a cockpit voice recorder to begin operating is.
Option A. on engine start-up.
Option B. on commencing the takeoff roll.
Option C. once established in the en-route climb.
Correct Answer is. on engine start-up.
Explanation. JAR Ops states that the CVR must begin when the aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.

Question Number. 55. Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting Systems is used to.
Option A. download aircraft status reports.
Option B. make telephone calls.
Option C. allow the pilot of an aircraft to talk to base.
Correct Answer is. download aircraft status reports.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 56. B-RNAV system must be capable of.

Option A. holding six waypoints.
Option B. displaying distance and bearing to waypoint.
Option C. reversing the waypoints for.
Correct Answer is. displaying distance and bearing to waypoint.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 57. The basic principle of radar is based upon.

Option A. the amount of power in the signal returned.
Option B. the time delay between outward and returning pulse.
Option C. ultrasonic wave propagation.
Correct Answer is. the time delay between outward and returning pulse.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 58. What systems does the ADC feed?.

Option A. Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar.
Option B. Cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / Altimeter.
Option C. Standby altimeter/machmeter.
Correct Answer is. Cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / Altimeter.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 59. Which systems does a modern ADC give information to?.
Option A. EFIS.
Option B. EICAS.
Option C. Flight control computer, Air Data Instrument, Engine systems.
Correct Answer is. Flight control computer, Air Data Instrument, Engine systems.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 60. Where do the outputs from a DADC go?.

Option A. EHSI.
Option B. EADI.
Option C. IRMP: Inertial Reference Mode Panel.
Correct Answer is. EADI.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems by EHJ Pallett page 179.

Question Number. 61. How many satellite signals are required to achieve precise 3D positioning?.
Option A. 4.
Option B. 5.
Option C. 6.
Correct Answer is. 4.

[Link] 58/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 62. The minimum requirement for an aeroplane CVR is.
Option A. from power on.
Option B. from engine start.
Option C. from beginning of take off roll.
Correct Answer is. from engine start.
Explanation. JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c) OR answer c by CAP 393 Section I Para 53.

Question Number. 63. An Inertial Navigation System (INS/IRS) computes distance from acceleration
by.
Option A. two successive integrations.
Option B. a simple integration.
Option C. a differentiation followed by an integration.
Correct Answer is. two successive integrations.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 64. Before the aircraft is moved from the loading pier the pilot must.
Option A. insert the longitude and latitude of the first waypoint into the INS.
Option B. set the altitude to be fed into the INS.
Option C. insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS.
Correct Answer is. insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 65. An IRS has.

Option A. accelerometers and gyros fixed to a the airframe.
Option B. accelerometers fixed to the airframe and gyros on a stable platform.
Option C. accelerometers on a stable platform and gyros fixed to the airframe.
Correct Answer is. accelerometers and gyros fixed to a the airframe.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 66. An IRS system requires data for wind computation from.
Option A. Doppler System.
Option B. satellites.
Option C. central Air Data Computer.
Correct Answer is. central Air Data Computer.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 67. The FMS carries out a Rho/Theta navigation function, the purpose of this is to.
Option A. update the IRS system with an accurate position fix of latitude and longitude.
Option B. to update the VOR and DME systems with an accurate position fix.
Option C. to update the EMS with the new lateral flight profile for the flight plan.
Correct Answer is. update the IRS system with an accurate position fix of latitude and longitude.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 68. The FMS is updated.

Option A. automatically by update data from the ACARS.
Option B. by an aircraft engineer updating the system either by a magnetic tape or floppy disc.
Option C. by the aircrew by reference to the Tech Log.
Correct Answer is. by an aircraft engineer updating the system either by a magnetic tape or floppy disc.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 69. Pitch Control of a fly by wire system is achieved by.
Option A. stabilizer only.
Option B. elevators only.
Option C. stabilizer and elevator.
Correct Answer is. stabilizer and elevator.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 70. In a fly by wire system, if the pilot control input is derived from a side stick
controller:.
Option A. there is no control surface feedback to the side stick.
Option B. control surface feedback is fed to the side stick.
Option C. there will be only control surface feedback to the side stick after a computer failure.
Correct Answer is. there is no control surface feedback to the side stick.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 71. A basic IRS platform has.

Option A. 3 accelerometers and 2 laser gyros.
Option B. 2 Accelerometers and 3 laser gyros.

[Link] 59/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. 3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros.
Correct Answer is. 3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros.
Explanation. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137.

Question Number. 72. What must be entered into the IRS before the aircraft can be moved?.
Option A. Flight plan.
Option B. Present position.
Option C. Cruise height.
Correct Answer is. Present position.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 73. The FMS Operational Database is.

Option A. updated once a month.
Option B. is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and cost index before take off.
Option C. needs no update information.
Correct Answer is. is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and cost index before take off.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 74. Control surface feedback is fed back to.

Option A. the Flight Control Computer only.
Option B. the side stick controller only.
Option C. the Flight Control Computer and side stick controller.
Correct Answer is. the Flight Control Computer only.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 75. The accelerometer output in an INS/IRS is.

Option A. integrated once to give distance.
Option B. integrated twice to give velocity.
Option C. integrated twice to give distance.
Correct Answer is. integrated twice to give distance.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 76. An INS/IRS Battery Unit provides.

Option A. standby power only whilst in flight.
Option B. standby power when airborne and on the ground.
Option C. standby power only on the ground.
Correct Answer is. standby power when airborne and on the ground.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 247 & 248.

Question Number. 77. If a fly by wire actuator loses hydraulic power the control surface will.
Option A. automatically move back to the neutral position.
Option B. remain rigid in the failure position.
Option C. remain in the failure position but may move due to aerodynamic pressure.
Correct Answer is. remain in the failure position but may move due to aerodynamic pressure.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 78. IRS alignment.

Option A. takes up to 10 minutes and the present position can be entered at any time during alignment.
Option B. takes up to 10 minutes and present position must be entered before alignment.
Option C. takes up to 10 minutes and the previous flight shut down present position is used for the alignment.
Correct Answer is. takes up to 10 minutes and the present position can be entered at any time during alignment.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 79. A fault light appears on the IRS Mode Selector Unit during the alignment sequence. The
correct action is.
Option A. immediately switch off and select the standby system.
Option B. select HDG/STS on the Inertial System Display Unit (ISDU), observe the action code in the right
alpha/numeric display.
Option C. refer to the warning display on the EICAS/ECAM system.
Correct Answer is. select HDG/STS on the Inertial System Display Unit (ISDU), observe the action code in the right
alpha/numeric display.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 80. A FMS has a total of how many Databases.

Option A. 2.
Option B. 4.
Option C. 1.
Correct Answer is. 2.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 60/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 81. Fly by wire High Speed protection is.
Option A. to prevent tuck under.
Option B. to increase the pitch angle as speed increases.
Option C. to prevent high speed stall.
Correct Answer is. to prevent tuck under.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 82. An IRS Laser gyro provides.

Option A. detection of the rate of movement about an aircraft axis.
Option B. detection of the earths gravitational force to establish true north.
Option C. detection of the earths rotation to establish true north.
Correct Answer is. detection of the rate of movement about an aircraft axis.
Explanation. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137.

Question Number. 83. The left and right cockpit displays.

Option A. are supplied from separate Symbol Generators at all times.
Option B. are supplied from the same Symbol Generator.
Option C. will only be supplied from the same symbol generator when all other symbol generators have failed.
Correct Answer is. will only be supplied from the same symbol generator when all other symbol generators have failed.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 84. A single failure of a fly by wire control surface computer will.
Option A. cause the system to revert to an alternate law of operation.
Option B. not have any operational effect on the system.
Option C. cause the system to revert to a direct law of operation.
Correct Answer is. not have any operational effect on the system.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 85. What are the outputs from digital clocks used for?.
Option A. Flight data acquisition unit, Flight management computer and Voice recorder.
Option B. VOR, ILS and DME.
Option C. Weather radar, TCAS and ACARS.
Correct Answer is. Flight data acquisition unit, Flight management computer and Voice recorder.
Explanation. Only these require real time reference.

Question Number. 86. A full operation system BITE check will carry out a internal system test that ensures the
system meets design requirements and is operational.
Option A. but will not move the controls.
Option B. as well as checking full system and will move the controls to their stops.
Option C. as well as checking full system but will not move the controls to their stops.
Correct Answer is. as well as checking full system but will not move the controls to their stops.
Explanation. Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for design and use of built in test
equipment states... 'BITE should exercise the hardware sufficiently to determine if it meets the performance requirements
but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'.

Question Number. 87. If on a flight deck EFIS system all the displays were missing one bit of information. This is
most likely to be.
Option A. the input sensor bus and display controller.
Option B. the symbol generator and display.
Option C. the display controller and symbol generator.
Correct Answer is. the display controller and symbol generator.
Explanation. By elimination, a fault in the display would be more general, and a fault with the sensor would still display,
but an erroneous value.

Question Number. 88. A centralised monitoring computer system is used.

Option A. to test system during flight and for BITE test of systems on the ground using a carry on control unit.
Option B. to test systems in flight and on the ground using a centralised on board control unit.
Option C. testing systems on the ground only.
Correct Answer is. to test systems in flight and on the ground using a centralised on board control unit.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 270.

Question Number. 89. In an EFIS display, the lines, scales, indicator and synoptic are generated by.
Option A. raster scan.
Option B. synoptic scan.
Option C. stroke pulse.
Correct Answer is. stroke pulse.
Explanation. 757 MM 34-22-00 page 40 (p) and 737 MM 34-22-00 page 47, 4(b).

Question Number. 90. The method of producing (white) lines for aircraft symbols, V/S scale etc. on an EADI is
by.
Option A. raster scan.

[Link] 61/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option B. trapezoidal input.
Option C. stroke pulse.
Correct Answer is. stroke pulse.
Explanation. MM 737-300/400/500, 34-22-00 page 47 4b or MM 757 34-22-00 page 40 (p). 'The special symbols, characters,
letters, vectors and arcs are displayed using the stroke method. The EADI sky/ground ball or EHSI weather radar are
displayed using the raster method.

Question Number. 91. In modern aircraft, the output from the clock is used.
Option A. to synchronise the signals on the control bus.
Option B. to provide a clock pulse for CRT.
Option C. to give GMT details to the flight recorder and other systems.
Correct Answer is. to give GMT details to the flight recorder and other systems.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 92. As a minimum requirement, when must a cockpit voice recorder start recording?.
Option A. From the start of the aircraft take off run.
Option B. After take off when airborne.
Option C. On first engine start.
Correct Answer is. On first engine start.
Explanation. CAP 393 Section I Para 53, OR answer a by JAR OPS Para 1.700 ©.

Question Number. 93. The operational database of the FMS may have to be modified in flight.
Option A. It cannot be modified in flight.
Option B. by the pilot.
Option C. automatically by the DADC.
Correct Answer is. It cannot be modified in flight.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 94. CADC outputs are.

Option A. altitude, vertical speed, IAS, mach no.
Option B. altitude, vertical speed, TAS, CAS, mach no, SAT, TAT.
Option C. altitude ,vertical speed, angle of attack, TAT, SAT.
Correct Answer is. altitude, vertical speed, TAS, CAS, mach no, SAT, TAT.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page 162.

Question Number. 95. If one EICAS CRT fails.

Option A. the FMS CDU will display the failed CRT data.
Option B. the remaining CRT will display primary EICAS data.
Option C. the standby CRT will automatically take over.
Correct Answer is. the remaining CRT will display primary EICAS data.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 96. Variations in light on EFIS displays are compensated for by.
Option A. An external light dependant resistor mounted on the flight deck compensating for all displays in a parallel-
parallel format.
Option B. manual adjustment by flight crew on EFIS controller.
Option C. integrated light dependant resistors in the display compensating for each display individual.
Correct Answer is. An external light dependant resistor mounted on the flight deck compensating for all displays in a
parallel-parallel format.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems by EHJ Pallett pages 296 & 299.

Question Number. 97. A method used in modern aircraft for reporting in flight faults to an engineering and
monitoring ground station is.
Option A. TCAS II.
Option B. ACARS.
Option C. TAWS.
Correct Answer is. ACARS.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 299.

Question Number. 98. The self test function on an EFIS system can be tested.
Option A. on the ground only.
Option B. in the air only.
Option C. in the air and on the ground.
Correct Answer is. in the air and on the ground.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 99. Each of the symbol generator outputs in an EFIS system can be.
Option A. displayed on each individual display.
Option B. only no. 2 can be displayed on the no.1.
Option C. can not be interchanged.
Correct Answer is. displayed on each individual display.

[Link] 62/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 100. BITE tests are inhibited for ground use during.
Option A. forward motion.
Option B. gear retraction.
Option C. take-off.
Correct Answer is. take-off.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 101. Modern aircraft with electronic displays would display information on airframe and engine on
which system?.
Option A. Electronic centralised aircraft monitoring system (ECAM).
Option B. Flight management system.
Option C. EADI.
Correct Answer is. Electronic centralised aircraft monitoring system (ECAM).
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 102. The Flight data recorder starts recording.

Option A. after take off.
Option B. on aircraft roll out from stand.
Option C. after the first engine has started.
Correct Answer is. after the first engine has started.
Explanation. JAR OPS Subpart K 1.715 e.

Question Number. 103. Data to flight data recorder can be taken from a communal data bus if.
Option A. the power is within flight data recorder limits.
Option B. it goes directly to it.
Option C. source isolation has been considered.
Correct Answer is. source isolation has been considered.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 104. A central fault display system should be available through.
Option A. a bite test.
Option B. a central bite test box with clear LED indications.
Option C. a easily accessible multifunction control display unit.
Correct Answer is. a easily accessible multifunction control display unit.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 105. A flight data recorder should be capable of recording.

Option A. the last 25 hours.
Option B. the last 25 hours of aircraft flight.
Option C. the last 25 hours with engines running.
Correct Answer is. the last 25 hours with engines running.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 106. BITE for ground use only is switched off.
Option A. on take-off.
Option B. when brakes are released.
Option C. when undercarriage up.
Correct Answer is. on take-off.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 107. During normal functioning of an ECAM system the engine data shown on the Engine/Warning
display comes from the.
Option A. EFIS channel of DMC3.
Option B. ECAM channel of DMC1.
Option C. ECAM channel of DMC3.
Correct Answer is. ECAM channel of DMC3.
Explanation. A330-200 31-50-00 pg4.

Question Number. 108. Using I.N.S. an aircraft flies.

Option A. rhumb line.
Option B. course directed by ground station.
Option C. great circle route.
Correct Answer is. great circle route.
Explanation. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 132.

Question Number. 109. What warnings can an FMS provide?.

Option A. Ground faults only.
Option B. Discrete warnings.

[Link] 63/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option C. Spurious faults.
Correct Answer is. Discrete warnings.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 110. Aircraft heading (HDG) is.

Option A. the angle between True North and the longitudinal axis of the aircraft.
Option B. the angle between True North and the actual track.
Option C. the angle between True North and the desired track.
Correct Answer is. the angle between True North and the longitudinal axis of the aircraft.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 254.

Question Number. 111. For an IRS System to pass the Alignment System Performance Test the the latitude entered
must be within given limits of the.
Option A. latitude computed by IRU.
Option B. entered present latitude and longitude must agree with the latitude and longitude at last power down.
Option C. the No 1 and No 2 must both have the same latitude and longitude present position entered.
Correct Answer is. the latitude entered must be within given limits of the latitude computed by IRU.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett pages 279-280.

Question Number. 112. Control Display Unit (CDU ) selection of TKE (Track Angle Error), displays.
Option A. difference in degrees that the aircraft is to the right or left of the desired track.
Option B. distance perpendicular from the selected track.
Option C. difference in degrees from True North in a clockwise direction from the desired track.
Correct Answer is. difference in degrees that the aircraft is to the right or left of the desired track.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256.

Question Number. 113. In the EICAS system, when is the maintenance mode available?.
Option A. Lower screen only - only available on the ground.
Option B. In flight.
Option C. On the upper and lower screens - only available on the ground.
Correct Answer is. Lower screen only - only available on the ground.
Explanation. B747 Maintenance Manual. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 380.

Question Number. 114. On a modern aircraft when are BITE checks carried out?.
Option A. Continuously when system is in use.
Option B. After engine shut down.
Option C. Only when BITE selected.
Correct Answer is. Continuously when system is in use.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, 5th edition, Eismin, Pages 152 and 268.

Question Number. 115. In an IN system, the purpose of the stable platform is to.
Option A. provide attitude reference.
Option B. prevent unwanted acceleration affecting the accelerometers.
Option C. stop the gyros from toppling.
Correct Answer is. prevent unwanted acceleration affecting the accelerometers.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 260.

Question Number. 116. An IN system requires data from the.

Option A. Doppler system.
Option B. airdata computer.
Option C. satellites.
Correct Answer is. airdata computer.
Explanation. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 138.

Question Number. 117. TK (cross track) is the.

Option A. actual track across the earths surface.
Option B. angle in degrees that the aircraft track is left or right of desired track.
Option C. perpendicular distance from the desired track.
Correct Answer is. perpendicular distance from the desired track.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256.

Question Number. 118. The output of an INS can be fed to the.

Option A. attitude indicators.
Option B. altimeters.
Option C. vertical speed indicators.
Correct Answer is. attitude indicators.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 247 fig 10.1. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals
Page 137 & 138.

Question Number. 119. The three accelerometers on a strapdown system are mounted.

[Link] 64/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Option A. 90° to each other.
Option B. parallel to each other.
Option C. 120° apart.
Correct Answer is. 90° to each other.
Explanation. Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 135.

Question Number. 120. Gyro-compassing is the term used for.

Option A. self-alignment in the vertical.
Option B. use of the gyro-magnetic compass system to align the platform.
Option C. self-alignment in azimuth.
Correct Answer is. self-alignment in azimuth.
Explanation. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 280.

Question Number. 121. Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System operates to.
Option A. give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status.
Option B. perform in-flight BITE only.
Option C. perform in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE.
Correct Answer is. give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 122. The Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of
operation.
Option A. on the ground only.
Option B. in the air only.
Option C. either ground or air.
Correct Answer is. on the ground only.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 123. If part of a display is lost on a CRT, this could be due to.
Option A. an inoperative symbol generator or control panel.
Option B. an inoperative symbol generator or input sensor.
Option C. loss of power to the CRT.
Correct Answer is. an inoperative symbol generator or input sensor.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 124. A cyclic test (watch dog) should be performed for ECAM.
Option A. via MCDU.
Option B. during power up.
Option C. during flight.
Correct Answer is. during flight.
Explanation. Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition. Pg 154.

Question Number. 125. How does the symbol generator detect a program error?.
Option A. By looking at the even parity without error.
Option B. By looking at the odd parity without error.
Option C. By check sum bites for error detect.
Correct Answer is. By looking at the odd parity without error.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 126. Relationship of CMCs to BITE systems is best described as.
Option A. CMCs replaced but is not related to the older BITE system.
Option B. CMCs monitors the individual BITE systems and presents data.
Option C. CMCs modifies and upgrades BITE systems.
Correct Answer is. CMCs monitors the individual BITE systems and presents data.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 127. An IRU interface test is carried out.

Option A. in the air.
Option B. only on the ground.
Option C. on the ground or in the air.
Correct Answer is. only on the ground.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 128. FMS system gives warning indications for.

Option A. take off and landings only.
Option B. any flight phase.
Option C. cruise.
Correct Answer is. cruise.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 65/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Question Number. 129. FMS CDU warnings are.
Option A. fail and MSG.
Option B. OFST and Fail.
Option C. MSG, fail and OFST.
Correct Answer is. MSG, fail and OFST.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 130. CMC (central maintenance computer) works to.

Option A. perform in-flight bite and ground tests of aircraft systems, i.e. BITE.
Option B. give red warnings and amber cautions to display in accordance with system status.
Option C. perform in-flight bite only.
Correct Answer is. perform in-flight bite and ground tests of aircraft systems, i.e. BITE.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 131. BITE test carried out on input sensors and actuators performs.
Option A. validation of the information of the LRU.
Option B. a performance test of the system.
Option C. a test of the LRU.
Correct Answer is. a performance test of the system.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 132. A BITE check for automatic performance and fault monitoring is carried out
when?.
Option A. Power-up self test.
Option B. For in-flight monitoring.
Option C. To check the performance of the LRU.
Correct Answer is. Power-up self test.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 133. In which of the following does TCAS II advise the pilot to make a maneouvre?.
Option A. RA.
Option B. TA.
Option C. either RA or TA.
Correct Answer is. RA.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 134. What are the shapes of traffic shown on a TCAS display?.
Option A. White circles, red diamonds and amber squares.
Option B. White diamonds, red squares and amber circles.
Option C. White squares, red diamonds and amber circles.
Correct Answer is. White diamonds, red squares and amber circles.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 135. If a display shows a red cross only, it is due to.
Option A. Symbol Generator failure.
Option B. CRT failure.
Option C. Altimeter failure.
Correct Answer is. Symbol Generator failure.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 136. ACARS is an acronym for.

Option A. ARINC Communicating Addressing and Reporting System.
Option B. Airborne Communicating Addressing and Reporting System.
Option C. Aircraft Communicating Addressing and Reporting System.
Correct Answer is. Aircraft Communicating Addressing and Reporting System.
Explanation. NIL. [Link]

Question Number. 137. When does the flight data recorder start recording ?.
Option A. Undercarriage up.
Option B. Parking brake released.
Option C. When the first engine starts.
Correct Answer is. When the first engine starts.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 138. Brake temperature displayed on a flight deck CRT has.
Option A. a master warning light.
Option B. same colour throughout.
Option C. different colour for different temperatures.
Correct Answer is. different colour for different temperatures.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 66/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 139. When performing test on Electronic Displays using the Built In Test system.
Option A. CRT continues to display current data while the SGs and Display are internally tested.
Option B. SG injects a test signal into the display system and the word TEST appears on the screen.
Option C. displays cannot be tested it is only SG which are tested by BITE.
Correct Answer is. SG injects a test signal into the display system and the word TEST appears on the screen.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 140. Heading reference required to establish initial heading during alignment sequence comes
from.
Option A. FMS which gathers data from other Radio devices.
Option B. Magnetic compass installed on the airplane.
Option C. Earths Rotation.
Correct Answer is. Earths Rotation.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 141. What is primary mode of navigation on a modern aeroplane?.

Option A. Both GPS and IRS.
Option B. Only IRS.
Option C. Inch precise GPS.
Correct Answer is. Only IRS.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 142. In a flight director, how are small deviations corrected?.
Option A. Pilot input.
Option B. Instrument is calibrated at fitment to remove any possible error.
Option C. Instrument feedback.
Correct Answer is. Pilot input.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 143. For a 3 dimensional fix in a Global Positioning System.

Option A. Minimum of 3 satellites must be in view.
Option B. Minimum of 2 satellites must be in view and altitude used to simulate a 3rd satellite.
Option C. Minimum of 4 satellites must be in view.
Correct Answer is. Minimum of 4 satellites must be in view.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 144. In an aircraft equipped with TCAS II and EFIS.

Option A. RA pitch command is shown on the EHSI and TA/RA traffic on the EADI.
Option B. RA pitch command is shown on the VSI and TA/RA traffic on the EHSI.
Option C. RA pitch command is shown on the EADI and TA/RA traffic on the EHSI.
Correct Answer is. RA pitch command is shown on the EADI and TA/RA traffic on the EHSI.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 145. The BITE indicator on a DFDR shows Yellow colour. This indicates.
Option A. power is ON but DFDR is not recording data.
Option B. power is ON and DFDR is recording data.
Option C. power is OFF or DFDR is at Fault.
Correct Answer is. power is OFF or DFDR is at Fault.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 146. In a typical 'Glass Cockpit' EICAS provides the following.
Option A. engine parameters and system warnings only.
Option B. engine parameters and engine warnings only.
Option C. engine warnings only.
Correct Answer is. engine parameters and system warnings only.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 147. What is the minimum requirement for CVR to operate?.
Option A. BEFORE take-off.
Option B. BEFORE engine start.
Option C. at any time the manufacturer decides.
Correct Answer is. BEFORE take-off.
Explanation. Minimum requirement is AT first engine start (according to JAR OPS) which is BEFORE take-of.

Question Number. 148. ECAM system was adopted for.

Option A. Airbus A310.
Option B. both Boeing and Airbus aircraft.
Option C. Boeing 757 and 767 aircraft.
Correct Answer is. Airbus A310.
Explanation. NIL.

[Link] 67/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question

Question Number. 149. A modern electromagnetic Flight Data Recorder, for recording data, could use:.
Option A. a floppy disk.
Option B. a plastic tape coated in ferrite.
Option C. a copper oxide string.
Correct Answer is. a plastic tape coated in ferrite.
Explanation. NIL.

Question Number. 150. What is the minimum requirement for a CVR to start recording?.
Option A. When parking brake is released.
Option B. On commencement of flight.
Option C. When aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.
Correct Answer is. When aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.
Explanation. JAR Ops 1.700 para c.

Question Number. 151. As a minimum requirement when must a cockpit voice recorder start recording?.
Option A. Once airborne after take off.
Option B. Before engine start.
Option C. Once aircraft is ready to move under its own power.
Correct Answer is. Once aircraft is ready to move under its own power.
Explanation. JAR Ops 1.700 para c.

05.16.

Question Number. .1 101012 + 110012 =.

Option A. 462.
Option B. 468.
Option C. 4610.
Correct Answer is. 4610.
Explanation. 101012 + 110012 = 1011102 = 4610.

Posted by soul at 20:33

10 comments:

Anonymous 9 September 2013 at 13:23

the daigrams are missing

Reply

Anonymous 15 November 2014 at 11:39

In the basic computer structure

(5.6) ICs and multiplexes are B2 syllabes and are not required for the B1.1 exams.
Reply

Replies

Jonathan 26 September 2017 at 08:48

you are correct.

Reply

Anonymous 20 September 2015 at 11:17

Fuck you part 66.

Reply

Replies

Anonymous 26 September 2017 at 08:25

I agree

Reply

Anonymous 25 May 2016 at 06:57

[Link] 68/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
aku kau lupaaaaa , buat selamanyaaa ~

Reply

Anonymous 25 May 2016 at 06:58

Tak pernah ku menduga

Gelora jiwa sesali dada
Aku jatuh dan aku merindu tanpa kepastian
Bagaimanakah nantinya
Aku dapat meyakinkan
Rasa cinta di hatiku
Hanyalah untukmu kekasihku

Mendung dalam sinar matamu

Kenangan duka masa lalu
Kepasrahan...

Tak ku hiraukan panas mentari lagi

Demi cinta kurela menanti
Takkan goyah walau badai kan melanda
Seribu tahun kutetap setia
Lupakanlah dukamu yang silam
Hulur tanganmu sambut kasihku
Mari bersama kita melangkah
Membina cinta abadi

Reply

Anonymous 19 June 2016 at 22:47

‫)( ﯾﺎ ذا اﻟﯾل‬

Reply

Firdaus Zamhury 22 July 2016 at 22:07

This comment has been removed by the author.

Reply

Anonymous 11 September 2016 at 08:46

This is a great help. Is there perhaps more questions available on the missing modules.
Reply

Enter your comment...

Comment as: Unknown ( Sign out

Publish Preview Notify me

Newer Post Home Older Post

[Link] 69/70
1/13/2018 EASA PART 66 GUIDE: EASA Part 66 : Digital Question
Subscribe to: Post Comments (Atom)

What is Part 66 Part 66 Module Part 66 Question Part 66 Tutor Shop Forum About Us

Powered by Blogger.

About Me
soul

View my complete profile

[Link] 70/70
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

An # represents the correct answer

1. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also provides

a) take-off and landing warnings

# b) dedicated status and warnings

c) GPWS warnings

2. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

a) synthetic TV signals

# b) raster scan

c) stroke pulse

3. HSI heading is valid if the heading flag is

a) in view

b) green

# c) out of view

4. A NOR gate with both inputs inverted becomes a

a) NAND gate

# b) AND gate

c) OR gate
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

5. An ARINC 429 binary coded decimal data word occupies bits

a) 11 to 28

# b) 11 to 29

c) 1 to 8

6. A fibre optic cable consists of

a) a plastic core with a cladding having a higher refractive index

b) a silica glass core with a cladding having a higher refractive index

# c) a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive index

7. The command bars on an ADI relate to

# a) path required

b) path being followed

c) roll indications

8. The recording medium in an FDR is

a) a high density floppy disc

# b) plastic tape coated with ferrite

c) copper foil coated with ferrite

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. Convert 0111012 to octal

a) 25

b) 33

# c) 35

10. What does the CADC feed

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar

b) standby altimeter / machmeter

# c) cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / altimeter

11. ARINC 629 databus is

a) one cable, bi-directional

# b) two cables, bi directional

c) two cables, uni-directional

12. Requirements for software control can be found in

# a) AWN 45

b) JAR OPS

c) JAR AWO
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

13. Software can be modified by

a) licensed avionics engineers

b) the manufacturer

# c) The same rules apply as to modifications to hardware

14. Two connected fibre optic cable ends are parallel but not quite touching. This is called

a) lens connector

# b) end to end coupling

c) end fire coupling

15. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is

a) shallow bend radius allowed

b) couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid

# c) end terminals are susceptible to environmental contamination

16. The inside of a CRT consists of

a) an oxide coating and rare mercury gas

# b) a phosphor coating and rare mercury gas

c) iodine and rare mercury gas

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

17. What kind of light is used in a fibre optic systems?

# a) Infrared

b) Visible

c) Ultraviolet

18. Typical displays on an EHSI are

# a) VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar

b) VOR, Plan, Map and Attitude

c) Engine indications

19. An EADI display showing a moving runway moves down during the final stages of an
approach. The aircraft must

a) fly up

# b) fly down

c) hold descent path

20. An ARINC 573 data bus is used

# a) to input into a Digital Flight Data Recorder

b) to input into a FDR Digital Acquisition Unit

c) to supply digital inputs from a Symbol Generator to the EADI and EHSI
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

21. A flight data recorder can obtain information from aircraft instruments

# a) provided there is adequate isolation

b) by direct connection to the instruments

c) provided there is adequate damping

22. Adding invertors to the two inputs of an AND gate makes a

a) NAND gate

b) OR gate

# c) NOR gate

23. An ARINC 429 bus uses

# a) a twisted shielded pair of wires

b) two bi-directional twin sheathed and earthed wires

c) a single twin wire cable for each transmitter

24. CRT horizontal beam control is achieved by a

a) square wave

# b) sawtooth wave

c) sinusoidal wave
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

25. The ARINC 429 data bus word systems use

a) decimal numbering

b) hexadecimal numbering

# c) binary coded decimal

26. The binary number 11010111 expressed as a decimal is

a) 207

b) 223

# c) 215

27. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is

a) 65

# b) 513

c) 9

28. This truth table is for a

C B A
0 0 0
0 0 1
0 1 0
1 1 1

a) NAND gate

# b) AND gate

c) OR gate
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

29. The inputs and outputs of a CADC are

a) pitot and static in; altitude, attitude, IAS and VS out

# b) pitot and static in; altitude, IAS, mach and VS out

c) pitot in; static, altitude, mach, IAS and VS out

30. EICAS provides the following

a) engine parameters only

# b) engine parameters and system warnings only

c) engine parameters and engine warnings only

31. During an instrument approach, the glideslope pointer deflects below the glideslope centre
mark. This means the aircraft is positioned

# a) above the glideslope

b) below the glideslope

c) to the left of the localiser

32. Engine parameters are displayed on

# a) ECAM

b) EHSI

c) FMSCDU
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

33. A central maintenance computer provides

# a) ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-board computer

b) ground and BITE testing using a portable control panel

c) display of system warnings and cautions

34. ARINC 573 is related to what system

a) INS

# b) FDR

c) Weather Radar

35. The rising runway is positioned from information derived from

a) barometric height

b) vertical speed

# c) radio altimeter

36. Where are the Digital Flight Data Recorder outputs supplied to?

a) The recording unit

b) Flight instruments

# c) There are no outputs

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

37. FMS failure and warnings are

# a) displayed on EICAS

b) engine warnings only

c) EFIS warnings only

38. Who is responsible for the operational program of the FMS?

# a) The pilot

b) The engineer

c) The manufacturer

39. Flight director command bars are moved to the correct position by

# a) position feedback

b) amplifier gain

c) calibration

40. If a signal has quantity in volts and physical position it is

a) digital

b) synchronous

# c) analogue
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

41. In a CRT, if the magnetic field is parallel to the Y plates, what will be the direction of the
electron beam movement?

# a) Vertical

b) No movement

c) Horizontal

42. What is the fixed feature of an ADI?

a) The glideslope pointer

b) The lateral deviation bar

# c) The aircraft symbol

43. Primary colours of a CRT are

# a) red, green and blue

b) red, green and yellow

c) red, blue and yellow

44. What information is required before completion of the alignment of an Inertial Navigation
System?

# a) Aircraft present position

b) Aircraft present position and heading

c) Heading and attitude

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

45. IRS accelerometers are mounted

a) 60o to each other

b) 45o to each other

# c) 90o to each other

46. An FMS navigation database is updated

a) at the operators request

b) once a month

# c) every 28 days

47. A single failure of a fly-by-wire system

# a) has no effect on aircraft operation

b) will limit the flight profile

c) will reduce operational heights and speeds

48. Fly-by-wire load alleviation function in turbulent conditions will result in

a) ailerons moving symmetrically upwards

# b) ailerons and spoilers moving symmetrically upwards

c) spoilers moving symmetrically upwards

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

49. Fly-by-wire roll control is achieved by

a) ailerons

b) spoilers

# c) spoilers and ailerons

50. The movement of fly-by-wire control surfaces are

a) hydraulically controlled and electrically actuated

b) both electrically controlled and electrically actuated

# c) electrically controlled and hydraulically actuated

51. ARINC 629 current mode couplers are

a) capacitive

b) resistive

# c) inductive

52. on an EADI, the Flight Director command bars show

a) the actual path with respect to the required path

# b) the required path with respect to the actual path

c) the path with respect to the horizon

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

53. What instrument includes a display of a rising runway?

# a) EADI

b) EHSI

c) ECAM

54. What are the effects of the X and Y plates on a CRT?

a) X plates move the beam vertically, Y plates move the beam horizontal

# b) Y plates move the beam vertically, X plates move the beam horizontal

c) X and Y plates can move the beam in either direction

55. ARINC 629 data bus is

a) two buses, unidirectional

b) two buses, bi-directional data flow

# c) one bus, bi-directional data flow

56. an FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also provides

a) take-off and landing warnings

# b) dedicated status warnings

c) GPWS warnings
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

57. In order to maintain HIRF protection, bonding checks between airframe and electrical
components carrying voltages greater than 50 volts RMS or DC or main earth return should
not exceed

a) 1 megohm

# b) 1 ohm

c) 0.05 ohm

58. Ribbon cables effected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage should be protected
by

a) shielding each individual conductor

b) connecting all conductors to a common earth

# c) earthing each alternative conductor to separate point

59. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

a) synthetic TV signals

# b) raster scan

c) stroke pulse

60. Normal transmission order of ARINC 629 LRUs in periodic mode is in order of

# a) power up

b) shortest to largest TG

c) shortest to largest TI
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

61. What frequency creates the raster effect on a CRT?

# a) 50/60 Hz

b) 400 Hz

c) 250Hz

62. If an EFIS has 3 symbol generators, what is the purpose of the 3rd symbol generator?

a) Comparison with No.1 symbol generator

# b) Standby

c) Parity function

63. The sweep waveform used on a electromagnetic CRT is

# a) trapezoidal

b) sinusoidal

c) sawtooth

64. FMS operational program is updated every

a) 7 days

# b) 28 days

c) 90 days
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

65. Fibre optic data is sent by

# a) modulating the frequency of a laser beam

b) modulating the frequency of a filament beam

c) a strobe light

66. What is 345 in binary?

a) 100111001

b) 110011001

# c) 101011001

67. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

# a) OR gate

b) Exclusive OR gate

c) NAND gate

68. Software documentation procedures are laid down in

# a) AWN 45

b) JAA Ops

c) MOE
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

69. HIRF is prevented from entering a fibre optic cable by

a) enclosing it in a metal braid

b) grounding the fibre at both ends

# c) using an opto-isolator coupling

70. In an ARINC 429 wordstring, bits 1 to 8 represent the

a) source of message

# b) monitored parameter

c) destination LRU address

71. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is

a) unique to each terminal

# b) common to each terminal

c) when all terminals are quiet

72. Continuity of a fibre optic cable is checked by

a) a light source and an opto-power meter

b) a calibrated light source

# c) a calibrated light source and an optometer

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

73. To shield a fibre optic from EMI you must

a) earth both transducer and couplings

b) shield it with a braided shield

# c) use an opto-isolator

74. A simbol generator displays ESDs warning. During replacement

a) you must wear a wrist strap connected to an approved earth point

# b) make sure the pins are not touched and covers fitted

c) you must earth the unit to the airframe structure

75. Magnetic deflection on a CRT is achieved by a

a) sawtooth waveform

# b) trapezoidal waveform

c) sinusoidal waveform

76. An FDR fitted to a helicopter begins recording

a) on take-off

# b) on engine start-up

c) when power is applied to the aircraft

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

77. MIL-ST-1533 is a data bus for

a) Flight Data Recorders

b) Inertial Reference System

# c) Digital Information Transfer System

78. Making an invertor from a NAND or NOR gate is achieved by

a) inverting the input

b) connecting two in series

# c) connecting the inputs

79. Parallel to series conversion is achieved by

a) a parallel to series converter

# b) a shift register

c) a multiplexer / demultiplexer

80. The FMS databases consist of

a) one navigation and one performance database

b) two performance and one navigation database

# c) one performance and two navigation databases

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

81. The FMS can update the IRS position outputs by using information from either

a) VOR and DME only

b) DME and GPS only

# c) GPS, DME, LOC and VOR

82. The accepted error from INS/IRS is

a) 1 mile/hour + 3 miles

b) 2 miles per hour + 3 miles

# c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles

83. Before an IRS can complete the alignment sequence

a) the shutdown present position must be entered

# b) the current present position must be entered

c) either the last or current position must be entered

84. within a computer controlled flight system, position feedback is converted from

# a) analogue to digital

b) digital to analogue

c) position feedback to rate feedback

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

85. What shape does the waveform take to counter the impedence effect of the coils in an
electromagnetic controlled CRT?

# a) Trapezoid

b) Sawtooth

c) Rectangular

86. What warnings can an FMS provide?

# a) Discrete warnings

b) Spurious faults

c) Ground faults only.

87. Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System

a) performs in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE
interrogation

# b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status

c) performs in-flight BITE interrogation only

88. The control of the speed or rate that the flight director command bars move can be
controlled by

a) position feedback

# b) rate or velocity feedback

c) amplifier gain
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

89. The Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of operation

a) in the air only

# b) on the ground only

c) either in the air or on the ground

90. The third EFIS Symbol Generator is operated

a) with EICAS

b) in an emergency

# c) as a standby to the No1 and No2 system

91. What functions are available on the EHSI?

a) Full arc and Wx only

# b) Full arc, Wx and Map Mode

c) Full Arc only

92. EFIS displays of the right hand and left hand displays are compared by comparators in
the

a) FMS

b) EICAS

# c) Symbol Generators
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

93. What is the approximate earth rate?

a) 5o/hour

b) 10o/hour

# c) 15o/hour

94. An IRS platform has

a) two accelerometers

# b) three accelerometers

c) two or three accelerometers depending on the system

95. IRS Laser Ring Gyros provide

# a) rate movement about an axis

b) displacement about an axis

c) both rate and displacement about an axis

96. What are the outputs of a Digital ADC?

# a) TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT

b) TAS, MACH and Altitude

c) TAS, MACH, Altitude and TAT

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

97. ARINC 629 periodic mode is used for

# a) normal operation

b) transferring data only on events important to aircraft operation

c) database loads

98. A fibre optic data bus used on an aircraft

a) connects non-essential systems only

# b) can transmit on several channels at the same time

c) can send only one message at a time

99. Light travels along a fibre optic by

# a) reflection

b) refraction

c) dispersion

100. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection by

# a) designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF

b) ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit

c) advising operators of all points susceptible to deterioration due to corrosion, moisture

ingress, flexing etc.
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

101. How is data coupled to an ARINC data bus?

a) By a capacitive pickup

# b) By an inductive pickup

c) By a resistive pickup

102. An AND gate output is 1 when inputs are

a) both 0

b) 1 and 0

# c) both 1

103. What is hex 110 in decimal

# a) 272

b) 282

c) 32

104. Convert the binary word 1100 to decimal

a) 16

# b) 12

c) 11
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

105. How does MIL-STD-1533 put data onto the data bus?

# a) Through the bus controller

b) R1 (remote terminal)

c) SSIFU (sub-system interface unit)

106. If a data message is made up of 1 and 0 it is

a) analogue

# b) digital

c) logic

107. Convert the binary word 1110 to decimal

a) 12

# b) 14

c) 15

108. What sort of gate requires two positive voltages to operate

a) NOT

b) OR

# c) AND
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

109. What is the main disadvantage of a fibre optic data bus?

# a) Bend radius and moisture ingress at connections

b) Less strong and durable when compared to twisted pair and coaxial cable

c) Expensive to install

110. When 4 binary serial counters are connected in cascade for frequency division, what
division factor is required

a) 4

b) 8

# c) 16

111. Magnetic deflection in a CRT is achieved by

a) a sawtooth waveform

# b) a trapezoidal waveform

c) a sinusoidal voltage

112. Fly by Wire systems in the fully active mode, the actuators will

a) both be active

# b) one in active mode, one in damping mode

c) both be in damping mode, awaiting control inputs

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

113. The parity bit in digital information is used

a) for BITE programs

# b) to check the validity of data information

c) to check the status of the system

114. on a Fly by Wire system, what controls the stab trim

a) ELAC

# b) ELAC and SEC

c) SEC

115. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is

a) shallow bend radius

b) couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid

# c) liable to environmental contamination of end terminals

116. ARINC 429 SDI word format is at bits

a) 1 - 8

# b) 9 - 10

c) 32
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

117. Convert the binary number 110010 to decimal

a) 80

# b) 50

c) 34

118. What is serial to parallel and vice-versa called

a) Encoder/Decoder

# b) Multiplex/Demultiplex

c) Switching

119. What is the parity bit for on an ARINC 429 bus

# a) To check for corruption during transmission of a word

b) To act as a terminal gap in an emergency

c) To delay the signal

120. 3 binary counters in cascade. What is the division?

# a) 8

b) 16

c) 32
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

121. Control of software is by

# a) the National Aviation Authority

b) engineers

c) the aircraft manufacturers

122. A typical fibre optic connector is

a) F-type connector

# b) coupling type, with lens fitted

c) push-pull connector

123. An ARINC 429 word label format is

a) binary

# b) octal

c) hexadecimal

124. Which of the following is an optelectronic device?

a) Triac

b) Thyristor

# c) Laser Diode
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

125. What is the advantage of a single mode fibre optic over ordinary wire?

# a) Large bandwidth

b) Small bend radius

c) Not prone to damage

126. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 429 data bus

a) 120

# b) 20

c) 60

127. Convert the hexidecimal number D into decimal

# a) 13

b) 14

c) 15

128. Convert decimal 15 into binary

a) 1101

# b) 1111

c) 1110
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

129. Convert 448 to hex

a) 3616

# b) 2416

c) 2216

130. When will a NAND gate give logic 0 at the output?

a) When both inputs are at 0

# b) When both inputs are at 1

c) When the inputs are different

131. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 629 data bus

# a) 120

b) 20

c) 60

132. Convert decimal 15 into hexadecimal

a) E

b) G

# c) F
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

133. Which logic gate has this truth table A B C

C B A
0 0 0
1 1 0
1 0 1
0 1 1

a) NOT

# b) Exclusive OR

c) NAND

134. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

# a) OR

b) Exclusive OR

c) NAND

135. What is the definition of level one software?

# a) Critical

b) Essential

c) Non-essential

136. ESDS bags are sealed by

a) zip locks

b) ESDS labels

# c) twine (100% cotton)

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

137. What is 345 in binary?

# a) 101011001

b) 110011001

c) 100111001

138. What are the values of an ESDS wrist strap?

a) 250 kilohms to 1.5 megohms

# b) 2 megohms to 5 megohms

c) 2 gigohms to 4 gigohms

139. Convert 1D to binary

a) 29

# b) 11101

c) 101001

140. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is

a) unique to each terminal

# b) common to each terminal

c) is when all transmissions are quiet

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

141. Convert 2C hex to octal

# a) 54

b) 44

c) 35

142. A fibre optic light source is normally

a) a filament lamp

# b) a laser or LED

c) a strobe light

143. What precautions are required when removing ESDS equipment

# a) Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point

b) Keep one hand on the airframe

c) No special precautions are required

144. An ARINC 429 bus uses

a) two bi-directional twin, sheathed and earthed wires

# b) a twisted shielded pair of wires

c) a single twin cable for each transmitter

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

145. The minimum requirement for a cockpit voice recorder to begin operating is

a) on engine startup

# b) on commencing the takeoff roll

c) once established in the en-route climb

146. ARINC Communications Addressing and Reporting Systems is used to

a) download aircraft status reports

# b) connect the aircraft to base

c) make telephone calls

147. ARINC 429 data bus systems uses

a) decimal numbering

b) hexadecimal numbering

# c) binary coded decimal

148. with radio coupled autopilot, what are the inputs

a) ADF and ILS

b) ADF and VOR

# c) ILS and VOR

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

149. B-RNAV system must be capable of

a) holding six waypoints

# b) displaying distance and bearing to waypoint

c) reversing the waypoints for "fly-me-home"

150. The basic principle of radar is based upon

a) the amount of power in the signal returned

# b) the time delay between outward and returning pulse

c) ultrasonic wave propagation

151. An ARINC 429 Binary Coded Decimal word occupies word bits

a) 11 - 28

# b) 11 - 29

c) 1 - 8

152. Engine parameters are displayed on

# a) ECAM

b) EHSI

c) CDU
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

153. A flight deck CRT LRU is being replaced. What does the ESDS label indicate?

a) Wrist straps should be worn

# b) Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed

c) Remove power before connecting

154. What systems does the ADC feed?

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar

b) Standby altimeter/machmeter

# c) Cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / Altimeter

155. A hexadecimal is a number to base

a) 8

b) 2

# c) 16

156. An ARINC 429 system uses a

a) 16 bit word over a twisted pair of wires

# b) 32 bit word over a twisted pair of wires

c) 20 bit word over a bi-directional bus

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

157. A thyristor is a device which has

a) a positive temperature coefficient

# b) a negative temperature coefficient

c) a temperature coefficient of zero

158. When using a wrist strap, before touching the LRU the resistance should be measured
from your skin to the end of the earth probe. This should be

# a) more than 10 kilohms

b) less than 10 kilohms

c) less than 1 ohm

159. 1012 converted to decimal is

a) 52

# b) 510

c) 210

160. Physical variables in quantitative forms, such as voltage or angular rotation of a shaft
are

# a) analogue

b) digital

c) binary
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

161. Within a 3 bit frequency cascade, division is to

# a) 8

b) 4

c) 2

162. When is a radio altimeter active?

a) Up to 10,000 ft

# b) Up to 2,500 ft

c) Up to 100 ft

163. Which of the following could be a primary cause of HIRF protection failure?

# a) Unserviceable radio filters

b) Broken or missing static wicks

c) Corrosion on bonding leads

164. The binary coded decimal number 10011000 expressed as a decimal number is

# a) 9810

b) 15210

c) 1522
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

165. The decimal number 7 expressed as a binary number is

# a) 1112

b) 72

c) 1012

166. Convert 011101 binary to octal

a) 25

b) 33

# c) 35

167. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection

# a) by designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF

b) by ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit

c) by advising the operator of parts of the aircraft susceptible to degradation due to

corrosion, moisture ingress, flexing etc.

168. An ARINC 629 characteristic is

a) all LRUs can transmit at the same time

b) all LRUs can transmit and receive at the same time

# c) data can transmit in both directions down the data bus

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

169. in an ARINC 429 word string, bits 1 - 8 represent

a) the source of the message

# b) the monitored parameter

c) the destination LRU

170. What limits the number of ARINC 429 receivers on a bus

a) The speed and size

# b) The parallel input impedance

c) The weight

171. The 'fan-in' in a gate is the

a) number of outputs from a gate

# b) number of inputs to a gate

c) number of inputs and outputs of a gate

172. Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) means the number of gates in a single IC is

a) up to 1000

b) up to 10,000

# c) over 10,000
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

173. The advantage of DRAM over SRAM is

a) they operate slower

b) has a larger storage capacity per chip area

# c) are cheaper to manufacture

174. A BYTE is usually

a) a 12 bit word

# b) an 8 bit word

c) a six bit word

175. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by

a) bi-polar return to zero

# b) manchester bi-phase

c) non return to zero

176. The fibre optic cable can be identified on aircraft by its jacket colour which is

# a) purple

b) red

c) yellow
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

177. For a fibre optic cable connector that is not regularly disconnected you would use the

a) ceramic lens type

b) ball lens type

# c) butt type

178. The timebase in a CRT consists of

# a) an amplifier and an oscillator

b) an oscillator only

c) an amplifier only

179. HIRF protection of LRUs is provided by

# a) built in filters and overvoltage circuits

b) internally shielded cables

c) built in filters only

180. An EADI display of flight director commands are coloured

a) cyan

b) red

# c) magenta
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

181. Which systems does a modern ADC give information to?

# a) Flight control computer, Air Data Instrument, Engine systems

b) EFIS

c) EICAS

182. Binary Number: 110010

a) 80

# b) 50

c) 34

183. How are engine indications sent to the FDR?

# a) Via ARINC 573

b) Via ARINC 629

c) Source isolated
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

184. What is this truth table?

A.B B A
0 0 0
0 0 1
0 1 0
1 1 1

# a) AND gate

b) NOR gate

c) NOT gate

185. Where do the outputs from a DADC go?

a) EADI

b) EHSI

# c) IRMP: Inertial Reference Mode Panel

186. During an EFIS screen fit

a) use bonding strap

# b) don’t touch terminals

c) no tooling is required
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

187. To stop earth loops forming, you would

a) leave both ends of the cable screen open circuit

b) earth both ends of the cable screen

# c) earth only one end of the cable screen

188. How many satellite signals are required to achieve precise 3D positioning?

# a) 4

b) 5

c) 6

189. Binary addition of 1101 + 101101 is

# a) 58

b) 61

c) 70

190. What system uses base 8?

# a) ARINC 429, in dataword labels only

b) ARINC 629

c) ARINC 573
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

191. What maintenance problems are associated fibre optics?

a) Corrosion

b) Earthing faults

# c) Kinking and contamination of connectors

192. Who can sign for a software update?

# a) Design organization or the aircraft manufacturer

b) Engineer

c) Chief pilot

193. What sort of gate is this?

a) Or gate

# b) NOR gate

c) NOT gate

194. What creates the raster effect on a CRT?

# a) Sawtooth frequency

b) Sinusoidal frequency

c) Trapezoidal
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

195. Common fibre optic use is

a) modulating intensity on direct read

# b) modulating frequency on direct read

c) HIRF

196. An aircraft may have been HIRF affected.

# a) A static wick check is required

b) A bonding load check is required

c) Test all radio frequencies for interference

197. The binary number 11010111 is expressed as a decimal is:

# a) 215

b) 107

c) 53

198. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is:

# a) 513

b) 613

c) 713
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

199. with a relative humidity of 10% to 20%, if you walked over a carpet what electrostatic
voltage value would you expect to see?

a) 6,000 volts

b) 12,000 volts

# c) 35,000 volts

200. Before fitting a Printed Circuit Board you should check the

a) resistance between skin and strap end plug is less than 10 megohms

# b) resistance between skin and strap end plug is more than 1 megohms

c) resistance between strap and strap end plug is less than 1 megohms

201. A fibre optic data bus

a) can only transmit 1 message at a time

# b) can transmit several messages simultaneously

c) is only used for non essential messages

202. The minimum requirement for an aeroplane CVR is

a) from power on

b) from engine start

# c) from beginning of take off roll

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

203. on an ARINC 629 data bus, the maximum amount of current-mode couplers per data bus
is

a) 46

# b) 120

c) 64

204. To connect a LRU to the data bus

# a) a current mode coupler, serial interface module and terminal controller is required

b) current mode coupler, terminal controller and a production break is required

c) a terminal controller and interface module only is required

205. A current-mode coupler contains an E-Core assembly. The purpose of the E-Core is to

# a) couple the signal to the data bus

b) provide effective screening of the signal through the current-mode coupler

c) enable easy access for monitoring of the signal

206. The ARINC 429 low rate of transmission is

# a) 12-14 Kbits/second with high of 100 kBits/second

b) 12-14 Mbits/second with high of 100 Mbits/secon

c) 100 kbits/second with high of 12-14 Mbits/second

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

207. A D to A converter is required to produce an output range of 0 to –10V. This can be

achieved by

a) A non inverting op amp connected in parallel with output

# b) An inverting op amp connected in parallel with output

c) A differentiator with a 100 Kilohm feedback resistor

208. A D to A converter would use a precision amplifier to

# a) Ensure that the output voltages remain accurate

b) Ensure that the input voltage remains accurate

c) Compensate for the variation of the feedback resistor with temperature

209. A given transducer provides a voltage which corresponds to true heading. This voltage
can be converted to 'bits' by using a

a) commutator

b) digital to analogue converter

# c) analogue to digital converter

210. The output of a NOT gate is logic 1. The input is

a) logic 1

# b) logic 0

c) both logic 1
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

211. An ARINC 629 bus cable is a twisted pair of wires with

a) a 130 ohm resistor at one end

b) a 230 ohm resistor at one end

# c) a 130 ohm resistor at both ends

212. An ARINC 629 stub cable

# a) connects bi-directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler

b) connects single directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler

c) connects bi-directional data between two LRUs

213. Care must be taken when installing ARINC 629 cables into bus panels, damage to cables
can cause

a) arcing of high voltage signals

b) standing waves.

# c) corrosion of the conductor

214. An aircraft data bus system

a) cannot use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 data buses.

b) can use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 as they are compatible.

# c) can use both systems, ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 via system card files and signal
gateways
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

215. An Inertial Navigation System (INS/IRS) computes distance from acceleration by

a) a simple integration

b) a differentiation followed by an integration

# c) two successive integrations

216. Before the aircraft is moved from the loading pier the pilot must

# a) insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS

b) set the altitude to be fed into the INS

c) insert the longitude and latitude of the first waypoint into the INS

217. A 12 bit 16 Channel encoder will use a multiplexer with

# a) 2 wire series address line

b) 3 bit parallel address line

c) 4 bit parallel address line

218. An A to D converter uses successive approximation to

a) increase resolution

# b) increase speed

c) increase accuracy
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

219. An R-2R D to A converter uses

a) two values of resistors whose precision is not important

# b) two values of precision resistors

c) resistors whose values are logarithmic

220. A fiber optic cable to LRU connector should be connected

a) using torque-loaded pliers

b) hand tight only

# c) very carefully to ensure alignment and reduce light loss

221. An IRS has

a) accelerometers fixed to the airframe and gyros on a stable platform

# b) accelerometers and gyros fixed to a the airframe

c) accelerometers on a stable platform and gyros fixed to the airframe

222. An IRS system requires data for wind computation from

# a) central Air Data Computer

b) satellites

c) Doppler System
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

223. The FMS carries out a Rho/Theta navigation function, the purpose of this is to

# a) update the IRS system with an accurate position fix of latitude and longitude

b) to update the EMS with the new lateral flight profile for the flight plan

c) to update the VOR and DME systems with an accurate position fix

224. The FMS is updated

a) by the aircrew by reference to the Tech Log

b) automatically by update data from the ACARS

# c) by an aircraft engineer updates the system either by a magnetic tape or floppy disc

225. Pitch Control of a fly by wire system is achieved by

a) elevators only

# b) stabilizer and elevator

c) stabilizer only

226. In a fly by wire system, if the pilot control input is derived from a side stick controller:

a) control surface feedback is fed to the side stick

# b) there is no control surface feedback to the side stick

c) there will be only control surface feedback to the side stick after a computer failure
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

227. in memory using multivibrators, when power is switched off the data will

a) still be available on power up

# b) be lost

c) automatically be downloaded

228. The resistance of the wrist strap used as part of anti static precautions should be

a) 0 - 200 ohm

b) 250 kilohm - 1.5 megohm

# c) 20 megohm - 200 megohm

229. What is the function of a status register in a microprocessor?

# a) To indicate the status of the processor

b) In the ALU, to store the position of the program during an interrupt

c) To synchronize the clock pulse

230. What is the advantage of EPROM over fusible link?

a) Cheaper to produce

# b) Can be re-programmed

c) Does not need refreshing

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

231. A basic IRS platform has

a) 3 accelerometers and 2 laser gyros

b) 2 Accelerometers and 3 laser gyros

# c) 3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros

232. What must be entered into the IRS before the aircraft can be moved?

# a) Present position

b) Flight plan

c) Cruise height

233. The FMS Operational Data Base is

a) updated once a month

# b) is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and cost index before take off

c) needs no update information

234. Control surface feedback is fed back to

# a) the Flight Control Computer only

b) the Flight Control Computer and side stick controller

c) the side stick controller only

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

235. The function of a commutator is to

a) convert from analogue to binary form

# b) provide a sampling in sequence of a number of parameters

c) provide continuous availability of all parameters connected to the system

236. When the voltage that represents a logic 1 state is less than the voltage that represents a
logic 0 state, the logic being used is

a) either positive or negative

b) positive

# c) negative

237. The output of an AND gate having two inputs A and B is logic 1. The two inputs will
have the logic states of

a) A = 0, B = 0

# b) A = 1, B = 1

c) A = 1, B = 0

238. Registers are used in digital computers to

a) store bits of information in a permanent memory

# b) store a limited amount of information on a temporary basis

c) keep a count of operations completed

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

239. What is 0111000012 in Octal?

a) 28110

b) 2258

# c) 3418

240. ARINC 629 is used for

# a) normal flight

b) emergency only

c) a backup to ARINC 429

241. Testing of HIRF on aircraft systems is done

a) by periodically listening for interference on all systems

# b) at and during production and testing (initial certification)

c) only after a report of radio interference

242. How are earth loops prevented from forming?

# a) Ground only one end of the cable screen

b) Ground both ends of the cable screen

c) Ground neither end of the cable screen

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

243. When carrying out a bonding check on a surface protected by anodic film

# a) the anodic film should be removed locally to ensure a good contact

b) the film is conductive so no preparations are required

c) add a bonding factor to the result of the test to account for the resistance of the anodic
film

244. The accelerometer output in an INS/IRS is

a) integrated twice to give velocity

# b) integrated twice to give distance

c) integrated once to give distance

245. An INS/IRS Battery Unit provides

# a) standby power when airborne and on the ground

b) standby power only whilst in flight

c) standby power only on the ground

246. The FMS Navigation Data Base must be updated

a) once a month

# b) every 28 days

c) before each flight to establish the flight plan

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

247. If a fly by wire actuator loses hydraulic power the control surface will

a) automatically move back to the neutral position

b) remain rigid in the failure position

# c) remain in the failure position but may move due to aerodynamic pressure

248. The output of an OR gate having two inputs A and B is logic 0. The two inputs will have
the logic states of

# a) A = 0, B = 0

b) A = 1, B = 0

c) A = 0, B = 1

249. When clamping cable looms containing co-axial cables

# a) avoid distortion to the co-axial cable to maintain the dielectric constant

b) distortion of the outer sheath is allowed providing the inner cable is not affected

c) the clamps must be no more than 1 metre apart

250. When incorporating an aerial cable it must be

a) in the centre of the other wires

b) outside the other wires for easy access

# c) positioned separately from the loom

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

251. Some of the advantages of fiber optic cable over copper cable are

a) non conductive, easy to manufacture and assemble, higher bandwidth

b) smaller size and weight, non conductive, more rugged, higher security

# c) non conductive, higher bandwidth, higher security, smaller size and weight

252. When carrying out airframe bonding checks as part of a program of HIRF prevention
the airframe bonding resistance should be less than

# a) 50 milliohms

b) 100 milliohms

c) 1 ohm

253. LCD screens are driven by

# a) ac voltage

b) variable current dc voltage

c) fixed current dc voltage

254. IRS alignment

# a) takes up to 10 minutes and the present position can be entered at any time during
alignment

b) takes up to 10 minutes and present position must be entered before alignment.

c) takes up to 10 minutes and the previous flight shut down present position is used for the
alignment
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

255. A fault light appears on the IRS Mode Selector Unit during the alignment sequence. The
correct action is

a) immediately switch off and select the standby system.

# b) select HDG/STS on the Inertial System Display Unit (ISDU), observe the action code in
the right alpha/numeric display

c) refer to the warning display on the EICAS/ECAM system.

256. EFlS systems have two control panels, their purpose is

a) to provide display control by one control panel whilst the other provides a standby

b) one for the EADI display and one for the EHSI display

# c) one to control the type of EFlS display and the other to select the source of the
information being displayed

257. A FMS has a total of how many Data Bases

a) 1

# b) 2

c) 4

258. Fly by wire High Speed protection is

a) to prevent high speed stall

b) to increase the pitch angle as speed increases

# c) to prevent tuck under

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

259. In a single mode fibre optic cable

a) several waves travel down the cable

# b) the diameter of the cable is dependent on the wavelength of the light used*

c) the distortion of the signal occurs is dependent on the length of cable

260. A semiconductor which emits photons and releases electrons when stimulated by photons
is called

a) an LED

b) a photodiode

# c) a laser diode

261. An IRS Laser gyro provides

# a) detection of the rate of movement about an aircraft axis

b) detection of the earth’s rotation to establish true north

c) detection of the earth’s gravitational force to establish true north

262. A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) has the advantage over a CRT because

a) it displays more colours

b) it requires less servicing

# c) it requires no cooling
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

263. The left and right cockpit displays

a) are supplied from separate Symbol Generators at all times

b) are supplied from the same Symbol Generator

# c) will only be supplied from the same symbol generator when all other symbol generators
have failed

264. A single failure of a fly by wire control surface computer will

a) cause the system to revert to an alternate law of operation

b) cause the system to revert to a direct law of operation

# c) not have any operational effect on the system

265. An encoder changes

a) analogue to digital

b) digital to analogue

# c) data from one format to another

266. An encoder using Grey code

# a) changes analogue to digital

b) changes analogue to binary

c) changes digital to analogue

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

267. What is the Low Speed transmission rate for ARINC 429?

# a) 12 – 14.5 kbits / second

b) 100 kbits / second

c) 120 kbits / second

268. What is this symbol:

a) Exclusive AND gate

# b) Exclusive OR gate

c) Exclusive NOR gate

269. What Logic Gate does this switch circuit indicate?

a) AND gate

# b) OR gate

c) NOR gate

270. What is the effect of a level 1 software failure?

a) Significant reduction in safety margins

b) Large reduction in safety margins

# c) Loss of aircraft and / or fatalities

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

271. Ribbon cables affected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage are protected by

a) earthing each conductor

# b) earthing each alternate conductor

c) wrapping the complete ribbon in an earthed shield

272. What is the definition of baud rate?

# a) 1 bit per second

b) 1 byte per second

c) 1 word per second

273. An RS flip-flop with Q at 1 is said to be

a) reset

# b) set

c) zero

276. The release of a photon by another photon is an example of

a) a zener diode

# b) an LED

c) a photo diode
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

277. When a JK flip flop is used as a memory device, what type of memory would it be

a) non-volatile

b) read-only

# c) volatile

278. Once an ARINC 629 LRU has transmitted a message it will wait how long before
transmitting again?

a) Until the end of the synchronization gap.

# b) Until the end of the transmit interval

c) Until the start of the terminal gap

279. How is the word label 206 written in ARINC 429?

a) Decimal 206

b) Binary 11000110

# c) Octal 01100001

280. What is ARINC 561 used for?

a) Flight Data Recorder systems

b) Fly by Wire systems

# c) Inertial Navigation Systems

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

281. What are the outputs from digital clocks used for?

a) VOR, ILS and DME

# b) Flight data acquisition unit, Flight management computer and Voice recorder

c) Weather radar, TCAS and ACARS

282. What does a fibre optic star connection do?

# a) Provides direct point-to-point services to units on dedicated lines emanating from the
central hub

b) Provides a continuous loop of fibre interconnecting all nodes

c) Shares a common bandwidth of a common cable

283. What is the purpose of the ALU?

a) To convert serial into parallel data

b) To store data being used by the CPU

# c) The part of the CPU unit where arithmetic & logic operations are carried out

284. Which logic gate has both inputs ‘high’ to get an output?

a) NAND gate

b) OR gate

# c) AND gate
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

285. Which would have the least components?

# a) ALU

b) CPU

c) LSI

286. How many address lines would be needed for an 8 line MUX?

a) 4

# b) 3

c) 2

287. in a MUX, how is parallel converted to serial?

# a) By way of a shift register

b) By way of a demultiplexer

c) By way of an encoder

288. If a magnetic field is parallel to the X plates in a CRT, which way will the beam move?

a) Diagonally

b) Vertically

# c) Horizontally
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

289. What would you expect to see displayed on an EADI display?

# a) Flight director command bars, slip indicator, rate to altitude & autoland

b) Compass heading, selected heading and VOR

c) Course information, weather radar, way point alert and bearing pointers

290. The binary number 10101000111001012 in hexadecimal is:

a) 22BC16

# b) A8E516

c) FFFF16

1. A fibreoptic lens type coupling with lens and integral LED compared

to an end-fire coupling is

# a) more efficient

b)less efficient

c)equally efficient

2. An analogue to digital converter is as accurate as

# a) the sampling rate

b)the frequency

c) the amplitude
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. A digital to analogue converter that requires the output to range

between 0v and -10v would have

a) a non-inverting amplifier in parallel with the output line

# b)an inverting amplifier in series with the output line

c) a non-inverting amplifier in line with the output with a resistor

to ground

4. An LED display is

a) red and green

# b)monochrome only

c) high definition

5. An EFIS ADI display will show along with pitch and roll

a) flight director bars, autoland, compass rose, altitude

b)flight director bars, autoland, altitude, range to altitude, decision

height

# c) decision height, autoland, rad alt , altitude

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. A full operation system BITE check will

# a) carry out a internal system test that ensures the system meets

design requirements and is operational

b)as well as checking full system will move the controls to their stops

c) as well as checking full system will not move the controls to

their stops

7. If on a flight deck EFIS system all the displays were missing

one bit of information this is most likely to be

a) the symbol generator and display

# b)the input sensor bus and display controller

c) the display controller and symbol generator

8. A arinc data word is bits 11-29, if bits 11-18 are patched which of

the following would be the LSB bit

# a) 19

b)29

c) 21
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. What is a band?

a) A block of data

# b)A bit of data

c) A byte of data

10. Passive sensors in fibre optics

a) require power for the processing signal before they send them down

the fibre optic

b)require no power and they do not process signals

# c) process the signal but do not require power

1. An LCD display uses what type of power supply?

# a) Continuous AC

b)Variable level DC voltage

c) DC voltage

2. Fibre optic data bus links are

# a) bi-directional

b)one way data buses

c) simplex
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. 0011011000101001 when transferred to computer language this

information can be a representation of

a) binary, octal or decimal numbers

# b)hex, octal and binary numbers

c) hex, octal and decimal numbers

4. In a bi-stable memory circuit

# a) the memory is lost as soon as power is removed

b)the memory is retained indefinably

c) the memory needs to be refreshed constantly, even when power is on

5. In an analogue to digital converter, the input voltage

# a) stays on constantly

b)is switched by the digital input

c) is intermittent
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. In an RS flip flop output is one. This means it is

# a) set

b)reset

c) intermediate

7. ARINC 629 utilizes

# a) full duplex

b)half duplex

c) simplex

8. Optical fibre losses are due to

a) absorption only

# b)absorption, scattering and reflection

c) radiation, absorption and reflection

9. The cone of acceptance is measured between

# a) longitudinal axis of the core and the outer angle

b)the two outer angles

c) the diameter of the core

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

10. An R-2R Converter has values or resistance

a) whose precision are accurate

# b)whose relative precision are accurate

c) whose precision are not accurate

1. An ALU is an example of

# a) LSI

b)SSI

c) MSI

2. What does 1 represent in an analogue system?

# a) Switches closed, magnetised

b)Switches open, unmagnetised

c) High frequency
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. A centralised monitoring computer system is used

a) to test system during flight and for BITE test of systems on the

ground using a carry on control unit

# b)to test systems in flight and on the ground using a centralised on

board control unit

c) testing systems on the ground only

4. A signal in an ARINC 629 system uses

a) a pair of wires per transmitter unit

# b)a twisted pair of wires or fibre optics

c) a single wire

5. A beam deflection on EFIS displays are

# a) electromagnetism

b)electrostatic

c) solid state
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. A nand and nor to become a not gate have

# a) inputs connected together

b)inputs inverted

c) outputs inverted

7. An in-series ARINC 429 system transmits using

a) wave dividing multiplexing

# b)time dividing multiplexing

c) encoder

8. Fibre optic cables use

a) reflective outer shell

# b)refractive outer shell

c) reflective inner shell

9. A sinusoidal circular time constant produces what output?

# a) 90 degrees out of phase

b)180 degrees out of phase

c) In phase
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

10. A terminal controller

a) transmits only when addressed

b)is repetitive transmitting

# c) will transmit only once during each transmit interval

1. What is the advantage of series over parallel message sending?

a) Quicker

b)More information sent

# c) Only one pair of conductors

2. The number of LRUs which transmit/receive on ARINC-429 is dependent

upon

a) size of S.D.I

b)speed of transmission & size of aircraft systems

# c) parallel input impedance

3. In fibre optic cable, signals are separated by

# a) active optic filter

b)passive optic filter

c) low pass filter

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

4. In an EFIS display, the lines, Scales, Indicator and Synoptic are

generated by

a) synoptic scan

# b)stroke scan

c) raster scan

5. Speed of computer process information depends upon

a) the size of the programme

# b)the time period to access the memory

c) the external inputs to the system

6. A typical example of a mass storage memory device which "write once"

and "read many" is

# a) a CD Rom

b)an IC

c) a magnetic tape

7. When handling PCB's labelled ESDS, what precaution are taken?

# a) Isolate electrical power before installing on Aircraft

b)First earth with aircraft then to it

c) Do not touch its pins as copper contamination can occur

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

8. A computer consist of at least the C.P.U and

# a) memory and input & output port

b)register section, ALU, timing and control section

c) memory, ALU, input & output port

9. Electromagnetic compatibility is achieved by

# a) shielding, screening, earthing, bonding and interference filters

b)enclosing the system with same frequency and strength of which

screening is done

c) coating in a conductive paint

10. The supply to an LCD is

# a) AC

b)current restricted DC

c) voltage restricted DC

1. The method of producing (white) lines for aircraft symbols, V/S scale

etc. on an EADI is by

# a) stroke scan

b)raster scan

c) trapezoidal input
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

2. In modern aircraft, the output from the clock is used

a) to synchronise the signals on the control bus

# b)give GMT details to the flight recorder and other systems

c) to provide a clock pulse for CRT

3. Audio sounds recorded digitally

a) are not as accurate due to clipping and input errors

# b)are superior quality and "data preservation"

c) are narrow bandwidth

4. When carrying out HIRF maintenance on aircraft, the max resistance is

a) 1 milliohm

b)1 ohm

# c) 0.05 ohms

5. A computer message 3B4 is

a) binary

b)octal

# c) hexadecimal
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. One of the ARINC 429 formats is

a) hexadecimal

# b)BCD

c) octal

7. When does voice data recording commence?

# a) On engine start

b)From aircraft take off run

c) After take off when airborne

8. What is 54 octal in hexadecimal

# a) 2C

b)4F

c) 2F

9. A heading reference of 320 degrees in a word label format would be

written as

a) 101010001

# b)11010000

c) 01000111
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

10. Within an EFIS display system, all displays have 1 bit of

information missing. What would be the most probable cause?

a) Symbol generator and sensor input

# b)Display controller and sensor input bus

c) Display controller and symbol generator

1. A computer using RAM would utilise

a) a compact disc

# b)an integrated circuit (chip)

c) magnetic tape

2. With a j-k flip flop which is the output set

# a) q = 1

b)q = 0

c) either

3. If the glideslope pointer is below the centre mark the aircraft is

a) on the glideslope

b)below the glideslope

# c) above the glideslope

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

4. 2D in decimal is

# a) 45

b)43

c) 41

5. The operational data base of the FMS may have to be modified in

flight

a) by the pilot

b)automatically by the DADC

# c) It cannot be modified in flight

6. An LED will emit light when

# a) it is forward biased

b)it is reverse biased

c) either forward or reverse biased if a sufficient level of ac

voltage is applied

7. On an EFIS system the weather radar is displayed on

a) the EADI

# b)the EHSI

c) the FMC CDU

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

8. CADC outputs are

a) altitude, vertical speed, IAS, mach no

b)altitude ,vertical speed, angle of attack, TAT, SAT

# c) altitude, vertical speed, TAS, CAS, mach no, SAT, TAT

9. Data is converted from serial to parallel and parallel to serial by

a) a parallel register

# b)a shift register

c) a synchronous counter

10. A group of bits transmitted at the same time is

a) a clock signal

# b)parallel data

c) serial data

1. A typical characteristic of a CMOS is

# a) low power dissipation

b)high voltage handling

c) high power dissipation

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

2. If one EICAS CRT fails

# a) the remaining CRT will display primary EICAS data

b)the FMS CDU will display the failed CRT data

c) the standby CRT will automatically take over

3. 84 decimal in hexadecimal is

# a) 54

b)f4

c) 5f

4. EADI displays

# a) pitch and roll attitudes

b)heading and weather radar

c) pitch, roll and waypoints

5. On an EHSI in weather radar mode, a severe storm would be shown as

a) orange areas with black or yellow surrounds

# b)red areas with black surrounds

c) blue areas with white background

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. Variations in light on EFIS displays are compensated for by

# a) integrated light dependant resistors in the display compensating for

each display individual

b)An external light dependant resistor mounted on the flight deck

compensating for all displays in a parallel-parallel format

c) manual adjustment by flight crew on EFIS controller

7. The input bus into a central processor unit is a

# a) one way bus

b)bi directional bus

c) two way bus

8. A method used in modern aircraft for reporting in flight faults to an

engineering and monitoring ground station is

a) TCAS II

# b)ACARS

c) TAWS
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. A CRT display has the advantage over an LCD display by

a) brighter clearer output

b)more energy efficient

# c) large viewing angle

10. Most fibre optic connectors are designed so

a) the receptacle has to torque to a designated torque to ensure

correct alignment

# b)the connectors can not be over tightened

c) the connector can not be replaced on the aircraft

1. The self test function on an EFIS system can be tested

a) in the air only

# b)on the ground only

c) in the air and on the ground

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

2. Each of the symbol generator outputs in an EFIS system can be

# a) displayed of each individual display

b)only no. 2 can be displayed on the no.1

c) can not be interchanged

3. An AND gate with inverted inputs and an inverted output is equivalent

to

a) an AND gate

# b)an OR gate

c) a NOR gate

4. Logic gates internal operating mechanisms are produced from

a) thin film resistors

# b)transistors

c) diodes

5. To display a circle on a CRT you use

a) 2 sine waves 180 degrees out of phase

# b)2 sine waves 90 degrees out of phase

c) 2 square wave 90 degrees out of phase

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. The light source used in fibre optics is

# a) higher bandwidth than visible light

b)lower bandwidth than visible light

c) visible light

7. When the power is removed from a bi-stable memory device, it's

memory will

# a) be lost indefinitely

b)be saved indefinitely

c) downloaded to memory

8. BITE tests are inhibited for ground use during

a) take-off

b)gear retraction

# c) forward motion

9. Software changes come under the responsibility of

a) the national aviation authority

# b)the aircraft constructor

c) the engineer
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

10. A multiplexer

# a) takes many signals in and converts it to a serial transmission

output

b)takes one signal in and converts it to a parallel transmission output

c) takes many signals in and puts these in a parallel transmission on

the output

1. The CPU consists of

a) register and arithmetic logic unit only

# b)ALU, timing and control section, register

c) register, timing and control section only

2. The ARINC 429 system uses the following system to transfer data

a) non return to zero

b)harvard bi phase

# c) bi-directional return to zero

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. Which of the following ARINCs are bidirectional?

a) 429

# b)629

c) 573

4. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by using

a) bipolar return to zero

# b)manchester bi-phase

c) non return to zero

5. The general arrangement of ARINC 629 includes

a) current mode coupler, data bus cable only

b)data bus cable, stub cable, voltage mode coupler

# c) data bus cable, current mode coupler, stub cable

6. To deflect the beam of a CRT horizontally, coils are placed on the

neck of the tube

a) one on the side, one at the bottom

b)each side

# c) top and bottom

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

7. During flight (non fault conditions) the EICAS system displays

on the lower CRT

# a) secondary engine parameters

b)synoptic display

c) flight phase page

8. Who can design new software?

# a) BCAR section A8 approved company

b)BCAR section A1 approved company

c) The CAA

9. Data bus cables are terminated using

# a) 130 ohms resistor

b)100 ohms resistor

c) 25 ohms resistor

10. Modern aircraft with electronic displays would display information

on airframe and engine on which system?

a) Flight management system

# b)Electronic centralised aircraft monitoring system (ECAM)

c) EADI
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

1. The Flight data recorder starts recording

a) after take off

b)on aircraft roll out from stand

# c) after the first engine has started

2. Data to flight data recorder can be taken form a communal data bus if

a) it goes directly to it

b)the power is within flight data recorder limits

# c) if source isolation has been considered

3. In arinc 429 data field is bits 11 to 28. If the bits 11 to 18 had

pad bits, the L.S.B. Of the data would be

# a) bit 19

b)bit 11

c) bit 28

4. The BCD data field of arinc 429 is contained within bits

a) 1- 8

# b)11- 29

c) 11- 28
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

5. After attaching a wrist strap to you wrist (which is connected to

aircraft ground), prior to removal of ESDS equipment, the resistance

measured

a) between the strap and the pin ground must be >10 Megohms

# b)between your skin and the pin ground must be <10 megohms

c) between the strap and the pin ground must be <10 meghms

6. The major source of degradation of HIRF protection is

a) corrosion

b)damage to static wicks

# c) radio filter break down

7. The resistance of the magnetic coils of a C.R.T. Is offset by

using

# a) trapezoidal voltage

b)constant voltage

c) saw tooth voltage

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

8. If the magnetic deflection plates produce a magnetic field which is

parallel to the horizontal then the trace is deflected in

a) horizontal axis

b)circular motion

# c) vertical axis

9. Light transmission in a fibre optic cable is due to

# a) repeated internal reflection

b)refraction of the light

c) defraction of the light

10. The name given to the joining of two fibre optic cables by aligning

them carefully and bringing them into close proximity of each other is

a) Fusion

# b)End to end

c) Lens Coupling

1. In a fibre optic cable

a) only one data signal can be sent down it at any one time

# b)multiple data signals can be sent down it at one time

c) data can only be sent in one direction

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

2. A logic 1 may be represented in an analogue system by

(where Q is an output of a latch / flip-flop)

a) switch open / light on / Q

b)switch closed / light off / Not Q

# c) positive / magnetised / Q

3. A central fault display system should be available through

a) a bite test

# b)a easily accessible multifunction control display unit

c) a central bite test box with clear LED indications

4. An analogue to digital converter where it counts up to binary state

equal to the analogue in put and then back down when this is reached is a

a) successive approximation counter

# b)a tracking ramp type converter

c) flash type converter

5. Transistors are used in a current triggered D to A device to

a) switch on the input

b)switch of the inputs

# c) change the state of the inputs

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. Radio altitude is displayed on a EFIS system

a) on the Electronic horizontal situation indicator

# b)on the electronic artificial direction indicator

c) on the RMI

7. A flight data recorder should be capable of recording

a) the last 25 hours

b)the last 25 hours of aircraft flight

# c) the last 25 hours with engines running

8. Op amps generally used in ADCs and DACs are normally

# a) high input impedance, low output impedance

b)high input impedance , high output impedance

c) low input impedance , how output impedance

9. Magnetic materials are used in

a) ROMs only

# b)some RAMs

c) EPROM
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

10. The pins on an op amp are numbered

a) clockwise

# b)anticlockwise

c) cross ways

1. A parallel register

# a) reads each bit to be stored simultaneously

b)requires a clock pulse for each bit

c) reads the stored data when logic 0 is applied to the read line

2. HIRF protection is in the order of

# a) hardened skin and protecting wires / LRUs

b)bonding as many parts of the aircraft as possible and a maximum

resistance of 0.05ohms

c) periodically turn off components whilst radio transmitting

3. 16 hexadecimal converted to decimal is equivalent to

a) 38

b)48

# c) 22
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

4. To get logic 1 using this gate

a) A or B = 1

b)A and B = 1

# c) A and B = 0

6. Decimal 10 converted to binary is

a) 1111

b)1001

# c) 1010

7. What systems uses base 10?

# a) Decimal

b)Digital

c) Octal

8. What systems use base 16?

a) Octal

b)BCD

# c) Hexadecimal
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. EADI pointers, dials and engine data is produced using

# a) stroke

b)raster

c) electromagnetic waves

10. Fibre optic cables consists of a silica glass core and

# a) refractive outer cladding

b)reflective outer cladding

c) reflective inner cladding

1. The waveform to the coil of a CRT is

# a) trapezoidal

b)ramp

c) analogue

2. Analogue logic 1 is

a) closed switch, Logic Q=0

# b)closed circuit, Logic Q=1

c) open circuit
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. ARINC 629 is transmitted using

# a) fibre optics or twisted pair of wires

b)single wire for each transmitter

c) SWG 28 wire

4. BITE for ground use only is switched off

a) when breaks are released

b)when undercarriage up

# c) on take-off

5. Fibre optics relies on

a) fibre absorbing light

# b)light reflecting off cladding

c) light escaping cladding

6. The "light" emitted from a LED used within a fibre-optic system will

have a wavelength

# a) slightly longer then that of visible light

b)slightly shorter then that of visible light

c) equal to that of visible light

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

7. Binary coded decimal (BCD) format has a minimum of

# a) four "0s" or "1s"

b)2 lots of four "0s" or "1s"

c) 3 lots of four "0s" or "1s"

8. A simplex system has

# a) 1 transmitter and multiple receivers

b)1 bus controller and 1 remote terminal

c) 1 bus controller and multiple receivers

9. Fibre optic cable over copper cable has the following advantages

a) non-conductive, easier to manufacture and assemble, greater

bandwidth

# b)non-conductive, greater bandwidth, greater signal security

c) greater bandwidth, greater signal security, more robust

10. A EFIS system ADI displays pitch, roll

a) autoland, altitude, compass rose and flight director bars

b)autoland, decision height, range to altitude and flight director bars

and slip indicator

# c) autoland, rad alt, decision height and slip indicator

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

1. What is the Hexadecimal number F86 in Binary?

# a) 111110000110

b)111110000001

c) 3974

2. What is 11000012 - 1011002?

a) 1101112

b)100011012

# c) 1101012

3. During normal functioning of an ECAM system the engine data shown on

the Engine/Warning display comes from the

a) EFIS channel of DMC3

# b)ECAM channel of DMC1

c) ECAM channel of DMC3

4. To create a bi-directional communications link within an ARINC 429

system

a) only one databus is required

# b)two databuses are required

c) four databuses are required

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

5. Using I.N.S. an aircraft flies

a) course directed by ground station

# b)great circle route

c) rhumb line

6. What warnings can an FMS provide?

# a) Discrete warnings

b)Spurious faults

c) Ground faults only

7. Aircraft heading (HDG) is

a) the angle between True North and the desired track

b)the angle between True North and the actual track

# c) the angle between True North and the longitudinal axis of the aircraft

8. For an IRS System to pass the ‘Alignment System Performance Test’ the

a) entered present latitude and longitude must agree with the latitude

and longitude at last power down

b)the No 1 and No 2 must both have the same latitude and longitude

present position entered

# c) the latitude entered must be within given limits of the latitude

computed by IRU
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. The accepted error from INS / IRS is

a) 2 miles / hour + 3 miles

b)l mile / hour + 3 miles

# c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles

10. Control Display Unit (CDU ) selection of TKE (Track Angle Error),

displays

a) distance perpendicular from the selected track

# b)difference in degrees that the aircraft is to the right or left of

the desired track

c) difference in degrees from True North in a clockwise direction

from the desired track

1. In the EICAS system, when is the maintenance mode available?

a) On the upper and lower screens - only available on the ground

# b)Lower screen only - only available on the ground

c) In flight

2. On a modern aircraft when are BITE checks carried out?

a) When BITE selected

b)After engine shut down

# c) Continuously when system is in use

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. What causes the X and Y beam deflections in an EFIS CRT display?

# a) Electromagnetic

b)Electrostatic

c) Either

4. In an IN system, the purpose of the stable platform is to

# a) prevent unwanted acceleration affecting the accelerometers

b)provide attitude reference

c) stop the gyros from toppling

5. The three accelerometers on a stable platform are mounted

a) parallel to each other

# b)orthogonally

c) 12Oo apart

6. An IN system requires data from the

a) doppler system

b)satellites

# c) air data computer

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

7. XTK (cross track) is the

a) angle in degrees that the aircraft track is left or right of desired

track

b)actual track across the earth’s surface

# c) perpendicular distance from the desired track

8. The output of an INS can be fed to

a) vertical speed indicators

# b)attitude indicators

c) altimeters

9. The three accelerometers on a strapdown platform are mounted

a) parallel to each other

# b)90o to each other

c) 120o apart

10. Gyro-compassing is the term used for

a) self-alignment in azimuth

b)self alignment in the vertical

# c) use of the gyro-magnetic compass system to align the platform

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

1. Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System operates to

a) perform in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying

out a BITE

# b)give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status

c) perform in-flight BITE only

2. The control of the speed or rate that the F/D Command bars move can

be controlled by

a) position feedback

# b)rate or velocity feedback

c) amplifier gain

3. The Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode

of operation

a) in the air only

# b)on the ground only

c) either ground or air

4. Why does an ARINC databus system send data to LRUs in series?

a) More information can be sent

b)Takes less time

# c) Saves weight
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

5. Can an LRU transmit and receive on more than one 629 bus?

# a) Yes

b)No

c) Only if paralleled

6. ARINC 629 LRUs transmit

a) when addressed

# b)when terminal gap is sensed

c) when signal gap is sensed

7. How is multiplication achieved in an ALU?

# a) by addition

b)by subtraction

c) by coupling

8. What is the function of a status register?

# a) To indicate the status of the microprocessor

b)To store a program during an interrupt

c) To synchronise the clock pulse

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. An ADC uses advance approximation to

a) increase resolution

# b)increase speed

c) increase accuracy

10. A DAC uses a precision amplifier to

# a) ensure the output voltages remain accurate

b)ensure the input remains accurate

c) compensates for the variation of the feedback resistor due to

temperature

1. A BCD word occupies bits 11-29, if 11-15 are filled with padders then

the LSB of the word will be

# a) 16

b)29

c) 11

2. If part of a display is lost on a CRT, this could be due to

# a) an inoperative symbol generator or input sensor

b)an inoperative symbol generator or control panel

c) loss of power to the CRT

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. To reduce HIRF on radio equipment

a) periodically check bonding leads for condition

# b)ensure all static wicks are in place

c) transmit on all radio frequencies to determine which frequencies

are causing the interference

4. When a BITE test is carried out on a system with moving parts it

should be

a) carried out without operating moving parts

# b)carried out ensuring all moving parts are operated and taken to there stops

c) carried out ensuring all moving parts are operated but not to there

mechanical stops

5. A simplex system has

# a) one transmitter, many receivers

b)a bus controller and separate controller

c) one transmitter, one receiver

6. The smallest operation of a CPU is

# a) the timescale

b)the processor sub-cycle

c) the processor cycle

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

7. In a fibre optic system, different light frequencies are separated by

# a) an active filter

b)a passive filter

c) a star network

8. The most common CRT for an EFIS system screen is a

a) electrostatic

b)electromagnetic

# c) combined

9. Sensors in a fibre optic flight control system

a) require power for processors

# b)do not require power

c) require processing to give output

10. An accuracy amp is used to

a) give output at required level

# b)compensate for temperature variation

c) make output between 0 - 5V

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

1. L.E.D.s can give

a) high definition displays

b)red and green displays only

# c) monochrome displays only

2. Fibre optic systems can transmit data in

a) one direction only

b)in two directions

# c) both directions at the same time

3. When handling a PCB you should ensure that

a) electrical power is isolated

# b)ground yourself first to aircraft then PCB

c) ensure you do not touch the ends so that copper contacts do not

become contaminated

4. For large bandwidth high-speed fibre optic transmission what sort of

cable would you use?

# a) Single mode

b)Graded index

c) Step index
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

5. In an R-2-R ladder converter the values of resistors

# a) are precise

b)do not need to be of precise values

c) only the first resistor need to be precise

6. In fibre optics the wavelength of the light is

a) less than visible light

# b)more than visible light

c) equal to that of visible light

7. What is the advantage of an ILD over an LED when used as a light

source in fibre optics

a) higher bandwidth

# b)lower frequency range

c) lower intensity

8. A typical example of a mass storage device is

# a) CD ROM

b)IC

c) magnetic tape
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. A typical example of an IC is

a) ALU

# b)CPU

c) dip switch

10. A circular time constant produces what sort of output?

a) in phase

b)180o out of phase

# c) 90o out of phase

1. Speed of light in a fibre optic fibre

a) is always the same no matter what material it is

# b)is never greater then the speed of light in free space

c) increases if it passes through material of higher refractive index

2. A device, which converts serial to parallel and parallel to serial

for arithmetical functions, is a

a) Multiplexer and De-Multiplexer

# b)Shift Register

c) Parallel to serial and serial to parallel converter

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. In an Arinc 429 Word label-representing heading is 320, this is

represented in bits 1-8 as

# a) 01101000

b)01011001

c) 00001011

4. What would be the outputs if A=0 B=0 C=1

# a) 0, 1

b)1, 1

c) 0, 0

5. What would be the outputs if A=1 B=1 C=0

a) 0, 1

b)1, 1

# c)1, 0

6. The angle of incidence of a beam of light in a fibre optic cable will be

a) twice that of the cone of acceptance

# b)approximately half that of the cone of acceptance

c) parallel with the end of the cable

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

7. A fibre optic cable is connected to a unit that will not be frequently disconnected. The
preferred type of connector to be used is a

a) Ball lens type

# b)Butt type

c) Quick disconnect type

8. A cyclic test (watch dog) should be performed for ECAM

# a) during power up

b)during in-flight

c) MCDU

9. How is the symbol generator detecting the program error

# a) looking at the odd parity without error

b)looking at the even parity without error

c) check sum bites for error detect

10. What is EPROM?

# a) erasable programmable read only memory

b)enhanced programmable read only memory

c) erasable programming read only module

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

1. A CRT is

# a) electromagnetic

b)electrostatic

c)solid state i

2. What is used for the power of 10?

a) octal

b)digital

# c) decimald

3. What is 44 in hexadecimal?

# a) 2c

b)2d

c)2F

[Link] is octal 33in hexadecimal?

a) 22

b)11

# c) 1b
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

5. At low ambient temperatures, an LCD screen

a) loses contrast

# b)is slower to update as data changes

c)viewing angle becomes larger

6. Colour CRT shadowmask screen resolution is

# a) 84 triads

b)400 lines per square inch

c) 600 lines per scan

7. A multiplexer in test equipment could be used for

# a) analogue to digital converter

b)frequency divider

c) digital to analogue converter

8. Where does the clock signal in a microiprocessor come from?

a) ALU

# b)Control unit

c)Memory
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

[Link] is the operating program for the CPU stored?

a) ALU

b)Control unit

# c)Memory unit

[Link] LCD display

# a) has three colours only

b)has infinite colours

c)is monochrome

1. In ARINC 629 aperiodic mode, LRUs transmit in order of

a) power up

# b)shortest terminal gap to longest terminal gap

c)longest terminal gap to shortest terminal gap

2. ARINC 629, aperiodic mode is used

# a) for normal operation

b)for landing and approach operation

c) for database loads

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. What is the device used to convert Binary Coded Decimal into separate supplies for a
seven segment digital display?

a) Multiplexer

b)Demultiplexer

# c) Decoder

4. How is ARINC 429 bi-directional data transfer achieved?

a) Via a twisted pair of shielded cables

# b)Using two data buses

c)Via a current mode coupler

5. A basic computer would consist of

a)register section, ALU and timing and control section

# b)memory, input/output ports and CPU

c) RAM/ROM and input/output ports

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6.A B S

000

011

101

110

This is the truth table for a

# a) E-OR

b)NOT

c)NAND

7. Where is the rising runway?

# a) EADI

b)EFIS

c)CRTs in the passenger cabin

[Link] is ILS marker frequency?

# a) 75 Mhz

b)100 Mhz

c) 125 Mhz
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

9. On an external power socket the two short pins are

a) for the AC interlock circuit

# b)to prevent arcing when inserting and extracting the socket

c) used to act as a guide

10 Flat plate antenna is

# a) series of waveguides with slots

b)a parabolic antenna

c) used to transmit RF signals only

1. Relationship of CMCs to BITE systems is best described as

a) CMCS replaced but is not related to the older BITE system.

# b)CMCS monitors the individual BITE systems and presents data.

c) CMCS modifies and upgrades BITE systems

2. Operation of a frequency counter is such that

a) it changes the incoming waveform to a standard square wave.

# b)It detects incidences of peak value

c) It compares the incoming waveform with standard sine waves

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. As far as a software product is concerned

# a) the 'Verification' phase includes performance testing a programmed

EPROM

b)the 'Validation' phase is done to the software rather than to the

component.

c) the 'Software Release' phase is the same as the 'Finished Product'

phase

4. A segmented configuration for the display of alphanumeric date

requires

a) at least 13 segments for all upper and lower case letters

b)the starburst display for numbers and lower case letters only.

# c) 16 segments to display the full range of capital letters and

numerals

5. For braided cables, the amount of braiding

a) is a trade-off design feature

b)must conform to the requirement for the shielding to cover at least 50%

of the surface of the cable

# c) keeps radiated power inside the emitting assembly or away from the

susceptible circuit
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. Electronic CRT beam display is used typically in

a) IRU control display units.

b)distance measuring indicators; digital counters

# c) weather radar indicators

7. What is the quickest method of analogue to digital conversion?

a) Voltage to frequency

# b)Flash converter

c) Single ramp method

8. In a colour cathode ray tube, how is the phosphor arranged in the

tube?

a) A red layer on the front with two green layers behind it

b)Layers of red, blue and green

# c) A single phosphor layer containing red, green and blue

9. An LCD which is back lit is

a) monochrome

b)three colours

# c) multicoloured
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

10. An 8 data input multiplexer has how many Data select lines

# a) 3

b)2

c) 8

1. An electronic flight instrument display consists of;

a) ADC, Altimeter, VSI and ASI

# b)Mode control panel, Raster and Stroke generator display, microprocessor

and Data inputs

c) ADI, HSI and Symbol generator

2. An octal format hexadecimal number 3F written as binary would be

a) 101 011

b)110 111

# c) 111 111

3. What is a passive device?

a) Matrix LCD

# b)Capacitor

c) LED
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

4. A priority encoder

a) Outputs the selected input

# b)Outputs the highest input

c) Outputs the lowest input

5. The data format use to transmit signal to flight data recorder

a) Manchester 2 bi-phase 12 bit

# b)Harvard bi-phase 12 bit

c) Bi-Polar RZ 12 bit

6. The output voltage of arinc 429 signal is

a) +5v

b)-5v

# c) +10v to -10v

7. How many bytes can be carried in a 32bit word

# a) 4 bytes

b)2 bytes

c) 8 bytes
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

8. An Arinc 629 label word is

# a) 12 bits

b)8 bits

c) 10 bits

9. Which of the following ESDS devices can withstand higher static

electricity voltage?

a) ECL

b)MOSFET

# c) SCR

10. An IRU interface test is carried out

# a) only on the ground

b)in the air

c) on the ground or in the air

1. For a computer to start up the basic instruction is from the

a) ALU

b)RAM

# c) ROM
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

2. What is a passive device?

a) Matrix LCD

b)LED

# c) Capacitor

3. A backlighted LCD

a) has infinite colours

b)is monochrome

# c) has only 3 colours

4. An example of a small size integrated circuit would be

a) DIP switch

b)ALU

# c) Control Processor Unit

5. The smallest operation possible in a computer is the

# a) timing cycle

b)processor sub-cycle

c) processor cycle
 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

6. A common used material in computer manufacturing is

a) ferrite material

b)permeamag material

# c) ferromagnetic material

7. FMS system gives warning indications for

a) cruise

b)take off and landings only

# c) any flight phase

8. An aircraft on an ILS approach is below the glideslope centre line,

the glideslope pointer is

# a) above the centre line

b)below the centre line

c) level with the datum

9. A dot matrix/LED construction is

# a) 4x7 or a 9x5 rolling end display as per LBP of MODULE 05, BOOK 3,PAGE02,
FIG 04, LED DISPLAY

b)4x7 or a 5x7 rolling end display

c) 5x9 or a 4x7 rolling end display

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

10. FMS CDU warnings are

a) OFST and Fail

b)fail and MSG

# c) MSG, fail and OFST

1.A current mode coupler contains E core assembly. The purpose of the E core is

# a) couple the signal to the data bus

b)provide effective screening of the signal through the current mode

coupler

c) enable easy access for monitoring purposes

2. Testing of CADC can be carried out

a) in the air

# b)ground only

c) air and ground

 MODULE 05 PRACTICE MCQ PART 01

3. EHSI information displayed, is invalid in the pre-set heading mode

when

a) flags out of view

b)flag green

# c) flag in view

4. CMC (central maintenance computer) works to

# a) perform in-flight bite and ground tests of aircraft systems, ie BITE

b)give red warnings and amber cautions to display in accordance with

system status

c) perform in-flight bite only

5. The TX/RX of Arinc629 is

a) encoder/decoder

# b)multiplex/de-multiplex

c) switching

6. Terminal gap in ARINC 629 is

a) always the same period

b) flexible

# c) can be changed by adjusting the rx/tx software

 1

Module 5

DIGITAL TECHNIQUES
ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 2

Electronic Instrument Systems

1. Typical displays on an EHSI are

* VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar

VOR, Plan, Map and Attitude

Engine indications

2. EADI displays show

pitch, roll and waypoints

* pitch and roll attitudes

heading and weather radar

3. ILS indications on PFD/ND are shown in

green

* magenta

cyan

4. The two sets of flight regulations that a pilot may fly by are

* VFR and IFR

VHF and IFR

VFR and IFU

5. An EADI display showing a moving runway moves down during the final stages of an approach. The
aircraft must
At 200ft, during Approach, the Rising Runway starts to move up the
fly up
EADI display until, at touch down, it touches the bottom of the
* fly down aircraft symbol. If the Rising Runway start to move down again it
means that the aircraft is climbing and should FLY DOWN
hold descent path

6. What are the basic elements for 'Classic T' format?

Airspeed, pitch and roll

Direction, altitude and height

* Airspeed, attitude, altitude and direction

7. An EADI display of flight director commands are coloured

* magenta

red

cyan

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 3

8. An EFIS system ADI displays pitch, roll

* autoland, rad alt, decision height and slip indicator

autoland, altitude, compass rose and flight director bars

autoland, decision height, range to altitude and flight director bars and slip indicator

9. On an EFIS system the weather radar is displayed on

the EADI

* the EHSI

the FMC CDU

10. An EFIS ADI display will show along with pitch and roll

flight director bars, autoland, altitude, range to altitude, decision height

flight director bars, autoland, compass rose, altitude

* decision height, autoland, rad alt , altitude

11. An electronic flight instrument display consists of;

* Mode control panel, Raster and Stroke generator display, microprocessor and Data inputs

ADC, Altimeter, VSI and ASI

ADI, HSI and Symbol generator

12. EFIS systems have two control panels, their purpose is

to provide display control by one control panel whilst the other provides a standby

* one to control the type of EFIS display and the other to select the source of the information being
displayed

one for the EADI display and one for the EHSI display

13. A modern Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator will display the following:

* Waypoints, ILS Steering Information, Distance to go and Magnetic Heading

ILS Steering Information, Flight director information and Glide Slope Deviation

Ground speed, Magnetic Heading, Way points and Localiser

14. What is the fixed feature of an ADI?

The lateral deviation bar

* The aircraft symbol

The glideslope pointer

15. What functions are available on the EHSI?

* Full arc, Wx and Map Mode

Full arc and Wx only

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 4

Full Arc only

16. On an EADI, the Flight Director command bars show

* the required path with respect to the actual path

the actual path with respect to the required path

the path with respect to the horizon

17. During an instrument approach, the glideslope pointer deflects below the glideslope centre mark. This
means the aircraft is positioned

below the glideslope Consider the centre of the G/S scale as the aircraft position
and the pointer as the centre of the G/S beam
* above the glideslope

to the left of the localiser

18. What does ECAM mean?

Engine Centralised Aircraft Management System

* Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System

Engine Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System

19. What does EICAS mean?

Electronic indicator and crew alerting system

Electronic indicator and control alerting system

* Engine indicating and Crew alerting system

20. In a typical commercial aircraft Head Up Guidance System

only emergency indications or warnings are displayed to the pilot

all instrument information is displayed on the windshield

* the type of information shown on the attitude director indicator is displayed on a transparent plate

21. On an EHSI in weather radar mode, a severe storm would be shown as

* red areas with black surrounds

orange areas with black or yellow surrounds

blue areas with white background

22. If the glideslope pointer is below the centre mark the aircraft is

* above the glideslope

on the glideslope

below the glideslope

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 5

23. Engine parameters are displayed on

EHSI

FMSCDU

* ECAM

24. A complete EFIS installation in an aircraft is made up of

right (captain) and left (co-pilot)

could be either, as most helicopters are the other way
left (captain) and right (co-pilot) round when compared to aeroplanes

* either left (captain) and right (co-pilot), or right (captain) and left (co-pilot)

25. The EFIS system consists of

* EADI, EHSI, Symbol generators

EHSI, Mode control panel, EADI

Mode control Panel, RDMI, EHSI

26. With radio coupled autopilot, what are the inputs?

ADF and VOR

ADF and ILS

* ILS and VOR

27. During flight (non fault conditions) the EICAS system displays on the lower CRT

flight phase page

synoptic display

* secondary engine parameters

28. What would you expect to see displayed on an EADI display?

Course information, weather radar, way point alert and bearing pointers

* Flight director command bars, slip indicator, rate to altitude and autoland

Compass heading, selected heading and VOR

29. What does EFIS mean?

Electronic Fire Indication Signal

* Electronic Flight Instrument System

Electronic Flight Information System

30. On a modern 'glass cockpit' aircraft, engine information will be displayed on

* ECAM

FMS

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 6

EFIS

31. In a basic 'T' configuration

* the ASI appears on the left and the Altimeter appears on the right

the ADI appears on the left and the HSI appears on the right

the ADI appears on the left and the ASI appears on the right

32. What instrument includes a display of a rising runway?

* EADI

ECAM

EHSI

33. In an EIS (Electronic Instrument System), what does EAD stand for?

* Engine and Alert Display

Electronic Attitude Display

Electronic Alert Display

34. Radio altitude is displayed on an EFIS system

* on the Electronic Attitude Direction Indicator

on the RMI

on the Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator

35. A weather radar image can be displayed on the ND on all modes except

* plan

arc

nav rose

36. Cockpit panels have a matt colour finish. The purpose is

so that pilots feel more comfortable during daytime

so that dust and dirt are less evident on panels

* so that the amount of glare is reduced to minimum

Numbering Systems
1. 101012 + 110012 =

468

462

* 4610 101012 + 110012 = 1011102 = 4610

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 7

2. The Binary number 10101 is equivalent to the decimal number

19

* 21

35

3. The decimal number 37 is represented by the octal number

37

* 45

54

4. Convert 0111012 to octal

25

33
011=1x21 +1x20 =2+1=3 and 101=1x22 +1x20 =4+1=5.
* 35 Ie 35.
5. F80 hexadecimal converts to binary

3968

101100000001
F80, F=15,
* 111110000000
ie 15=1111, 8=1000, 0=0000
6. What is hex 110 in decimal?

* 272 1x162 +1x161 +0x160 =256+16=272

282

32

7. Convert the binary word 1100 to decimal

11

* 12 1x23 +1x22 +0x21 +0x20 =8+4=12

16

8. If a data message is made up of 1s and 0s, it is

* digital

binary

analogue

9. Convert the binary word 1110 to decimal

* 14 1x23 +1x22 +1x21 +0x20 =8+4+2=12

15

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 8

12

10. Convert the binary number 110010 to decimal.

34

80

* 50 1x25 +1x24 +0x23 +0x22 +1x21 +0x20 =32+16+2=50

11. Convert the hexadecimal number D into decimal.

15

14

* 13

12. Convert decimal 15 into binary.

1110

1101

* 1111 1x23 +1x22 +1x21 +1x20 =8+4+2+1=15

13. Convert decimal 15 into hexadecimal.

* F

14. What is 345 in binary?

* 101011001 1x28 +0x27+1x26+0x25 +1x24 +1x23 +0x22 +0x21 +1x20=256+64+16+8+1=345

100111001

110011001

15. A hexadecimal is a number to base

* 16

16. 1012 converted to decimal is

52

210

* 510

17. The decimal number 7 expressed as a binary number is

1012

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 9

* 1112

72

18. Convert 011101 binary to octal.

25

* 35

33

19. Binary Number: 110010 is

* 50

80

34

20. The binary number 11010111 is expressed as a decimal is

107

53

* 215

21. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is

613

* 513

713

22. What is 0111000012 in Octal?

* 3418

28110

2258

23. The binary number 10101000111001012 in hexadecimal is

FFFF16

* A8E516

22BC16

24. A computer message 3B4 is

binary

* hexadecimal

octa

25. 2D in decimal is

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 10

43

41

* 45 D=13, 2x161 +13x160 =45

26. 84 decimal in hexadecimal is

* 54 84 binary=1010100 ie in hexadecimal, 101=5 and 0100=4 ie54.

5f

f4

27. 16 hexadecimal converted to decimal is equivalent to

48

38

* 22

28. Decimal 10 converted to binary is

1001

1111

* 1010

29. What systems uses base 10?

Octal

Digital

* Decimal

30. What systems use base 16?

BCD

* Hexadecimal

Octal

31. What is used for the base of 10?

Digital

Octal

* Decimal

32. What is 44 in hexadecimal?

* 2c (2 x 16) + (12 x 1) = 44 (c = 12)

2d

2F

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 11

33. An octal format hexadecimal number 3F written as binary would be

110 111

101 011

* 111 111

34. In a computer, the address 3B8 is

octal

decimal

* hexadecimal

35. Hexadecimal 5C is what in binary?

1011111

* 1011100

1110100

36. Binary 11001101 converted to octal is

12E

* 315

205

37. What is the binary notation for 29?

0001 0110

0010 1001

* 0001 1101

Data Conversion
1. In A/D conversion, a signals bandwidth represents

* the maximum frequency range occupied by a signal

the frequency of a signal

the minimum frequency range occupied by a signal

2. What does 1 represent in an analogue system?

High frequency

Switches open, unmagnetised

* Switches closed, magnetised

3. Analogue logic 1 is

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 12

* closed circuit, Logic Q=1

closed switch, Logic Q=0

open circuit

4. An A to D converter uses successive approximation to

increase resolution

* increase speed

increase accuracy

5. An analogue to digital converter where it counts up to binary state equal to the analogue input and
then back down when this is reached is a

* a ramp type converter

successive approximation counter

flash type converter

6. Within a computer controlled flight system, position feedback is converted from

* analogue to digital

digital to analogue

position feedback to rate feedback

7. The advantage of digital sound over analogue sound is

greater selectivity

* minimal error and noise

the narrow bandwidth allows it to copy exactly

8. A given transducer provides a voltage which corresponds to true heading. This voltage can be
converted to 'bits' by using a

commutator

digital to analogue converter

* analogue to digital converter

9. An R-2R Converter has values of resistance

whose precision are accurate

* whose precision are not accurate

whose relative precision are accurate

10. Audio sounds recorded digitally

* are superior quality and greater bandwidth

are narrow bandwidth

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 13

are not as accurate due to clipping and input errors

11. What is the quickest method of analogue to digital conversion?

Single ramp method

Voltage to frequency

* Flash converter

12. A number represented as a physical quantity, e.g. voltage or speed of rotation is

* analogue

maximum value

digital

13. An R-2R D to A converter uses

resistors whose values are logarithmic

* two values of resistors whose precision is not important

two values of precision resistors

14. An ADC uses successive approximation to

increase resolution

* increase speed

increase accuracy

15. Digital signals can be represented

* by a series of integers

only as a binary value

by real numbers

16. If a signal has quantity in volts and physical position it is

digital

synchronous

* analogue This is the definition of an analogue signal

17. In an R-2R ladder converter the values of resistors

* do not need to be of precise values

are precise

only the first resistor need to be precise

18. Physical variables in quantitative forms, such as voltage or angular rotation of a shaft are

* analogue

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 14

digital

binary

Data Buses
1. In arinc 629, LRUs are programmed

to transmit all at the same time

* to transmit one at a time

so that one transmits and one receives

2. The maximum number of terminals connecting to a MIL-STD-1553B databus is

120

20

* 31

3. How is the data transmitted on an ARINC 429 bus?

* Asynchronous and serial

Asynchronous and parallel

Synchronous and parallel

4. What is a parity bit used for on an ARINC429 bus?

Synchronization

Data word

* Fault/self check

5. A bus which supports the transfer of data in both directions is referred to as

Asynchronous

* Bidirectional

Universal

6. The maximum data rate supported MIL-STD-1553 is

12.5 Kbps

* 1 Mbps

100 Kbps

7. Manchester II encodes logic 1 with a voltage transition from

* a high to low state

a specific voltage value

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 15

a low to high state

8. The maximum data rate supported by the FDDI bus is

1 Mbps

* 100 Mbps

10 Mbps

9. In aircraft use, fibre optic cables should comply with

ARINC 629 standard

ARINC 429 standard

* ARINC 636 standard

10. The ARINC 429 data word is

16 bits long

* 32 bits long

64 bits long

11. ARINC 629 databus is

* two cables, bi directional

two cables, uni-directional

one cable, bi-directional

12. The ARINC 429 standard uses

* odd parity checking

no parity checking

even parity checking

13. ARINC 629 runs at a baud rate of

50 kBaud

100 kBaud

* 2000 kBaud

14. An ARINC 573 data bus is used

to supply digital inputs from a Symbol Generator to the EADI and EHSI

* to input into a Digital Flight Data Recorder The FDR can have different inputs depending upon the
age of the system, modern systems use ARINC 573.
to input into a FDR Digital Acquisition Unit The inputs to FDR DAU are only analogue, discreet and
ARINC 429. The interface between SGUs, EADI and
15. An ARINC 429 bus uses EHSI is only ARINC 429
a single twin wire cable for each transmitter

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 16

* a twisted shielded pair of wires

two bi-directional twin sheathed and earthed wires

16. The ARINC 429 data bus word systems use

decimal numbering

hexadecimal numbering

* binary coded decimal

17. ARINC 573 is related to what system?

* FDR

Weather Radar

INS

18. ARINC 629 current mode couplers are

resistive

* inductive

capacitive

19. ARINC 629 databus is

* one bus, bi-directional data flow

two buses, bi-directional data flow

two buses, unidirectional

20. Normal transmission order of ARINC 629 LRUs in periodic mode is in order of

shortest to largest TI

* power up

shortest to largest TG

21. In an ARINC 429 wordstring, bits 1 to 8 represent the

destination LRU address

message

* monitored parameter

22. MIL-STD-1533 is a data bus for

* Digital Information Transfer System

Flight Data Recorders

Inertial Reference System

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 17

23. ARINC 629 periodic mode is used for

transferring data only on events important to aircraft operation

database loads

* normal operation

24. How is data coupled to an ARINC 629 data bus?

* By an inductive pickup

By a capacitive pickup

By a resistive pickup

25. How does MIL-STD-1533 put data onto the databus?

Through the bus controller

* SSIFU (sub-system interface unit)

R1 (remote terminal)

26. The parity bit in digital information is used

* to check the validity of data information

for BITE programs

to check the status of the system

27. ARINC 429 SDI word format is at bits

1-8

* 9 - 10

32

28. What is the parity bit for on an ARINC 429 bus?

To delay the signal

To act as a terminal gap in an emergency

* To check for corruption during transmission of a word

29. An ARINC 429 word label format is

* octal

binary

hexadecimal

30. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 429 data bus?

120

* 20

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 18

60

31. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is

when all transmissions are quiet

* common to each terminal

unique to each terminal

32. ARINC 429 data bus systems uses

hexadecimal numbering

decimal numbering

* binary coded decimal

33. An ARINC 429 Binary Coded Decimal word occupies word bits

* 11 - 29 Two versions of ARINC 429. BCD uses 11 - 29, Binary uses 11 - 28.
11 - 28

1-8

34. An ARINC 429 system uses a

16 bit word over a twisted pair of wires

20 bit word over a bi-directional bus

* 32 bit word over a twisted pair of wires

35. An ARINC 629 characteristic is

* data can transmit in both directions down the data bus

all LRUs can transmit at the same time

all LRUs can transmit and receive at the same time

36. What limits the number of ARINC 429 receivers on a bus?

* The parallel input impedance

The speed and size

The weight

37. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by

non return to zero

bi-polar return to zero

* Manchester bi-phase

38. How are engine indications sent to the FDR?

* Via ARINC 573

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 19

Source isolated

Via ARINC 629

39. What system uses base 8?

ARINC 629

* ARINC 429, in dataword labels only

ARINC 573

40. On an ARINC 629 data bus, the maximum amount of current-mode couplers per data bus is

* 120 120 LRUs maximum (but the B777 uses 46)

46

64

41. To connect an LRU to an ARINC 629 data bus

a terminal controller and interface module only is required

current mode coupler, terminal controller and a production break is required

* a current mode coupler, serial interface module and terminal controller is required

42. A current-mode coupler contains an E-Core assembly. The purpose of the E-Core is to

provide effective screening of the signal through the current-mode coupler

* couple the signal to the data bus

enable easy access for monitoring of the signal

43. The ARINC 429 low rate of transmission is

100 kbits/second with high of 12-14 Mbits/second

* 12-14 Kbits/second with high of 100 kBits/second

12-14 Mbits/second with high of 100 Mbits/second

44. What is the highest speed in ARINC 429?

* 100 kbps

2 Mbps

100 bps

45. What is the slowest speed for ARINC 429?

10 kbps

100 kbps

* 12.5 kbps

46. Where is the pass and fail of an ARINC 429 code indicated?

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 20

* SSM field

SDI field

Label field

47. What is the encoding method used in ARINC 429?

Bipolar NRZ

* Bipolar RZ

Manchester coding

48. An ARINC 629 bus cable is a twisted pair of wires with

a 130 ohm resistor at one end

* a 130 ohm resistor at both ends

a 230 ohm resistor at one end

49. How many voltage levels does ARINC 429 have?

* 3

50. An ARINC 629 stub cable

* connects bi-directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler

connects bi-directional data between two LRUs

connects single directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler

51. Care must be taken when installing ARINC 629 cables into bus panels, damage to cables can cause

arcing of high voltage signals

standing waves

* corrosion of the conductor

52. An aircraft databus system

cannot use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 data buses.

* can use both systems, ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 via system card files and signal gateways

can use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 as they are compatible.

53. ARINC 629 is used for

a backup to ARINC 429

* normal flight

emergency only

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 21

54. Once an ARINC 629 LRU has transmitted a message it will wait how long before transmitting again?

Until the start of the terminal gap

* Until the end of the transmit interval

Until the end of the synchronization gap.

55. How is the word label 206 written in ARINC 429?

* Octal 01100001

Binary 11000110

Decimal 206

56. What is ARINC 561 used for?

Fly by Wire systems

Flight Data Recorder systems

* Inertial Navigation Systems

57. An ARINC data word is bits 11-29, if bits 11-18 are patched which of the following would be the LSB bit?

21

* 29

19

58. Fibreoptic databus links are

simplex

one way data buses

* bi-directional

59. ARINC 429 is

* simplex

full duplex

half duplex

60. A signal in an ARINC 629 system uses

a pair of wires per transmitter unit

a single wire

* a twisted pair of wires or fibre optics

61. An in-series ARINC 429 system transmits using

wave division multiplexing

* time division multiplexing

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 22

encoder

62. A terminal controller

is repetitive transmitting

transmits only when addressed

* will transmit only once during each transmit interval

63. The number of LRUs which transmit/receive on ARINC-429 is dependent upon

size of S.D.I

speed of transmission & size of aircraft systems

* parallel input impedance

64. One of the ARINC 429 formats is

hexadecimal

octal

* BCD

65. A group of bits transmitted at the same time is

* parallel data

serial data

a clock signal

66. The ARINC 429 system uses which of the following system to transfer data?

Non return to zero

* Bi-polar return to zero

Harvard bi phase

67. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by using

* Manchester bi-phase

non return to zero

bipolar return to zero

68. The general arrangement of ARINC 629 includes

current mode coupler, databus cable only

databus cable, stub cable, voltage mode coupler

* databus cable, current mode coupler, stub cable

69. ARINC 629 Databus cables are terminated using

100 ohms resistor

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 23

* 130 ohms resistor

25 ohms resistor

70. In ARINC 429 data field is bits 11 to 28. If the bits 11 to 18 had pad bits, the L.S.B. Of the data would be

bit 11

* bit 19

bit 28

71. The BCD data field of ARINC 429 is contained within bits

1- 8

* 11- 29 Binary Word is 11 - 28. BCD Word is 11 - 29

11- 28

72. ARINC 629 is transmitted using

SWG 28 wire

* fibre optics or twisted pair of wires

single wire for each transmitter

73. A simplex system has

1 bus controller and multiple receivers

* 1 transmitter and multiple receivers

1 bus controller and 1 remote terminal

74. To create a bi-directional communications link within an ARINC 429 system

only one databus is required

* two databuses are required

four databuses are required

75. Why does an ARINC databus system send data to LRUs in series?

Takes less time

More information can be sent

* Saves weight

76. Can an LRU transmit and receive on more than one 629 bus?

* Yes

No

Only if paralleled

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 24

77. ARINC 629 LRUs transmit

when signal gap is sensed

when addressed

* when terminal gap is sensed

78. An ARINC 429 BCD word occupies bits 11-29, if 11-15 are filled with padders then the LSB of the word will
be

* 16

29

11

79. A simplex system has

* one transmitter, many receivers

one transmitter, one receiver

a bus controller and separate controller

80. In an Arinc 429 Word label-representing heading is 320, this is represented in bits 1- 8 as

01011001

* 00001011 Octal 320 converted to binary, and reversed.

01101000

81. In ARINC 629 aperiodic mode, LRUs transmit in order of

power up

* shortest terminal gap to longest terminal gap

longest terminal gap to shortest terminal gap

82. ARINC 629, aperiodic mode is used

for normal operation

B777 MM 23-91-00 pg 41. Periodic mode is for normal
for landing and approach operation operation. Aperiodic mode is for non-normal operation
and large information transfer such as database loads and
* for database loads operating software loads.
83. How is ARINC 429 bi-directional data transfer achieved?

* Using two data buses

Via a twisted pair of shielded cables

Via a current mode coupler

84. The data format used to transmit a signal to the flight data recorder

Bi-Polar RZ 12 bit

Manchester 2 bi-phase 12 bit

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 25

* Harvard bi-phase 12 bit

85. The output voltage of ARINC 429 signal is

* +10v to -10v

-5v

+5v

86. An ARINC 629 label word is

8 bits

10 bits
12-bit label field, 4-bit label extension, single parity,
* 12 bits 3-bit time hi-lo synch pulse. 20 bit in total
87. The TX/RX of ARINC 629 is

switching

* multiplex/demultiplex

encoder/decoder

88. Terminal gap in ARINC 629 is

always the same period

* can be changed by adjusting the rx/tx software

flexible

89. How does ARINC 629 bus transmit and receive information?

* Inductive coupling

Sockets and pins

Optical coupling

90. What is ARINC 561 used for?

To specify Flight Data Recorder data bus

To specify LRU pin-outs

* To specify Inertial Nav data bus

91. What is the purpose of the parity bit on an ARINC 429 bus?

To indicate that the data is digital

To indicate if the data is analogue

* To indicate to the receiver that the data is valid

92. ARINC 429 is

Multiple Source Multiple Sink system

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 26

* Single Source Multiple Sink System

Single Source Single Sink system

93. What is the purpose of intermediate production breaks in ARINC 429 or 629 Data cables?

To allow connection of new cables to the existing ones in case of a modification

* To allow maintenance personnel to divide the right and left system buses into two parts for easy
removal and installation

Cables are only manufactured 40 feet long

94. Where is the parity bit installed in a data word?

Front

* End MSB

Middle

95. RZ bi-polar modulation consists of bits which are one of __________ states?

* Three

Two

Eight

96. In the ARINC 429 digital information transfer system, data may travel in:

* one direction only

both directions on the same bus sequentially by time multiplexing

both directions on the same bus simultaneously

97. An ARINC 629 data word

includes an 8 bit label and a 16 bit data field

* has only 20 bits

comprises up to 256 data bits

98. In an ARINC 429 digital word bit number 32 is used for

identifying word type

terminating the data field

* checking parity

99. What connects an LRU to the Bus Coupler in an ARINC 629 Data Bus?

Interconnect Cable

* Stub Cable

Patch Cord

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 27

Logic Circuits
1. Adding invertors to the two inputs of an AND gate makes a

NAND gate

OR gate

NOR gate

2. To get logic 1 using this gate

A and B = 1

A or B = 1

A and B = 0

3. The output of an AND gate having two inputs A and B is logic 1. The two inputs will have the logic
states of

A = 0, B = 0

A = 1, B = 0

A = 1, B = 1

4. When the voltage that represents a logic 1 state is less than the voltage that represents a logic 0 state,
the logic being used is

negative

positive

either positive or negative

5. ABS

000

011

101

110

What type of gate is this?

E-OR E-OR is another name for XOR

NAND

NOT

6. An AND gate output is 1 when inputs are

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 28

both 0

1 and 0

both 1

7. When will a NAND gate give logic 0 at the output?

When both inputs are at 0

When the inputs are different

When both inputs are at 1

8. Making an inverter from a NAND or NOR gate is achieved by

inverting the input

connecting two in series

connecting the inputs

9. What sort of gate is this?

Or gate

NOR gate

NOT gate

10. What does the logic circuit shown represent?

Analogue to Digital Converter

Full Adder Circuit

3-way converter

11. In Positive Logic representation

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 29

both states have same positive voltages but stage 1 has more current

state 0 is more positive than state 1

state 1 is more positive than state 0

12. The output of a NOT gate is logic 1. The input is

both logic 1

logic 0

logic 1

13. What is this truth table?

AND gate

NOT gate

NOR gate

14. What sort of gate requires two negative input voltages to operate?

XOR
A negative input voltage has the same effect as an input
NOT of 0 volts. 2-inputs specified, so cannot be a NOT gate.
NAND

15. Switching within logic gates is normally achieved with the use of

diodes

relays

BTB's

16. The output of an OR gate having two inputs A and B is logic 0. The two inputs will have the logic states
of

A = 0, B = 0

A = 0, B = 1

A = 1, B = 0

17. Which logic gate has both inputs 'high' to get an output?

NAND gate

XOR gate

AND gate

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 30

18. This truth table is for a

NAND gate

OR gate

AND gate

19. A NAND and NOR to become a NOT gate have

inputs inverted

inputs connected together

outputs inverted

20. What logic gate would this circuit represent?

NAND Gate

NOR gate

AND gate

21. What input is required to activate the relay shown?

A=0 B=1

A=1 B=1

A=1 B=0

22. Logic gates internal operating mechanisms are produced from

diodes

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 31

transistors

thin film resistors

23. What Logic Gate does this switch circuit indicate?

OR gate

NOR gate

AND gate

24. A logic 1 may be represented in an analogue system by (where Q is an output of a latch / flip-flop)

positive / magnetised / Q

switch closed / light off / Not Q

switch open / light on / Q

25. What sort of gate requires two positive voltages to operate?

OR

AND

NOT

26. What is this symbol?

Exclusive NOR gate

Exclusive OR gate

Exclusive AND gate

27. An AND gate with inverted inputs and an inverted output is equivalent to

an AND gate

a NOR gate

an OR gate

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 32

28. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

OR gate

Exclusive OR gate

NAND gate

29. A NAND gate has inputs A and B and output C. If the output (c) was zero, what are the inputs?

A=0 B=0

A=1 B=1

A=1 B=0

30. The most appropriate logic family for use in a portable item of test equipment is

Low-power Schottky TTL

MOS

TTL

31. What is the equivalent of this gate?

X = (NOT-A + NOT-B)

X = (A + B)NOT

X = (A.B)NOT

32. A NOR gate with both inputs inverted becomes a

NAND gate

AND gate

OR gate

33. A CMOS logic gate is operated from a 12V supply. If a voltage of 3V is measured at the input to the gate,
this would be considered equivalent to:

Indeterminate

logic 1

logic 0

34. Which logic gate has this truth table?

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 33

Exclusive OR

NAND

NOT

35. Logic gates internal operating mechanisms are produced from

thin film resistors

diodes

transistor

36. The truth table of A =0011 B=0101 and X =0110 indicates that the logic device is

an AND gate

a NOR gate

an EXCLUSIVE OR gate

Basic Computer Structure

1. A BYTE is usually

a six bit word

a 12 bit word

an 8 bit word

2. A typical example of a mass storage memory device which is also WORM (Write Once Read Many) is

a magnetic tape

an IC

a CD Rom

3. In a volatile bi-stable memory circuit

the memory is lost as soon as power is removed

the memory is retained indefinably

the memory needs to be refreshed constantly, even when power is on

4. Ferrite medium is used for computer memory because

it is light

it has low eddy current losses

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 34

data is stored after the power is removed

5. A computer using RAM would utilise

an integrated circuit (chip)

a compact disc

magnetic tape

6. What is EPROM?

Erasable programming read only module

Enhanced programmable read only memory

Erasable programmable read only memory

7. What is the advantage of series over parallel message sending?

Only one pair of conductors

Quicker

More information sent

8. In a computer memory device, which one of these has the slowest access time?

8mm video tape 8mm video tape is not (and never has been) a computer memory device

magnetic tape

floppy disk

9. Which would have the least components?

LSI

CPU

ALU

10. The advantage of DRAM over SRAM is

has a larger storage capacity per chip area

they operate slower

are cheaper to manufacture

11. A computer must have which of the following to operate?

ROM/RAM, Buses, Monitor, CPU

RAM, I/O devices, Buses, Printer

RAM/ROM, I/O devices, OS, Buses, Clock

12. A common used material in computer manufacturing is

permeamag material

Raju Poulose Ferromagnetic material

Kuwait is that which hard-drives and floppy drives are made
Airways from5
Module
 35

ferrite material

ferromagnetic material

13. What is a baud?

A block of data

A byte of data

A bit of data

14. REAL TIME computers are ones that

are up-to-date

store data as soon as it is retrieved

display data as soon as it is processed

15. Magnetic materials are used in

ROMs only

EPROM

some RAMs

16. A typical example of a mass storage device is

CD

IC

magnetic tape

17. Data is usually stored in

ROM

RAM

EEPROM

18. What is the definition of baud rate?

1 word per second

1 bit per second

1 byte per second

19. How many bytes can be carried in a 32bit word?

2 bytes

8 bytes

4 bytes

Fibre Optics

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 36

1. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is

shallow bend radius allowed

end terminals are susceptible to environmental contamination

couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid

2. A fibreoptic cable to LRU connector should be connected

using torque-loaded pliers

hand tight only

very carefully to ensure alignment and reduce light loss

3. Two connected fibre optic cable ends are parallel but not quite touching. This is called

lens connector

end fire coupling

end to end coupling

4. Most fibreoptic connectors are designed so

the connectors can not be over tightened

the connector can not be replaced on the aircraft

the receptacle has to be torqued to a designated value to ensure correct alignment

5. A fibre optic cable consists of

a silica glass core with a cladding having a higher refractive index

a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive index

a plastic core with a cladding having a higher refractive index

6. Fibreoptic cables use

reflective outer shell

The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so
refractive outer shell than the core). Cladding causes Total Internal Reflection
(TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.
reflective inner shell

7. Some of the advantages of fibre optic cable over copper cables are

smaller in size and weight, non conductive, higher security and higher bandwidth

non conductive, smaller in size and weight, easy to manufacture and assemble and higher security

non conductive, easy to manufacture and assemble, more robust, cheap

8. What maintenance problems are associated with fibreoptics?

Kinking and contamination of connectors

Corrosion

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 37

Earthing faults

9. Fibreoptics relies on

light reflecting off cladding

fibre absorbing light

light escaping cladding

10. In fibreoptics the wavelength of the light is

less than visible light

more than visible light

equal to that of visible light

11. What is the advantage of a single mode fibreoptic over ordinary wire?

Small bend radius

Not prone to damage

Large bandwidth

12. A fibreoptic light source is normally

a filament lamp

a laser or LED

a strobe light

13. Light transmission in a fibreoptic cable is due to

repeated internal reflection

defraction of the light

refraction of the light

14. Star couplers are used in fibre optic systems for

amplifying the low power optical signals

splicing lengths of optical fibre together

equally distributing signals to equipments

15. What kind of light is used in a fibre optic systems?

Infrared

Ultraviolet

Visible

16. What is the main cause of attenuation in fibreoptics?

Refractive index

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 38

Poor termination

Bends in the cable

17. What is the main disadvantage of a fibre optic data bus?

Expensive to install

Bend radius and moisture ingress at connections

Less strong and durable when compared to twisted pair and coaxial cable

18. Fibre optic cables

are immune to EMI

attenuate EMI

are susceptible to EMI

19. What does a fibreoptic star connection do?

Shares a common bandwidth of a common cable

Provides a continuous loop of fibre interconnecting all nodes

Provides direct point-to-point services to units on dedicated lines emanating from the central hub

20. Speed of light in a fibreoptic fibre

is always the same no matter what material it is

increases if it passes through material of higher refractive index

is never greater then the speed of light in free space

11. Electronic Displays

1. A shadow masks CRT works by

two layers of phosphor, the top layer is red, the bottom layer is green

one layer of red, green and blue dot matrix excited by their own electrode guns

three layers of phosphor coating, red, green and blue

2. The inside of a CRT consists of

a phosphor coating and rare mercury gas

iodine and rare mercury gas

an oxide coating and rare mercury gas

3. CRT horizontal beam control is achieved by a

square wave

sawtooth wave

sinusoidal wave

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 39

4. In a CRT, if the magnetic field is parallel to the Y plates, what will be the direction of the electron beam
movement?

No movement

Horizontal

Vertical

5. Primary colours of a CRT are

red, blue and yellow

red, green and blue

red, green and yellow

6. What are the effects of the X and Y plates on a CRT?

X plates move the beam vertically, Y plates move the beam horizontally

Y plates move the beam vertically, X plates move the beam horizontally

X and Y plates can move the beam in either direction

7. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

synthetic TV signals

raster scan

stroke pulse

8. What frequency creates the raster effect on a CRT?

250Hz

400 Hz

50/60 Hz

9. The sweep waveform used on a electromagnetic CRT is

sinusoidal

trapezoidal

sawtooth

10. What shape does the waveform take to counter the impedance effect of the coils in an electromagnetic
controlled CRT?

Sawtooth

Trapezoid

Rectangular

11. Magnetic deflection in a CRT is achieved by

a sinusoidal voltage

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 40

a trapezoidal waveform

a sawtooth waveform

12. The timebase in a CRT consists of

an amplifier only

an amplifier and an oscillator

an oscillator only

13. What creates the raster effect on a CRT?

Sawtooth frequency

Trapezoidal frequency

Sinusoidal frequency

14. The trace of an oscilloscope begins when the input level is approximately 10 volts but the peak values
indicate 20 volts. What can be done to cause the trace to begin at zero volts?

Adjust the trigger level to zero volts trigger.

Adjust the volt per division to zero volts/cm

Adjust the horizontal position to show the full trace on the screen

15. How are colours produced on an active matrix LCD (AMLCD)?

By controlling the twist of the liquid crystal display immediately behind each of the three colour filters in
each pixel

By synchronizing the colour modulation of the back light with the twisting of the liquid crystal located
behind each pixel

By controlling the intensity of the tri-colour emitters in each pixel.

16. LCD screens are driven by

fixed current DC voltage

AC voltage

variable current DC voltage

17. A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) has the advantage over a CRT that

it displays more colours

it requires less servicing

it requires no cooling

18. The release of a photon by another photon is the principle of

a zener diode

an LED

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 41

a photo diode

19. If a magnetic field is parallel to the X plates in a CRT, which way will the beam move?

Vertically

Diagonally

Horizontally

20. An LED display is

monochrome only

red and green

high definition

21. An LCD display uses what type of power supply?

Continuous AC

DC voltage

Variable level DC voltage

22. A beam deflection on EFIS displays are

solid state

electrostatic

electromagnetic

23. The supply to an LCD is

voltage restricted DC

AC

current restricted DC

24. An LED will emit light when

it is reverse biased

it is forward biased

either forward or reverse biased if a sufficient level of ac voltage is applied

25. A CRT display has the advantage over an LCD display of a

large viewing angle

more energy efficient

brighter clearer output

26. To display a circle on a CRT you use

2 sine waves 180 degrees out of phase

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 42

2 square wave 90 degrees out of phase

2 sine waves 90 degrees out of phase

27. To deflect the beam of a CRT horizontally, coils are placed on the neck of the tube

one on the side, one at the bottom

top and bottom

each side

28. If the magnetic deflection plates produce a magnetic field which is parallel to the horizontal then the trace
is deflected in

vertical axis

horizontal axis

circular motion

29. The most common CRT control for an EFIS system screen is

a combined system

an electrostatic system

an electromagnetic system

30. L.E.D.s can give

high definition displays

monochrome displays only

red and green displays only

31. At low ambient temperatures, an LCD screen

viewing angle becomes larger

is slower to update as data changes

loses contrast

32. Colour CRT shadow mask screen resolution is

600 lines per scan

400 lines per square inch

84 triads

33. An LCD display

is monochrome

has infinite colours

has three colours only

34. A segmented configuration for the display of alphanumeric data requires

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 43

at least 13 segments for all upper and lower case letters

the starburst display for numbers and lower case letters only.

16 segments to display the full range of capital letters and numerals

35. Electronic CRT beam display is used typically in

IRU control display units.

distance measuring indicators; digital counters

weather radar indicators

36. In a colour cathode ray tube, how is the phosphor arranged in the tube?

Layers of red, blue and green

A red layer on the front with two green layers behind it

A single phosphor layer containing red, green and blue

37. A colour LCD which is back lit has

three colours

an infinite amount of colours

monochrome

38. A dot matrix/LED construction is

4x7 or a 9x5 rolling end display

4x7 or a 5x7 rolling end display

5x9 or a 4x7 rolling end display

39. What are the advantages of an LCD display over an LED?

There are no advantages

It uses less current

It is brighter

40. A seven segment display is used to

display octal and decimal numbers only

display alpha-numeric characters

display octal and binary numbers only

41. How are Alphanumeric Displays produced on a CRT?

by the use of X & Y EM Coils

Raster scanning

By Stroke pulse

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 44

42. The Shorter lead near the Flat portion of an LED is the

Gate

Anode

Cathode

43. 'Submarining' is

caused by the inability of some LCD screens to respond to fast moving images on screen

a CRT screen defect which can usually be remedied by degaussing the screen

the process used to form liquid crystals into a flat screen

Electrostatic Sensitive Devices

1. A flight deck CRT LRU is being replaced. What does the ESDS label indicate?

Remove power before connecting

Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed

Wrist straps should be worn

2. A humid atmosphere

reduces static charge

has no effect on the level of charge

eliminates static charge

3. Electrostatic discharge occurs when

materials are rubbed together or pulled apart

the ground lead on a wrist strap touches the skin

materials of different potential are brought in close proximity to each other

4. With a relative humidity of 10% to 20%, if you walked over a carpet what electrostatic voltage value
would you expect to see?

12,000 volts

6,000 volts

35,000 volts

5. When handling PCB's labelled ESDS, what precaution are taken?

Isolate electrical power before installing on Aircraft

First earth with aircraft then to it

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 45

Do not touch its pins as copper contamination can occur

6. What precautions are required when removing ESDS equipment?

Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point

No special precautions are required

Keep one hand on the airframe

7. Which of the following ESDS devices can withstand higher static electricity voltage?

ECL

MOSFET

SCR

8. ESDS bags are sealed by

Boeing manual says 100% cotton twine. Other manuals say ESDS
twine (100% cotton)
label. However, it could be considered that ESDS labels do not 'seal'.
ESDS labels

zip locks

9. When removing a PC card from an ESDS assembly ensure a low current path between

aircraft and ground

you and the assembly

you and the aircraft

10. After attaching a wrist strap to your wrist (which is connected to aircraft ground), prior to removal of
ESDS equipment, the resistance measured
Answer found in Boeing SWPM. 20-41-
between the strap and the pin ground must be >1 Megohms 01 3(2) (e) Hold the red lead of the (test)
meter between the forefinger and the
between the strap and the pin ground must be <1 megohms thumb. The acceptable range is less than
10,000,000 ohms. Lower limit of range
between your skin and the pin ground must be >1 megohms
however seems to vary.
11. Before removing an assembly from an aircraft, with regards to HIRF, you must first ensure that there
is minimum current flow between

you and the assembly

the assembly and the aircraft

you and the aircraft

12. A wrist band must be worn when working with ESDS devices

to prevent the operator from getting an electric shock

to dissipate and prevent static build-up on the operator

to dissipate static charge on the device

13. Before fitting a Printed Circuit Board you should check the

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 46

resistance between skin and strap end plug is more than 1 megohms

resistance between strap and strap end plug is less than 1 megohms

resistance between skin and strap end plug is less than 10 megohms

14. The resistance of the wrist strap used as part of anti static precautions should be

20 megohm - 200 megohm

250 kilohm - 1.5 megohm

0 - 200 ohm

15. During an EFIS screen fit

do not touch terminals

use bonding strap

no tooling is required

Software Management Control

1. If due to a software error in an aircraft system that would cause injuries to some of the occupants, the
system has a software criticality category of

major effect

minor effect

hazardous effect

2. An aircraft system that, should it fail due to a software error, would cause a slight increase in crew
workload, has a software level of

3. Requirements for software control can be found in

JAR AWO

AWN 43

JAR OPS

4. What is the definition of level one software?

Non-essential

Essential

Critical

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 47

5. An aircraft system allocated a software level of C that, should it fail due to a software error, may
cause

injuries to a large proportion of occupants

no injuries to occupants

injuries to some occupants

6. An aircraft system that, should it fail due to a software error, would cause a significant reduction in
safety margins may also cause

injuries to some occupants

the loss of the aircraft

no injuries to occupants

7. As far as a software product is concerned

the 'Validation' phase is done to the software rather than to the component.

the 'Verification' phase includes performance testing a programmed EPROM

the 'Software Release' phase is the same as the 'Finished Product' phase

8. An aircraft system with a software level of D, should it fail due to a software error, may cause the
aircraft safety margin to be

significantly decreased

slightly decreased

slightly increased

9. Who is responsible for producing the operational program of the FMS?

The pilot

The engineer

The manufacturer

10. An aircraft system allocated a Criticality Category of Hazardous has a Software Level of

11. Software changes come under the responsibility of

the national aviation authority

the aircraft constructor

the engineer

12. Software can be modified by

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 48

using the same rules as apply as to modifications to hardware

the manufacturer

licensed avionics engineers

13. An aircraft system that, should it fail due to a software error, would cause no injuries to occupants,
has a criticality category of

minor effect

hazardous effect

major effect

14. What is the effect of a level 1 software failure?

Loss of aircraft and / or fatalities

Significant reduction in safety margins

Large reduction in safety margins

15. Who can sign for a software update?

Design organization or the aircraft manufacturer

Chief pilot

Engineer

16. Software documentation procedures are laid down in

MOE

AWN (45)

JAA Ops

17. Level 1 software failure

is defined as essential and will reduce safety margins

is defined as critical and can lead to loss of aircraft

is defined as essential and may have a minor effect

18. Who can design new software?

BCAR section A8 approved company

BCAR section A1 approved company

The CAA

19. Requirements for configuration management of software can be found in

ATA Chapter 46, Information Systems

AWN 43

JAR Ops (M)

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 49

20. AWN 43 requires that

the CAA be responsible for software assessment

the aircraft operator be responsible for software assessment

the aircraft constructors be responsible for software assessment

21. Where would you find the rules regarding upgrade of software?

JAR OPS

AWN 43

The aircraft manufacturer

22. Control of software is carried out by

the aircraft manufacturers

the National Aviation Authority

a licensed engineer

Electromagnetic Environment

1. When carrying out airframe bonding checks as part of a programme of HIRF prevention the airframe
bonding resistance should be less than

50 milliohms

1 ohm

100 milliohms

2. To shield a fibre optic from EMI you must

shield it with a braided shield

use an opto-isolator

earth both transducer and couplings

3. HIRF is acronym for

Heavily Ionised Radio Frequencies

High Intensity Radiated Field

High Intensity Radio Frequencies

4. When clamping cable looms containing co-axial cables

distortion of the outer sheath is allowed providing the inner cable is not affected

the clamps must be no more than 1 metre apart

avoid distortion to the co-axial cable to maintain the dielectric constant

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 50

5. Electromagnetic compatibility is achieved by

shielding, screening, earthing, bonding and interference filters

enclosing the system with same frequency and strength of which screening is done

coating in a conductive paint

6. To reduce HIRF on radio equipment

periodically check bonding leads for condition

transmit on all radio frequencies to determine which frequencies are causing the interference

ensure all static wicks are in place

7. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection

by advising the operator of parts of the aircraft susceptible to degradation due to corrosion, moisture
ingress, flexing etc.

by designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF

by ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit

8. Ribbon cables effected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage should be protected by

connecting all conductors to a common earth

earthing each alternative conductor to separate point

shielding each individual conductor

9. To stop earth loops forming, you would

earth both ends of the cable screen

earth only one end of the cable screen

leave both ends of the cable screen open circuit

10. When incorporating an aerial cable it must be

in the centre of the other wires

outside the other wires for easy access

positioned separately from the loom

11. Testing of HIRF on aircraft systems is done

at and during production and testing (initial certification)

only after a report of radio interference

by periodically listening for interference on all systems

12. For braided cables, the amount of braiding

is a trade-off design feature

must conform to the requirement for the shielding to cover at least 50% of the surface of the cable
Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 51

keeps radiated power inside the emitting assembly or away from the susceptible circuit

13. When carrying out a bonding check on a surface protected by anodic film

the film is conductive so no preparations are required

the anodic film should be removed locally to ensure a good contact

add a bonding factor to the result of the test to account for the resistance of the anodic film

14. HF aerials are protected against lightning strike by

bus terminal

spark gap

current mode coupler

15. Which of the following could be a primary cause of HIRF protection failure?

Unserviceable radio filters

Corrosion on bonding leads

Broken or missing static wicks

16. HIRF protection of LRUs is provided by

built in filters and overvoltage circuits

internally shielded cables

built in filters only

17. An aircraft may have been HIRF affected.

A static wick check is required

Test all radio frequencies for interference

A bonding load check is required

18. In order to maintain HIRF protection, bonding checks between airframe and electrical components
carrying voltages greater than 50 volts RMS or DC or main earth return should not exceed

0.05 ohm

1 ohm

1 megohm

Typical Electronic/Digital Aircraft Systems

1. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also provides

GPWS warnings

dedicated status and warnings The FMS is not used for Take Off or Landing The GPWS
warnings come from the GPWS Computer

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 52

take-off and landing warnings

2. The minimum standards for aircraft instrumentation is set by

ICAO

CAA

JAA

3. Testing of a CADC can be carried out

in the air only

on the ground only

in the air and on the ground

4. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

stroke pulse

synthetic TV signals

raster scan

5. What has the highest priority on an ECAM display?

Engine page

Failure

Door page

6. SIDs data stored in the FMC performance database is

Standard Input Data

Standard Information Departure Services

Standard Instrument Departures

7. A modern EHSI will display the following in MAP mode:

waypoints, ILS frequency, ETA, magnetic heading, WXR display, distance to go

waypoints, WXR display only

waypoints, magnetic heading, WXR display

8. HSI heading is valid if the heading flag is

in view

green
Warning flags 'in view' indicate failure. Normally the only
out of view coloured flag used is RED, indicating failure
9. MFD is the abbreviation for

Master flight display

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 53

Multi function display

Mandatory flight display

10. A level 'B' alert message in EICAS requires

Timely Action

Prompt Action

Time Available Action

11. The FMS can reset the error that builds up in the IRS by using

VOR, DME, GPS, LOC

VOR and DME only

DME and GPS only

12. A TCAS uses the radar mile definition in its calculations, which is

12.36 microsecond

6.18 microsecond

24.72 microsecond

13. GPS navigation uses a constellation of satellites that is made up of

21 active and 3 spare

23 active and 5 spare

28 active and 7 spare

14. An IRS is only certifed for alignment up to

+88.45 and -88.45 degrees

+60 and -60 degrees

+78.25 and -78.25 degrees

15. The command bars on an ADI relate to

path being followed

roll indications

path required

16. ECAM has at its heart

a multi function symbol generator

a central maintenance computer

ACARS

17. The glideslope in an ILS provides

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 54

horizontal directional references

vertical references

vertical references and horizontal directional references

18. The recording medium in an FDR is

copper foil coated with ferrite

magnetic tape coated with ferrite

a high density floppy disc

19. An FMS databank memory is updated

every 365 days

every 28 days

every 32 days

20. The frequency of glideslope transmitter is

328.6 to 335.4 MHz

328.6 to 335.4 Hz

328.6 to 335.4 KHz

21. A strapdown INS has

a solid state accelerometer system

both solid state and normal accelerometer system

moving parts

22. What does the CADC feed?

standby altimeter / machmeter

cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / altimeter

Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar

23. Marker beacon receivers have

no control unit as the unit typically turns on when the avionics master switch is activated

two control units: one on captain side and the other on copilot side

one control unit

24. In a Flight Management System (FMS), data is input manually to the computing system through the

Control and Display Unit

Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring control panel

Data Acquisition Unit

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 55

25. The polled mode in an ACARS

operates only when interrogated by the ground facility

both operates when interrogated by the ground facility and allows the flight crew or airborne
equipment to initiate communication

allows the flight crew or airborne equipment to initiate communication

26. In a Global Positioning System (GPS), the number of satellites required to achieve a 3 dimensional fix is

27. ACARS system operates in the frequency range of

121.550 MHz

131.550 KHz

131.550 MHz

28. In a Global Positioning System (GPS), each satellite transmission identifies the satellite using a

pseudo random code

whisper shout method

different channel frequency

29. In a MCDU, the flight deck effect is

the sudden irregular reading causing to an instrument

impact of irregular reading to the flight crew

any EICAS display or discrete annunciator to inform the flight crew of an in-flight fault

30. In a Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites below the Mask Angle are ignored as these may cause

clock errors

range errors

ephemeris errors

31. In an EICAS level C messages are

memos and displayed in white

advisories and displayed in amber or light blue

caution and displayed in white

32. Information required by a Flight Management System (FMS) to function correctly is indicated on the
display by

a flashing cursor

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 56

dashes

boxes

33. The compact mode in a EICAS is used

to show maintenance pages

to show maintenance pages and when one display is inactive

when one display is inactive

34. The four display modes used by the ECAM system are

flight phase, advisory, failure-related, manual

warnings, flightphase, advisories, memos

warnings, cautions, advisories, memos

35. A flight data recorder can obtain information from aircraft instruments

provided there is adequate isolation

provided there is adequate damping

by direct connection to the instruments

36. The inputs and outputs of a CADC are

pitot and static in; altitude, CAS, mach and VS out

pitot in; static, altitude, mach, CAS and VS out

pitot and static in; altitude, attitude, CAS and VS out

37. EICAS provides the following:

Engine parameters and system warnings only

Engine parameters only

Engine parameters and engine warnings only

38. A central maintenance computer provides

ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-board computer

ground and BITE testing using a portable control panel

display of system warnings and cautions

39. The rising runway is positioned from information derived from

radio altimeter

vertical speed

barometric height

40. Where are the Digital Flight Data Recorder outputs supplied to?

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 57

The recording unit

There are no outputs

Flight instruments

41. FMS failure and warnings are

engine warnings only

displayed on EICAS

EFIS warnings only

42. Flight director command bars are moved to the correct position by

amplifier gain

position feedback

calibration

43. What information is required before completion of the alignment of an Inertial Navigation System?

Heading and attitude

Aircraft present position

Aircraft present position and heading

44. IRS accelerometers are mounted

90° to each other

60° to each other

45° to each other

45. An FMS navigation database is updated

at the operators request

once a month

every 28 days

46. A single failure of a fly-by-wire system

will reduce operational heights and speeds

will limit the flight profile

has no effect on aircraft operation

47. Fly-by-wire load alleviation function in turbulent conditions will result in

spoilers moving symmetrically upwards

ailerons moving symmetrically upwards

ailerons and spoilers moving symmetrically upwards

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 58

48. Fly-by-wire roll control is achieved by

spoilers

spoilers and ailerons

ailerons

49. The movement of fly-by-wire control surfaces are

both electrically controlled and electrically actuated

hydraulically controlled and electrically actuated

electrically controlled and hydraulically actuated

50. If an EFIS has 3 symbol generators. What is the purpose of the 3rd symbol generator?

Comparison with No.1 symbol generator

Parity function

Standby

51. An FDR fitted to a helicopter begins recording

when power is applied to the aircraft

on engine start-up

on take-off
Normally we consider the FMS as having 2
52. The FMS databases consist of
databases (1 navigational and 1 performance).
two performance and one navigation database (Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 385).
However, the Navigational database is split in
one navigation and one performance database two. 1 is for Jeppesen data, uploaded on the
ground, the other is for pilot input data
one performance and two navigation databases (additional waypoints etc.)
53. The FMS can update the IRS position outputs by using information from either

VOR and DME only

DME and GPS only

GPS, DME, LOC and VOR

54. The accepted error from INS/IRS is

1 mile/hour + 3 miles

2 miles per hour + 3 miles

3 miles / hour + 3 miles

55. Before an IRS can complete the alignment sequence

the current present position must be entered

the shutdown present position must be entered

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 59

either the last or current position must be entered

56. What warnings can an FMS provide?

Ground faults only

Spurious faults
This means it can warn of inoperative equipment, but not
Discrete warnings
when equipment is providing incorrect data
57. Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System

performs in-flight BITE interrogation only

give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status

performs in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE interrogation

58. The control of the speed or rate that the flight director command bars move can be controlled by

rate or velocity feedback

position feedback

amplifier gain

59. The Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of operation

either in the air or on the ground

in the air only

on the ground only

60. The third EFIS Symbol Generator is operated

in an emergency

with EICAS

as a standby to the No1 and No2 system

61. EFIS displays of the right hand and left hand displays are compared by comparators in the

FMS

EICAS

Symbol Generators

62. What is the approximate earth rate?

5°/hour

15°/hour

10°/hour

63. An IRS has

two or three accelerometers depending on the system

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 60

two accelerometers

three accelerometers

64. IRS Laser Ring Gyros provide

rate of movement about an axis

displacement about an axis

both rate and displacement about an axis

65. What are the outputs of a Digital ADC?

TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT

TAS, MACH and Altitude

TAS, MACH, Altitude and TAT

66. Fly By Wire systems in the fully active mode, the actuators will
Ref to B777 and A330 manuals, the term active
one in active mode, one in damping mode
mode will always be associated with fully
both be active operational of redundancy of all actuators or servo
controls. This means, each primary flight control
both be in damping mode, awaiting control inputs surfaces' actuators (either 2 or 3 actuators
configuration designed to provide fully-powered
67. On a Fly By Wire system, what controls the stab trim? controls that suit the size and purpose of surfaces)
are actually active on all phases. If any failure occurs,
SEC
the failed actuator will then revert to 'damping'
ELAC mode, becoming slave to remaining active actuators.

ELAC and SEC

68. The minimum requirement for a cockpit voice recorder to begin operating is

on commencing the takeoff roll

once established in the en-route climb

JAR Ops states that the CVR must begin when the
on engine start-up aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.
69. Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting Systems is used to

download aircraft status reports

make telephone calls

allow the pilot of an aircraft to talk to base

70. B-RNAV system must be capable of

reversing the waypoints for return journey

displaying distance and bearing to waypoint

holding six waypoints

71. The basic principle of radar is based upon

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 61

ultrasonic wave propagation

the time delay between outward and returning pulse

the amount of power in the signal returned

72. What systems does the ADC feed?

Standby altimeter/machmeter

Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar

Cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / Altimeter

73. Which systems does a modern ADC give information to?

Flight control computer, Air Data Instrument, Engine systems

EICAS

EFIS

74. Where do the outputs from a DADC go?

IRMP: Inertial Reference Mode Panel

EHSI

EADI

75. How many satellite signals are required to achieve precise 3D positioning?

76. The minimum requirement for an aeroplane CVR is

from engine start

from beginning of take off roll

from power on

77. The minimum requirement for an aeroplane CVR is

prior to engine start

prior to power on

prior to beginning of take off roll

78. The difference between the right ADC (air data computer) and the left ADC is encoded in the

label Field

SDI field

SSM field

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 62

79. In a typical EFIS (Electronic Flight Instrument System)

three symbol generators are used to supply the four displays with the correct signals

two waveform generators are used to supply all displays with the appropriate signals

four symbol generators are used to supply the display panels with information

80. If colour distortion appears around the edges of an EFIS (Electronic Flight Instrument System) display, the

CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) has become magnetised

CRT's degaussing circuits are operating continuously

display panel's luminance circuits are at fault

81. An Inertial Navigation System (INS/IRS) computes distance from acceleration by

two successive integrations

a differentiation followed by an integration

a simple integration

82. Before the aircraft is moved from the loading pier the pilot must

insert the longitude and latitude of the first waypoint into the INS

set the altitude to be fed into the INS

insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS

83. An IRS has

accelerometers fixed to the airframe and gyros on a stable platform

accelerometers and gyros fixed to a the airframe

accelerometers on a stable platform and gyros fixed to the airframe

84. An IRS system requires data for wind computation from

central Air Data Computer

satellites

Doppler System

85. The FMS carries out a Rho/Theta navigation function, the purpose of this is to

update the FMS with the new lateral flight profile for the flight plan

update the VOR and DME systems with an accurate position fix

update the IRS system with an accurate position fix of latitude and longitude

86. The FMS is updated

by the aircrew by reference to the Tech Log

by an aircraft engineer updating the system either by a magnetic tape or floppy disc

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 63

automatically by update data from the ACARS

87. Pitch Control of a fly by wire system is achieved by

stabilizer and elevator

elevators only

stabilizer only

88. In a fly by wire system, if the pilot control input is derived from a side stick controller:

there will be only control surface feedback to the side stick after a computer failure

there is no control surface feedback to the side stick

control surface feedback is fed to the side stick

89. A basic IRS platform has

2 Accelerometers and 3 laser gyros

3 accelerometers and 2 laser gyros

3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros

90. What must be entered into the IRS before the aircraft can be moved?

Cruise height

Present position

Flight plan

91. The FMS Operational Database is

needs no update information

updated once a month

is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and cost index before take off

92. Control surface feedback is fed back to

the side stick controller only

the Flight Control Computer only

the Flight Control Computer and side stick controller

93. The accelerometer output in an INS/IRS is

integrated once to give distance

integrated twice to give velocity

integrated twice to give distance

94. An INS/IRS Battery Unit provides

standby power only on the ground

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 64

standby power when airborne and on the ground

standby power only whilst in flight

95. If a fly by wire actuator loses hydraulic power the control surface will

remain rigid in the failure position

remain in the failure position but may move due to aerodynamic pressure

automatically move back to the neutral position

96. IRS alignment

takes up to 10 minutes and present position must be entered before alignment.

takes up to 10 minutes and the previous flight shut down present position is used for the alignment

takes up to 10 minutes and the present position can be entered at any time during alignment

97. A fault light appears on the IRS Mode Selector Unit during the alignment sequence. The correct action is

select HDG/STS on the Inertial System Display Unit (ISDU), observe the action code in the right
alpha/numeric display

refer to the warning display on the EICAS/ECAM system.

immediately switch off and select the standby system

98. A FMS has a total of how many Databases

99. Fly by wire High Speed protection is

to increase the pitch angle as speed increases

to prevent high speed stall

to prevent tuck under

100. An IRS Laser gyro provides

detection of the earth's gravitational force to establish true north

detection of the earth's rotation to establish true north

detection of the rate of movement about an aircraft axis

101. The left and right cockpit displays

are supplied from the same Symbol Generator

are supplied from separate Symbol Generators at all times

will only be supplied from the same symbol generator when all other symbol generators have failed

102. A single failure of a fly by wire control surface computer will

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 65

cause the system to revert to an alternate law of operation

cause the system to revert to a direct law of operation

not have any operational effect on the system

103. What are the outputs from digital clocks used for?

Flight data acquisition unit, Flight management computer and Voice recorder

VOR, ILS and DME

Weather radar, TCAS and ACARS

104. A full operation system BITE check will carry out an internal system test that ensures the system meets
design requirements and is operational
use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should exercise the
but will not move the controls hardware sufficiently to determine if it meets the performance
requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'
as well as checking full system and will move the controls to their stops

as well as checking full system but will not move the controls to their stops

105. If on a flight deck EFIS system all the displays were missing one bit of information. This is most likely to
be

the input sensor bus and display controller By elimination, since each display is supplied from a different
SG, a fault with one SG would affect only one display.
the symbol generator and display

the display controller and symbol generator

106. A centralised monitoring computer system is used

testing systems on the ground only

to test systems in flight and on the ground using a centralised on board control unit

to test system during flight and for BITE test of systems on the ground using a carry on control unit

107. In an EFIS display, the lines, scales, indicator and synoptic are generated by

stroke pulse

synoptic scan

raster scan

108. The method of producing (white) lines for aircraft symbols, V/S scale etc. on an EADI is by

raster scan

trapezoidal input
'The special symbols, characters, letters, vectors and arcs are displayed using the
stroke pulse stroke method. The EADI sky/ground ball or EHSI weather radar are displayed

109. In modern aircraft, the output from the clock is used

to synchronise the signals on the control bus

to provide a clock pulse for CRT

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 66

to give GMT details to the flight recorder and other systems

110. As a minimum requirement, when must a cockpit voice recorder start recording?

After take off when airborne

On first engine start

From the start of the aircraft take off run

111. The operational database of the FMS may have to be modified in flight

automatically by the DADC

by the pilot

It cannot be modified in flight

112. CADC outputs are

altitude ,vertical speed, angle of attack, TAT, SAT

altitude, vertical speed, IAS, mach no

altitude, vertical speed, TAS, CAS, mach no, SAT, TAT

113. If one EICAS CRT fails

the FMS CDU will display the failed CRT data

the standby CRT will automatically take over

the remaining CRT will display primary EICAS data

114. Variations in light on EFIS displays are compensated for by

manual adjustment by flight crew on EFIS controller

An external light dependant resistor mounted on the flight deck compensating for all displays in a
parallel-parallel format

integrated light dependant resistors in the display compensating for each display individual

115. A method used in modern aircraft for reporting in flight faults to an engineering and monitoring ground
station is

ACARS

TAWS

TCAS II

116. The self test function on an EFIS system can be tested

in the air and on the ground

in the air only

on the ground only

117. Each of the symbol generator outputs in an EFIS system

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 67

can be displayed on each individual display

can not be interchanged

only no. 2 can be displayed on the no.1

118. BITE tests are inhibited for ground use during

forward motion

gear retraction

take-off

119. Modern aircraft with electronic displays would display information on airframe and engine on which
system?

EADI

Flight management system

Electronic centralised aircraft monitoring system (ECAM)

120. The Flight data recorder starts recording

on aircraft roll out from stand

after take off

after the first engine has started

121. Data to flight data recorder can be taken from a communal data bus if

source isolation has been considered

the power is within flight data recorder limits

it goes directly to it

122. A central fault display system should be available through

an easily accessible multifunction control display unit

a central bite test box with clear LED indications

a bite test

123. A flight data recorder should be capable of recording

the last 25 hours of aircraft flight

the last 25 hours of operation

the last 25 hours with engines running

124. BITE for ground use only is switched off

when undercarriage up

when brakes are released

on take-off
Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 68

125. During normal functioning of an ECAM system the engine data shown on the Engine/Warning display
comes from the

ECAM channel of DMC3

EFIS channel of DMC3

ECAM channel of DMC1

126. Using I.N.S. an aircraft flies

course directed by ground station

great circle route

rhumb line

127. Aircraft heading (HDG) is

the angle between True North and the actual track

the angle between True North and the longitudinal axis of the aircraft

the angle between True North and the desired track

128. For an IRS System to pass the 'Alignment System Performance Test' the

entered present latitude and longitude must agree with the latitude and longitude at last power down

the latitude entered must be within given limits of the latitude computed by IRU

the No 1 and No 2 must both have the same latitude and longitude present position entered

129. Control Display Unit (CDU ) selection of TKE (Track Angle Error), displays

difference in degrees from True North in a clockwise direction from the desired track

distance perpendicular from the selected track

difference in degrees that the aircraft is to the right or left of the desired track

130. In the EICAS system, when is the maintenance mode available?

In flight

Lower screen only - only available on the ground

On the upper and lower screens - only available on the ground

131. On a modern aircraft when are BITE checks carried out?

Only when BITE selected

Continuously when system is in use

After engine shut down

132. In an IN system, the purpose of the stable platform is to

stop the gyros from toppling

provide attitude reference

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 69

prevent unwanted acceleration affecting the accelerometers

133. An IN system requires data from the

satellites

Doppler system

air data computer

134. XTK (cross track) is the

angle in degrees that the aircraft track is left or right of desired track

perpendicular distance from the desired track

actual track across the earth's surface

135. The output of an INS can be fed to the

attitude indicators

vertical speed indicators

altimeters

136. The three accelerometers on a strapdown system are mounted

120° apart

parallel to each other

90° to each other

137. Gyro-compassing is the term used for

self-alignment in the vertical

use of the gyro-magnetic compass system to align the platform

self-alignment in azimuth

138. Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System operates to

perform in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE

give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status

perform in-flight BITE only

139. The Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of operation

either ground or air

in the air only

on the ground only

140. If part of a display is lost on a CRT, this could be due to

an inoperative symbol generator or control panel

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 70

an inoperative symbol generator or input sensor

loss of power to the CRT

141. A cyclic test (watch dog) should be performed for ECAM

during power up

during flight

via MCDU

142. How does the symbol generator detect a program error?

By check sum bites for error detect

By looking at the odd parity without error

By looking at the even parity without error

143. Relationship of CMCs to BITE systems is best described as

CMCs replaced but is not related to the older BITE system.

CMCs modifies and upgrades BITE systems

CMCs monitors the individual BITE systems and presents data.

144. An IRU interface test is carried out

in the air

only on the ground

on the ground or in the air

145. FMS system gives warning indications for

take off and landings only

cruise

any flight phase

146. FMS CDU warnings are

MSG, fail and OFST

fail and MSG

OFST and Fail

147. CMC (central maintenance computer) works to

give red warnings and amber cautions to display in accordance with system status

perform in-flight bite only

perform in-flight bite and ground tests of aircraft systems, i.e. BITE

148. BITE test carried out on input sensors and actuators performs

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 71

validation of the information of the LRU

a test of the LRU

a performance test of the system

149. A BITE check for automatic performance and fault monitoring is carried out when?

For in-flight monitoring

To check the performance of the LRU

Power-up self test

150. In which of the following does TCAS II advise the pilot to make a maneouvre?

RA

TA

either RA or TA

151. What are the shapes of traffic shown on a TCAS display?

White circles, red diamonds and amber squares

White squares, red diamonds and amber circles

White diamonds, red squares and amber circle

152. If a display shows a red cross only, it is due to

Symbol Generator failure

Altimeter failure

CRT failure

153. ACARS is an acronym for

Airborne Communicating Addressing and Reporting System

ARINC Communicating Addressing and Reporting System

Aircraft Communicating Addressing and Reporting System

154. When does the flight data recorder start recording ?

Parking brake released

Undercarriage up

When the first engine starts

155. Brake temperature displayed on a flight deck CRT has

a master warning light

same colour throughout

different colour for different temperatures

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 72

156. When performing test on Electronic Displays using the Built In Test system

SG injects a test signal into the display system and the word TEST appears on the screen

CRT continues to display current data while the SGs and Display are internally tested

displays cannot be tested it is only SG which are tested by BITE

157. Heading reference required to establish initial heading during alignment sequence comes from

FMS which gathers data from other Radio devices

Magnetic compass installed on the airplane

Earths Rotation

158. What is primary mode of navigation on a modern aeroplane?

Both GPS and IRS

Inch precise GPS

Only IRS

159. In a flight director, how are small deviations corrected?

Instrument is calibrated at fitment to remove any possible error

Instrument feedback

Pilot input

160. For a 3 dimensional fix in a Global Positioning System

Minimum of 4 satellites must be in view

Minimum of 3 satellites must be in view

Minimum of 2 satellites must be in view and altitude used to simulate a 3rd satellite

161. In an aircraft equipped with TCAS II and EFIS

RA pitch command is shown on the EHSI and TA/RA traffic on the EADI

RA pitch command is shown on the EADI and TA/RA traffic on the EHSI

RA pitch command is shown on the VSI and TA/RA traffic on the EHSI

162. The BITE indicator on a DFDR shows Yellow colour. This indicates

power is ON and DFDR is recording data

power is OFF or DFDR is at Fault

power is ON but DFDR is not recording data

163. In a typical 'Glass Cockpit' EICAS provides the following:

engine parameters and engine warnings only

engine warnings only

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

 73

engine parameters and system warnings only

164. What is the minimum requirement for CVR to operate?

BEFORE engine start

BEFORE take-off

at any time the manufacturer decides

165. ECAM system was adopted for

both Boeing and Airbus aircraft

Boeing 757 and 767 aircraft

Airbus A310

166. A modern electromagnetic Flight Data Recorder, for recording data, could use:

a plastic tape coated in ferrite

a copper tape coated in ferrite

a High Density floppy disk

167. What is the minimum requirement for a CVR to start recording?

When parking brake is released

When aircraft is capable of moving under its own power

On commencement of flight

168. As a minimum requirement when must a cockpit voice recorder start recording?

Before engine start

Once airborne after take off

Once aircraft is ready to move under its own power

Unverified

1. ARINC 429 slow speed transmission is

80 microseconds

10 microseconds

10 miliseconds

2. In an ARINC 429 digital data word, the source/destination identifier is made up of two bits positioned
at

bits 1-2

bits 9-10

bits 30-31

3. When testing a diode with a test set, what voltage drop would be typical?
Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 74

0.3 - 0.7

1.5 - 2.0

2.5 - 3.0

4. ARINC 429 NULL state is represented by a voltage of

+10V

0V

-5V

5. 26 octal, represented in decimal, is

19

22

010110

6. What is the data stored on within bubble memory?

A disk drive

Ferrite material

Magnetic loops

7. The Flight Management Computer System is updated periodically during flight by

the maintenance monitoring computer

the pilot

pre-loaded hard data

8. The aircraft clocks send signals to aircraft systems to

display/record Greenwich Mean Time

set computer clock speed

coordinate system operation

Type Distinctive Rectangular shape Boolean algebra between Truth table

shape A&B

AND A.B INPUT OUTPUT

A B A AND B
0 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 0
Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5
 75

1 1 1

OR A+B INPUT OUTPUT

A B A OR B
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 1

NOT _ INPUT OUTPUT

A NOT A
A 0 1
1 0

NAND ___ INPUT OUTPUT

A NAND
A.B
A B
B
0 0 1
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 0

NOR ___ INPUT OUTPUT

A B A NOR B
A+B 0 0 1
0 1 0
1 0 0
1 1 0

XOR INPUT OUTPUT

A B A XOR B
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 0

XNOR INPUT OUTPUT

A XNOR
A B
B
0 0 1
0 1 0
1 0 0
1 1 1

Raju Poulose Kuwait Airways Module 5

1. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav,

also provides:

a) take-off and landing warnings

b) dedicated status and warnings

c) GPWS warnings b) dedicated status and warnings

2. EADI sky and ground display is provided by:

a) synthetic TV signals

b) raster scan

c) stroke pulse b) raster scan

3. HSI heading is valid if the heading flag is :

a) in view

b) green

c) out of view c) out of view

4. A NOR gate with both inputs inverted becomes a:

a) NAND gate

b) AND gate

c) OR gate b) AND gate

5. An ARINC 429 binary coded decimal data word occupies bits:

a) 11 to 28

b) 11 to 29

c) 1 to 8 b) 11 to 29

6. A fiber optic cable consists of

a) a plastic core with a cladding having a higher refractive index

b) a silica glass core with a cladding having a higher refractive

index

c) a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive

index c) a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive

index

7. The command bars on an ADI relate to:

a) path required

b) path being followed

c) roll indications a) path required

8. The recording medium in an FDR is:

a) a high density floppy disc

b) magnetic tape coated with ferrite

c) copper foil coated with ferrite b) magnetic tape coated with ferrite

9. Convert 0111012 to octal :

a) 25

b) 33

c) 35 c) 35

10. What does the CADC feed :

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar

b) standby altimeter / mach meter

c) cabin pressure controller sensor / mach meter / altimeter c) cabin pressure controller sensor /
mach meter / altimeter

11. What kind of light is used in a fiber optic systems?

a) Infrared

b) Visible

c) Ultraviolet a) Infrared

12. Typical displays on an EHSI are:

a) VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar

b) VOR, Plan, Map and Attitude

c) Engine indications a) VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar

13. An EADI display showing a moving runway moves down during the

final stages of an approach. The aircraft must:

a) fly up

b) fly down

c) hold descent path b) fly down

14. A flight data recorder can obtain information from aircraft

Instruments:

a) provided there is adequate isolation

b) by direct connection to the instruments

c) provided there is adequate damping a) provided there is adequate isolation

15. Adding invertors to the two inputs of an AND gate makes a :

a) NAND gate

b) OR gate

c) NOR gate c) NOR gate

16. The binary number 11010111 expressed as a decimal is:

a) 207

b) 223

c) 215 c) 215

17. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is:

a) 65

b) 513

c) 9 b) 513

18. This truth table is for a:

ABC

000

100

010

111

a) NAND gate
b) AND gate

c) OR gate b) AND gate

19. The inputs and outputs of a CADC are:

a) pitot and static in; altitude, attitude, CAS and VS out

b) pitot and static in; altitude, CAS, mach and VS out

c) pitot in; static, altitude, mach, CAS and VS out b) pitot and static in; altitude, CAS, mach and
VS out

20. EICAS provides the following:

a) engine parameters only

b) engine parameters and system warnings only

c) engine parameters and engine warnings only b) engine parameters and system warnings only

21. During an instrument approach, the glide slope pointer deflect below

the glide-slope centre mark. This means the aircraft is positioned:

a) above the glide-slope

b) below the glide-slope

c) to the left of the localizer a) above the glide-slope

22. Engine parameters are displayed on:

a) ECAM

b) EHSI

c) FMSCDU a) ECAM

23. A central maintenance computer provides:

a) ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-board

computer

b) ground and BITE testing using a portable control panel

c) display of system warnings and cautions a) ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-
board

computer

24. Where are the Digital Flight Data Recorder outputs supplied to?
a) The recording unit

b) Flight instruments

c) There are no outputs c) There are no outputs

25. FMS failure and warnings are;

a) displayed on EICAS

b) engine warnings only

c) EFIS warnings only a) displayed on EICAS

26. Who is responsible for the operational program of the FMS?

a) The pilot

b) The engineer

c) The manufacturer a) The pilot

27. If a signal has quantity in volts and physical position it is:

a) digital

b) synchronous

c) analogue c) analogue

28. What is the fixed feature of an ADI?

a) The glide-slope pointer

b) The lateral deviation bar

c) The aircraft symbol c) The aircraft symbol

29. What information is required before completion of the alignment of

an Inertial Navigation System?

a) Aircraft present position

b) Aircraft present position and heading

c) Heading and attitude a) Aircraft present position

30. IRS accelerometers are mounted:

a) 60o to each other

b) 45o to each other

c) 90o to each other c) 90o to each other

31. An FMS navigation database is updated:

a) at the operators request

b) once a month

c) every 28 days c) every 28 days

32. A single failure of a fly-by-wire system:

a) has no effect on aircraft operation

b) will limit the flight profile

c) will reduce operational heights and speeds a) has no effect on aircraft operation

33. On an EADI, the Flight Director command bars show :

a) the actual path with respect to the required path

b) the required path with respect to the actual path

c) the path with respect to the horizon b) the required path with respect to the actual path

34. What instrument includes a display of a rising runway?

a) EADI

b) EHSI

c) ECAM a) EADI

35. In order to maintain HIRF protection, bonding checks between

airframe and electrical components carrying voltages greater than

50 volts RMS or DC or main earth return should not exceed:

a) 1 mega ohm

b) 1 ohm

c) 0.05 ohm b) 1 ohm

36. If an EFIS has 3 symbol generators, what is the purpose of the 3rd

symbol generator?

a) Comparison with No.1 symbol generator

b) Standby
c) Parity function b) Standby

37. FMS operational program is updated every:

a) 7 days

b) 28 days

c) 90 days b) 28 days

38. What is 345 in binary?

a) 100111001

b) 110011001

c) 101011001 c) 101011001

39. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

a) OR gate

b) Exclusive OR gate

c) NAND gate a) OR gate

40. HIRF is prevented from entering a fiber optic cable by:

a) enclosing it in a metal braid

b) grounding the fiber at both ends

c) using an opto-isolator coupling c) using an opto-isolator coupling

41. Continuity of a fiber optic cable is checked by:

a) a light source and an opto-power meter

b) a calibrated light source

c) a calibrated light source and an optometry c) a calibrated light source and an optometry

42. To shield a fiber optic from EMI you must:

a) earth both transducer and couplings

b) shield it with a braided shield

c) use an opto-isolator c) use an opto-isolator

43. A symbol generator displays ESDs warning. During replacement:

a) you must wear a wrist strap connected to an approved earth

point

b) make sure the pins are not touched and covers fitted

c) you must earth the unit to the airframe structure b) make sure the pins are not touched and
covers fitted

44. An FDR fitted to a helicopter begins recording:

a) on take-off

b) on engine start-up

c) when power is applied to the aircraft b) on engine start-up

45. MIL-ST-1533 is a data bus for:

a) Flight Data Recorders

b) Inertial Reference System

c) Digital Information Transfer System c) Digital Information Transfer System

46. Making an invertors from a NAND or NOR gate is achieved by:

a) inverting the input

b) connecting two in series

c) connecting the inputs c) connecting the inputs

47. The FMS databases consist of:

a) one navigation and one performance database

b) two performance and one navigation database

c) one performance and two navigation databases c) one performance and two navigation
databases

48. The FMS can update the IRS position outputs by using information

from either:

a) VOR and DME only

b) DME and GPS only

c) GPS, DME, LOC and VOR c) GPS, DME, LOC and VOR

49. The accepted error from INS/IRS is:

a) 1 mile/hour + 3 miles
b) 2 miles per hour + 3 miles

c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles

50. Before an IRS can complete the alignment sequence :

a) the shutdown present position must be entered

b) the current present position must be entered

c) either the last or current position must be entered b) the current present position must be
entered

51. What warnings can an FMS provide?

a) Discrete warnings

b) Spurious faults

c) Ground faults only a) Discrete warnings

52. Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System:

a) performs in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by

carrying out a BITE interrogation

b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display system

status

c) performs in-flight BITE interrogation only b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display
system

status

53. The Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance

mode of operation:

a) in the air only

b) on the ground only

c) either in the air or on the ground b) on the ground only

54. What functions are available on the EHSI?

a) Full arc and Wx. only

b) Full arc, Wx. and Map Mode

c) Full Arc only b) Full arc, Wx. and Map Mode

55. EFIS displays of the right hand and left hand displays are compared

by comparators in the:

a) FMS

b0) EICAS

c) Symbol Generators c) Symbol Generators

56. What is the approximate earth rate?

a) 5º/hour

b) 10º/hour

c) 15º/hour c) 15º/hour

57. An IRS platform has:

a) two accelerometers

b) three accelerometers

c) two or three accelerometers depending on the system b) three accelerometers

58. IRS Laser Ring Gyros provide:

a) rate movement about an axis

b) displacement about an axis

c) both rate and displacement about an axis a) rate movement about an axis

59. What are the outputs of a Digital ADC:

a) TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT

b) TAS, MACH and Altitude

c)TAS, MACH, Altitude and TAT a) TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT

60. A fiber optic data bus used on an aircraft:

a) connects non-essential systems only

b) can transmit on several channels at the same time

c) can send only one message at a time b) can transmit on several channels at the same time

61. Light travels along a fiber optic by :

a) reflection
b) refraction

c) dispersion a) reflection

62. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection by:

a) designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF

b) ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit

c) advising operators of all points susceptible to deterioration

due to corrosion, moisture ingress, flexing etc a) designing specific avionic areas that are shielded
against HIRF

63. An AND gate output is 1 when inputs are:

a) both 0

b)1 and 0

c) both 1 c) both 1

64. What is hex 110 in decimal:

a) 272

b) 282

c) 32 a) 272

65. Convert the binary word 1100 to decimal :

a) 16

b) 12

c) 11 b) 12

66. Convert the binary word 1110 to decimal:

a) 12

b) 14

c) 15 b) 14

67. What is the main disadvantage of a fiber optic data bus?

a) Bend radius and moisture ingress at connections

b) Less strong and durable when compared to twisted pair and

coaxial cable
c) Expensive to install a) Bend radius and moisture ingress at connections

68. Fly By Wire systems in the fully active mode, the actuators will:

a) both be active

b) one in active mode, one in damping mode

c) both be in damping mode, awaiting control inputs b) one in active mode, one in damping mode

69. The parity bit in digital information is used:

a) for BITE programs

b) to check the validity of data information

c) to check the status of the system b) to check the validity of data information

70. On a Fly By Wire system, what controls the stab trim:

a) ELAC

b) ELAC and SEC

c)SEC b) ELAC and SEC

71. Convert the binary number 110010 to decimal :

a) 80

b) 50

c) 34 b) 50

72. What is serial to parallel and vice-versa called:

a) Encoder/Decoder

b) Multiplex/ De-multiplex

c) Switching b) Multiplex/ De-multiplex

73. Control of software is by:

a) the National Aviation Authority

b) engineers

c) the aircraft manufacturers a) the National Aviation Authority

74. A typical fiber optic connector is:

a) F-type connector
b) coupling type, with lens fitted

c) push-pull connector b) coupling type, with lens fitted

75. Which of the following is an optoelectronic device?

a) Triac

b) Thyristor

c) Laser Diode c) Laser Diode

76. What is the advantage of a single mode fibre optic over ordinary

wire?

a) Large bandwidth

b) Small bend radius

c) Not prone to dam a) Large bandwidth

77. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 429 data bus:

a) 120

b) 20

c) 60 b) 20

78. Convert the hexadecimal number D into decimal:

a) 13

b) 14

c) 14 a) 13

79. Convert decimal 15 into binary:

a) 1101

b) 1111

c) 1110 b) 1111

80. Convert 448 to hex:

a) 3616

b) 2416

c) 2216 b) 2416
81. When will a NAND gate give logic 0 at the output?

a) When both inputs are at 0

b) When both inputs are at 1

c) When the inputs are different b) When both inputs are at 1

82. Convert decimal 15 into hexadecimal:

a) E

b) G

c) F c) F

83. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

a) OR

b) Exclusive OR

c) NAND a) OR

84. What is the definition of level one software?

a) Critical

b) Essential

c) Non-essential a) Critical

85. What is 345 in binary?

a) 101011001

b) 110011001

c) 100111001 a) 101011001

86. Convert 1D to binary:

a) 29

b) 11101

c) 101001 b) 11101

87. Convert 2C hex to octal:

a) 54

b) 44
c) 35 a) 54

88. A fiber optic light source is normally:

a) a filament lamp

b) a laser or LED

c) a strobe light b) a laser or LED

89. What precautions are required when removing ESDS equipment

a) Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point

b) Keep one hand on the airframe

c) No special precautions are required a) Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point

90. ARINC Communications Addressing and Reporting Systems is used

To:

a) download aircraft status reports

b) connect the aircraft to base

c) make telephone calls b) connect the aircraft to base

91. With radio coupled autopilot, what are the inputs:

a) ADF and ILS

b) ADF and VOR

c) ILS and VOR c) ILS and VOR

92. The basic principle of radar is based upon:

a) the amount of power in the signal returned

b) the time delay between outward and returning pulse

c) ultrasonic wave propagation b) the time delay between outward and returning pulse

93. Engine parameters are displayed on:

a) ECAM

b) EHSI

c) CDU a) ECAM

94. A flight deck CRT LRU is being replaced. What does the ESDS label
indicate?

a) Wrist straps should be worn

b) Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed

c) Remove power before connecting b) Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed

95. What systems does the ADC feed?

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar

b) Standby altimeter/mach meter

c) Cabin pressure controller sensor / mach meter / Altimeter c) Cabin pressure controller sensor /
mach meter / Altimeter

96. 1012 converted to decimal is:

a) 52

b) 510

c) 210 b) 510

97. Physical variables in quantitative forms, such as voltage or angular

rotation of a shaft are:

a) analogue

b) digital

c) binary a) analogue

98. Within a 3 bit frequency cascade, division is to:

a) 8

b) 4

c) 2 a) 8

99. When is a radio altimeter active?

a) Up to 10,000 ft

b) Up to 2,500 ft

c) Up to 100 ft b) Up to 2,500 ft

100. The binary coded decimal number 10011000 expressed as a

decimal number is:

a) 98 b10

b) 152 10

c) 152 2a) 98 b10

101. The decimal number 7 expressed as a binary number is:

a) 111 2

b) 7 2

c) 101 2a) 111 2

102. Convert 011101 binary to octal:

a) 25

b) 33

c) 35 c) 35

103. The 'fan-in' in a gate is the :

a) number of outputs from a gate

b) number of inputs to a gate

c) number of inputs and outputs of a gate b) number of inputs to a gate

104. Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) means the number of gates in a

single IC is:

a) up to 1000

b) up to 10,000

c) over 10,000 c) over 10,000

105. The fiber optic cable can be identified on aircraft by its jacket

color which is:

a) purple

b) red

c) yellow a) purple

106. For a fiber optic cable connector that is not regularly disconnected

you would use the:

a) ceramic lens type

b) ball lens type

c) butt type c) butt type

107. Binary Number: 110010 :

a) 80

b) 50

c) 34 b) 50

108. How are engine indications sent to the FDR?

a) Via ARINC 573

b) Via ARINC 629

c) Source isolated a) Via ARINC 573

109. To stop earth loops forming, you would:

a) leave both ends of the cable screen open circuit

b) earth both ends of the cable screen

c) earth only one end of the cable screen c) earth only one end of the cable screen

110. How many satellite signals are required to achieve precise 3D

positioning?

a) 4

b) 5

c) 6 a) 4

111. Binary addition of 1101 + 101101 is:

a) 58

b) 61

c) 70 a) 58

112. What system uses base 8?

a) ARINC 429, in data word labels only

b) ARINC 629
c) ARINC 573 a) ARINC 429, in data word labels only

113. What sort of gate is this?

a) Or gate

b) NOR gate

c) NOT gate b) NOR gate

114. An aircraft may have been HIRF affected:

a) A static wick check is required

b) A bonding load check is required

c) Test all radio frequencies for interference a) A static wick check is required

115. The binary number 11010111 is expressed as a decimal is:

a) 215

b) 107

c) 53 a) 215

116. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is:

a) 513

b) 613

c) 713 a) 513

117. With a relative humidity of 10% to 20%, if you walked over a carpet

what electrostatic voltage value would you expect to see?

a) 6,000 volts

b) 12,000 volts

c) 35,000 volts c) 35,000 volts

118. The minimum requirement for an aeroplane CVR is:

a) from power on

b) from engine start

c) from beginning of take off roll b) from engine start

119. The output of a NOT gate is logic 1. The input is :

a) logic 1

b) logic 0

c) both logic 1 b) logic 0

120. An Inertial Navigation System (INS/IRS) computes distance from

acceleration by:

a) a simple integration

b) a differentiation followed by an integration

c) two successive integrations c) two successive integrations

121. Before the aircraft is moved from the loading pier the pilot must:

a) insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS

b) set the altitude to be fed into the INS

c) insert the longitude and latitude of the first waypoint into the

INS a) insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS

122. An IRS system requires data for wind computation from:

a) central Air Data Computer

b) satellites

c) Doppler System a) central Air Data Computer

123. Pitch Control of a fly by wire system is achieved by:

a) elevators only

b) stabilizer and elevator

c) stabilizer only b) stabilizer and elevator

124. A basic IRS platform has:

a) 3 accelerometers and 2 laser gyros

b) 2 Accelerometers and 3 laser gyros

c) 3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros c) 3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros

125. What must be entered into the IRS before the aircraft can be

moved?
a) Present position

b) Flight plan

c) Cruise height a) Present position

126. The FMS Operational Data Base is:

a) updated once a month

b) is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and

cost index before take off

c) needs no update informationb) is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and

cost index before take off

127. An INS/IRS Battery Unit provides :

a) standby power when airborne and on the ground

b) standby power only whilst in flight

c) standby power only on the ground a) standby power when airborne and on the ground

128. IRS alignment:

a) takes up to 10 minutes and the present position can be entered

at any time during alignment

b) takes up to 10 minutes and present position must be entered

before alignment.

c) takes up to 10 minutes and the previous flight shut down

present position is used for the alignment a) takes up to 10 minutes and the present position
can be entered

at any time during alignment

129. A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) has the advantage over a CRT

Because:

a) it displays more colors

b) it requires less servicing

c) it requires no cooling c) it requires no cooling

130. What is this symbol:

a) Exclusive AND gate

b) Exclusive OR gate

c) Exclusive NOR gate b) Exclusive OR gate

131. What Logic Gate does this switch circuit indicate?

a) AND gate

b) OR gate

c) NOR gate b) OR gate

132. Digital Computer Processes information in a :

a) Binary State.

b) Unique Application.

c) Analog fashion a) Binary State.

133. The higher degree of integration of system and Flexibility for aircraft

Designers, will be achieved by:

a) The using analog technology.

b) The usage of digital technology.

c) The degradation of units b) The usage of digital technology.

134. The Hardware type of computer are:

a-) Analog computer.

b) Digital computer .

c) Analog- Digital- Hybrid computer. c) Analog- Digital- Hybrid computer.

135- The application type or task of computer are:

a) Reference, information. and storage/monitor.

b) Controlling, Interactive.

c) Answer "A" and "B" both can be. c) Answer "A" and "B" both can be.

136. Digital computers use input, which are ........ ........... or ....... And ...

a) Digital signal --- High - Low.

b) Analog signal --- Peak - Peak./

c) Hybrid signal --- High - Low. a) Digital signal --- High - Low.

137. For adaptation of a computer on several different airframes:

a) Program must be changed.

b) Strapping Pins should be used.

c) Potentiometer is used. b) Strapping Pins should be used.

[Link] is the name of computer, which is used for a source of

information

or data?

A) Storage computer.

b) Controlling computer.

c) Reference computer. c) Reference computer.

[Link] example of reference computer is:

a) Central Air Data computer(CADC).

b) Inertial Reference System.

c) E.I.C.A.S. Engine indication and crew alerting system. b) Inertial Reference System.

140. The computer, which perform several different task, depending on

operator inputs, is known as.

a) Interactive computer.

b) Controlling computer.

c) Reference computer. a) Interactive computer.

141. In the numbering system, the LSD and MSD stands for:

a) Least significant digit and most significant digit.

b) Line signal display.

c) Most signal distortion. a) Least significant digit and most significant digit.

142. The decimal number 4572 is equal to:

2310

a) (4x10 ) + (5x10 ) + (7x10 ) + (2x10 ).

0231

b) (4x10) + (5x10) + (7x10) + (2x10).

3210

c) (4x10) + (5x10) + (7x10) + (2x10). c) (4x10) + (5x10) + (7x10) + (2x10).

143. The decimal numbering system, which is on base 10, has:

a) 5 digits.

b) 10 digits.

c) 8 digits. b) 10 digits.

144. The binary system has:

a) A basic 7

b) A basic 16

c) A basic 2. c) A basic 2.

145. The 0 and 1 are two binary digit, which is known as:

a) Bits.

b) Words.

c) Frame. a) Bits.

146. All input to digital computer must be converted to :

a) Decimal number.

b) Binary (0-1)

c) Hexadecimal.b) Binary (0-1)

147. Convert 9110 to binary form:

a) 011011.

b) 1011011.

c) 110011. b) 1011011.

148. The MSB, in one,s complement method, is set to "0", it indicate:

a) Positive number.

b) Negative number
c) Decimal number. a) Positive number.

149. Which stated below, indicate binary subtraction rules.

a) 0 - 0 = 0 , 1 - 0 = 1

b) 1 - 1 = 0 , 0 - 1 = 1

c) Answer "A" and "B" both correct. c) Answer "A" and "B" both correct.

150. The short method of adding a numbers to itself as many times as is

specified. Is known as:

a) Addition.

b) Multiplication.

c) Divider b) Multiplication.

151. The real world is ............... in nature:

a) Digital.

b) Analog.

c) Hybrid b) Analog.

152. The Aircraft control surface is driven by:

a) Digital signal.

b) Discrete Signal.

c) Analog signal. c) Analog signal.

153. The circuits used to interface digital computers to the analog world

are known as:

a) D/A converter.

b) A/D converter.

c) Discrete circuit. a) D/A converter.

154. System information has to be transmitted to the peripherals, in the

form of ................ Or ......... .............. signal and are known as

............. :

a) Mechanical - Electrical - CPU.

b) Electrical - Mechanical - ALU.

c) Electrical - Fiber optic - Data Buses. c) Electrical - Fiber optic - Data Buses.

155. The ARINC, stands for:

a) Aircraft radio incorporation.

b) Aeronautical radio incorporated.

c) Aeronautical range indication. b) Aeronautical radio incorporated.

156. The ARINC activity is:

a) To produce specifications and reports.

b) To supply electronics parts.

c) To train in avionics field. a) To produce specifications and reports.

157. The specification for transfer of digital data between avionics

components, Exist in:

a) ARINC 561.

b) ARINC 573.

c) ARINC 429. c) ARINC 429.

158. The data bus is:

a) A single wire.

b) A pair of twisted wires with shielding.

c) A coaxial cable. b) A pair of twisted wires with shielding.

159. What is the MIL-STD-1553B:

a) A military standard, which adapted as a NATO standard. It is a

multiple source data transmission system

b) The transmission can take place from more than one source.

c) All above answer are correct.c c) All above answer are correct.c

160. Many different kind of logical outputs can be obtained by:

a) Logic gates.

b) Operational Amplifiers.
c) Detector units. a) Logic gates.

161. What are the logical gates?

a) AND, OR, NOT.

b) Exclusive OR , Exclusive NOR.

c- AND, OR, NAND, NOR, Exclusive OR, NOT. c- AND, OR, NAND, NOR, Exclusive OR, NOT.

162. The logical gates are made-up of electronic components, and output

can be presented by:

a) Boolean Algebra.

b) Newton‟s law.

c) Bernoulli law. a) Boolean Algebra.

163. What is the function of logic elements?

a) They operates like amplifier.

b) Allows digital circuits to make decision based on various input

parameter.

c) Current to flow in one way only. b) Allows digital circuits to make decision based on various
input

parameter.

164. For more complicated decision:

a) More logic elements needed.

b) Only, one element required.

c) Only one logic gate enough. a) More logic elements needed.

165. What is the name of gate, which provide "1" output, while all inputs

are "1"?

a) OR gate.

b) NOR gate.

c) And gate. c) And gate.

166. The equivalent circuit for an AND gate is:

a) Parallel circuits.
b) Series circuits.

c) Combination circuits. b) Series circuits.

167. What is the name of the gate, which is combination of AND gate and

an Inverter?

a)AND gate.

b)NAND gate.

c)NOR gate. b)NAND gate.

168. An "OR" gate with all inputs inverted is similar to:

a) NAND gate

b) NOR gate.

c) OR gate. a) NAND gate

169. The Boolean expression for OR gate is:

a) A 0B = S.

b) A + B = S

___

c) A + B = S. b) A + B = S

___

170. The below Boolean expression , Indicate:

___

A0B=S

a) AND logic gate.

b) OR logic gate.

c) NAND logic gate. c) NAND logic gate.

171. The system for mathematically analysis of logic system , is known

as:

a) Boolean algebra.

b) Geometry.
c) Exclusive gate. c) Exclusive gate.

172. The system for mathematical analysis of logic system , is known as:

a) Boolean algebra.

b) Geometry.

c) Trigonometry a) Boolean algebra.

173. The Boolean expression is A0B=S, what is the name of relative

gate?

a) Inverter.

b) Exclusive or gate.

c) AND gate. c) AND gate.

174. The exclusive or gate indicate:

a) Equal condition of inputs.

b) Different condition of inputs.

c) Availability of all inputs. b) Different condition of inputs.

175. The operation of the logic gate, can be described by means of:

a) Electronic components.

b) Truth Table.

c) AND gate only. b) Truth Table.

176. An apparatus, which made up of electronic circuitry , that generate

an output based on the input of one or more variable is known as:

a) Logic element.

b) Oscillator.

c) Amplifier. a) Logic element.

238. The horizontal situation indicator (HSI) uses information derived

from:

(a) the VO receiver

(b) the pitot-static system

(c ) the airspeed indicator. (a) the VO receiver

178. In order to energize the relay in the circuit shown below, the logic

state at the input must be:

a) logic 0 at points A and B

b) logic 0 at point A and logic 1 at point B A B

c) logic 1 at both points c) logic 1 at both points

179. The circuit shown below, performs a logic:

a)AND gate

b) NAND gate

c) NOR gate c) NOR gate

180. The M.P.U. stands for:

a) Microprocessor unit.

b) Maintenance Power Unit.

c) Micro computer unit.a) Microprocessor unit.

181. The M.P.U. is similar to:

a) Memory.

b) A.L.U.

c) C.P.U. c) C.P.U.

182. What device is used for storing information and computer

operation:

a)A.L.U. device.

b) Memory device.

c) Input / output device. b) Memory device.

183. The fundamental unit of information used in the computer is:

a) Word.

b) Alphabet.

c) Octal. a) Word.
184. The most important characteristics of any microprocessor is:

a) Memory capacity.

b) C.P.U.

c) Word length. c) Word length.

185. The fiber optic data bus, is specified by:

a- Arinc 429 .

b- Arinc 636.

c- Arinc 629.. c- Arinc 629.

186. Each word contains:

a) 10 bit.

b) 6 bit.

c) 8 bit c) 8 bit

187. The L.S.B. of computer word number, located:

a)on the right of the number.

b)On the left of the number.

c) On the central of the number. a)on the right of the number.

188. The physical equipment of a computer system is known as:

a) Software.

b) Hardware.

C_ Instruction. b) Hardware.

189. What is the software?

a- Physical equipment of computer.

b- Input information.

c- It is the instructions that make the hardware function c- It is the instructions that make the
hardware function

190. The combination of hardware and software is refer to:

a) Firmware.

b) Hard-Software.
c) Hardware. a) Firmware.

191. A binary digit is:

a- Bit.

b- Word.

c- Map. a- Bit.

192. The element of computer which, store and retrieve, bit or words is

Known as:

a-C.P.U.

b-A.L.U.

c-Memory. a-C.P.U.

193. What are the format of data bits, which can be stored in memory?

a- Parallel.

b- Serial.

c- Parallel or serial. c- Parallel or serial.

194. The memory capacity is generally specified in term of:.

a- K bites.

b- M bites. 0r G bite

c- All of the above answers are correct. c- All of the above answers are correct.

195. In computer application "K" means:

a- 1024 bits.

b- 4056 bits.

c- 11224 bits. a- 1024 bits.

196. What is the name of a memory device, from which data can

repeatedly be read out but can not written into it?

a-Random access memory.

b-Read only memory.

c-Dynamic ram device. b-Read only memory.

197. Computer classified by hardware, as:

a- Analog computer. Ana Digital computer

b- Hybrid computer.

c- Analog ,digital, hybrid computer c- Analog ,digital, hybrid computer

198. Computers used on aircraft, are classified, according to task, as:

a- Reference, Information computers. Controlling computer

b- Storage / Monitoring computers. And Interactive computer

d- All above answers are used on aircraft d- All above answers are used on aircraft

199. The computer, which has a combination of the amplitude of input

signals and analog circuitry, to produce output of continuous

voltage or current. Is known as:

a-Digital computer.

b-Analog computer.

c-Flight management system b-Analog computer.

200. In digital computer processing occurs in:

a- Central processing units.

b- Microprocessors.

c- Microprocessors, or central processing units. c- Microprocessors, or central processing units.

201. What is the name of computer, which use, both analog and digital

elements in one computer:

a-Analog computer.

b-Digital computer.

c-Hybrid computer. c-Hybrid computer.

202. The flight management computer, is an example of:

a- Reference computer.

b- Controlling computer.

c- Interactive computer. c- Interactive computer.

203. For high-speed transmission of data, by light:

a-The Fiber Optics are used.

b-The Microwave signal s are used.

c-The R.F. signals are used. a-The Fiber Optics are used.

204. What are the elements of an optical fiber?

a- Central core of suitable glass material.

b- Outer cladding with lower refracting index.

c- All above answer are correct c- All above answer are correct

205. The transmission of light in any optical fiber, depends on:

a- Outer covering materials.

b- Optical property of total internal reflection.

c- Cladding material. b- Optical property of total internal reflection.

206. The modes, by which light can be guided along a fiber optics

depends on:

a- Incident angle (Φ).

b- Light intensity.

c- Cladding material. a- Incident angle (Φ).

207. What are the basic modes of fiber optics?

a- Single mode fiber.

b- Multimode fiber.

c- Answer "A" and "B" both correct c- Answer "A" and "B" both correct

208. The fiber optic link between, flight control computers and the

actuator

control electronics is:

a-A two way system.

b-A single way system.

c-A four root system. a-A two way system.

209 LED (light emitting diode) emits light when:

a-It is reverse biased.

b-It is Forward biased.

c-It has no current flow through it b-It is Forward biased.

210. The configuration, of LED s, which are used on aircraft displays are:

a- Seven segment LED display.

b- DOT matrix.

c- Seven segment or Dot matrix. c- Seven segment or Dot matrix.

211. LCD stands for:

a- Liquid Control display .

b- Liquid Crystal Display.

c- Light control display. b- Liquid Crystal Display.

212. The Cathode ray tube (CRT) is:

a- An evacuated glass tube.

b- An liquid crystal display.

c- A diode. a- An evacuated glass tube.

213. The color CRT has:

a-Single electron guns.

b- double electron guns.

c- three electron guns. c- three electron guns.

214. The display which produces light, when electrically activated is

known as:

a- Passive display.

b- Active display.

c- Fail passive display b- Active display.

215. E.F.I.S. stands for:

a- Electronic Flight Instrument Systems.

b- Liquid crystal display.

c- Electronic fault isolation system. a- Electronic Flight Instrument Systems.

216. The electrostatic charge or:

a-Electrical energy at rest.

b-Electrical energy, which has no voltage.

c-Electrical energy, which has current flow. a-Electrical energy at rest.

217. Electro static charge, generated due to:

a- different phase between current and voltage.

b- Friction between different materials.

c- High voltage in the circuit. b- Friction between different materials.

218. The material, which store, electrostatic charge is:

a- A conductive materials.

b- A semiconductor materials.

c- A non-conductive materials c- A non-conductive materials

219. The transfer of electrostatic charge between bodies at different

electrostatic potentials is known as:

a-Energy at rest.

b-Semiconductor devices.

c-Electrostatic Discharge (EDS). c-Electrostatic Discharge (EDS).

220. The electrostatic discharge (EDS) ,caused by:

a- Direct contact.

b- Induced by an electrostatic field.

c- Direct contact or induced by electrostatic field. c- Direct contact or induced by electrostatic

field.

221. The precautions necessary for safe handling of units, identified by:

a- ESDS labels.

b- Voice warning.

c- Voltage indication. a- ESDS labels.

222. For identifying the ESD sensitive area or equipments, that contain

ESDS device:

a-A yellow caution sensitive label uses.

b-A red caution label uses.

c-A green label can be used. a-A yellow caution sensitive label uses.

223. What are the type of labels(decals), which are used to identify units

as containing ESDS sensitive circuits?

a-The military and commercial symbols are used on some units.

and The international (JEDEC) symbol is used on most ESDS

decals.

b-ESDS printed circuit boards (cards) that are LRU,s are

identified by decals labeled" Static Sensitive".

c-All above answers are the three basic types of labels(decals). c-All above answers are the three
basic types of labels(decals).

224. What colors are the conductive caps and covers?

a- black or green.

b- green or gray.

c- black or gray. c- black or gray.

225. The electrostatic voltage is generated by the :

a- Sliding action between materials. or separating action between

material

b- Rubbing action between materials.

c- By action on all above answer the electrostatic voltages will be

generated. c- By action on all above answer the electrostatic voltages will be

generated.

226. The control and certification of software in aircraft systems and

components is laid down in:

a-Annex 1.
b-Airworthiness Notices 45 and 45A.(AWN 45.,45A)

c-Air low. b-Airworthiness Notices 45 and 45A.(AWN 45.,45A)

227. The aircraft systems, which uses software are:

a- Flying controls, engine control, Electrical generation and

distribution.

b- Brakes, Radio and Navigational equipment.

c- Answer A and B plus Flight instruments and AFCS

components. c- Answer A and B plus Flight instruments and AFCS

components.

228. The E.M.I. stands for:

a-Electromagnetic indicator.

b-Electromagnetic Interference.

c-Electromagnetic Image. b-Electromagnetic Interference.

229. The unit or system, can be damaged by:

a- EMI.

b- Electromagnetic Interference.

c- Answer "A" and "B" are the same c- Answer "A" and "B" are the same

230. For equipment protection, the unit must be effectively screened

from:

a- B.M.I.

b- A.T.A.

c- E.M.I. c- E.M.I.

231. The electromagnetic interference created from:

a- Lightning strikes. Or failures in the electromagnetic screening

system.

b- Over flying high power radio/radar transmitter (E.M.C.)

c- The EMI arise from all above answer. c- The EMI arise from all above answer.
232. The electromagnetic compatibility(EMC) stated that.

a- The equipment must not exceed specified emission level for a

wide range of radio frequencies. Or Must not be susceptible to

external source of high level of radio frequency energy over

very wide frequency band.

b- The equipment must be able to withstand the very high

electromagnetic pulse arising from lightning strikes.

c- All above answers are stated in EMC. c- All above answers are stated in EMC.

233. HIRF. Means:

a- High internal radiated frequency.

b- High injected ray frequency.

c- High intensity radiated field. c- High intensity radiated field.

234. A multi-function display (MFD) an be:

a) used only for basic flight information

(b) configured for more than one type of information

(c ) set to display information from the standby magnetic

compass. a) used only for basic flight information

[Link] standby instruments are driven from the aircraft‟s pitot-

Static system?

(a) airspeed indicator, altimeter, and vertical speed indicator

(b) airspeed indicator, vertical speed indicator, and magnetic

compass

(c ) airspeed indicator, altimeter, and angle of attack indicator. (a) airspeed indicator, altimeter, and
vertical speed indicator

236. Static pressure is fed:

(a) only to the airspeed indicator

(b) only to the airspeed indicator and vertical speed indicator

(c ) to the airspeed indicator as well as the altimeter and vertical (c ) to the airspeed indicator
as well as the altimeter and vertical

238. The term „glass cockpit‟ refers to:

(a) the use of LCD and C T displays

(b) the use of toughened glass windows (a) the use of LCD and C T displays

239. Basic air data instruments are:

(a) airspeed indicator, altimeter, and magnetic compass

(b) airspeed indicator, altimeter, and vertical speed indicator

(c ) airspeed indicator, vertical speed indicator, and artificial

horizon. (b) airspeed indicator, altimeter, and vertical speed indicator

[Link] airborne parameters that an be used to assess air raft

Position are:

(a) airspeed, height and weight

b) heading, airspeed and height

(c ) heading, weight and airspeed. b) heading, airspeed and height

241. Engine parameters such as turbine speed, are displayed on:

(a) ECAM

(b) EHSI

(c ) EADI. (a) ECAM

242. The aircraft slip indicator is found in the:

(a) EADI

(b) ECAM

(c ) C Ts in the passenger cabin. (a) EADI

243. Where is the „rising runway‟?

a) EADI

(b) ECAM

(c ) C Ts in the passenger cabin. a) EADI

244. Under visual flight rules (VF ) the pilot‟s most important sour e of
Information concerning the air raft‟s position and attitude is:

(a) the view out of the cockpit window

(b) the altimeter and vertical speed indicators

(c ) the airspeed indicator and the magnetic compass. (a) the view out of the cockpit window

245. The EFIS fitted to a large air raft usually consists of:

(a) a single multi-function display

(b) separate primary flight and navigation displays

(c ) a primary display with several standby instruments. (b) separate primary flight and navigation
displays

246. In a basic T- configuration of instruments:

(a) the ADI appears on the left and the ASI appears on the right

(b) the ADI appears on the left and the HSI appears on the right.

(c ) the ASI appears on the left and the altimeter appears on the

right. (c ) the ASI appears on the left and the altimeter appears on the

right.

247. The flight director system receives information:

(a) only from the VO /localizer

(b) only from the attitude gyro and altimeter

(c ) from both of the above. (c ) from both of the above.

248. EICAS provides the following:

(a) engine parameters only

(b) engine parameters and system warnings

(c ) engine parameters and navigational data. (b) engine parameters and system warnings

249. The two sets of flight regulations that a pilot may fly by are:

(a) VF and IF

(b) VHF and IF

(c ) VF and IFU. (a) VF and IF

250. Secondary heading information is obtained from:

(a) the gyro

(b) the compass

(c ) the pitot-static system. (a) the gyro

251. A major advantage of EFIS is a reduction in:

(a) effects of EMI

(b) wiring and cabling

(c ) moving parts present in the flight deck. (c ) moving parts present in the flight deck.

252. The term „artificial horizon‟ is sometimes used to describe the

indication produced by:

(a) the altimeter

(b) the attitude indicator.

(c ) the vertical speed indicator. (b) the attitude indicator.

253. Typical displays on an EHSI are:

(a) engine indications

(b) VO , heading, track

(c ) VO , altitude, rate of limb. (b) VO , heading, track

254. In a basic T- configuration of instruments:

(a) the ADI appears at the top and the HSI appears at the bottom

(b) the HSI appears at the top and the ASI appears at the bottom

(c) the ASI appears at the top and the ADI appears at the bottom. (a) the ADI appears at the top
and the HSI appears at the bottom

255. Operational faults in FMS an be detected by:

(a) automatically comparing outputs on a continuous basis

(b) routine maintenance inspection of the air raft

( c) pre-flight checks. (a) automatically comparing outputs on a continuous basis

256. The upper ECAM display provides:

(a) navigation information

(b) secondary flight information

(c) engine parameters. (c) engine parameters.

257. The binary number 10101 is equivalent to the decimal number:

(a) 19

(b) 21

(c) 35. (b) 21

258. The decimal number 29 is equivalent to the binary number:

(a) 10111

(b) 11011

(c) 11101. (c) 11101.

259. Which one of the following gives the two ‟s complement f the

Binary number 1 11 ?

(a) 01010

(b) 01001

(c) 10001. (a) 01010

[Link] binary coded decimal (BCD) number 1001000 1 is equivalent to

the decimal number:

(a) 19

(b) 91

(c) 145. (b) 91

[Link] decimal number 37 is equivalent to the binary coded decimal

(BCD) number:

(a) 00110111

(b) 00100101

(c) 00101111. (a) 00110111

262. Which one of the following numbers could NOT be an octal

number?

(a) 11011
(b) 771

(c) 139. (c) 139.

[Link] octal number 73 is equivalent to the decimal number:

(a) 47

(b) 59

(c) 111. (a) 47

[Link] binary number 100010001 is equivalent to the octal number:

(a) 111

(b) 273

(c) 421. (c) 421.

265. The hexadecimal number 111 is equivalent to the octal number:

(a) 73

(b) 273

(c) 421. (c) 421.

266 .The hexadecimal number C9 is equivalent to the decimal number:

(a) 21

(b) 129

(c) 2 1. (c) 2 1.

[Link] binary number 10110011 is equivalent to the hexadecimal

number:

(a) 93

(b) B3

(c) 113. (b) B3

[Link] hexadecimal number AD is equivalent to the binary number:

(a) 10101101

(b) 11011010

(c) 10001101. ...

[Link] number 70 6 8 is equivalent to :

(a) 1C616

(b) 11100 1110 2

(c) 484110 (a) 1C616

270. A DAC can produce 256 different output voltages. This DAC has

A resolution of:

(a) 8 bits

(b) 128 bits

(c) 256 bits. (a) 8 bits

271. In a bipolar ADC a logic 1 in the MSB position indicates:

(a) zero input voltage

(b) negative input voltage

(c) positive input voltage. (b) negative input voltage

272. Which one of the following types of ADC is the fastest?

(a) ramp type

(b) flash type

(c) successive approximation type. (b) flash type

273. Which one of the following ADC types uses a large number of

comparators?

(a) ramp type

(b) flash type

(c) successive approximation type. (b) flash type

274. T e advantage of an R-2R ladder DAC is that:

(a) it uses less resistors overall

(b) it uses a smaller number of analogue switches

(c) it avoids having a large number of different value resistors. (c) it avoids having a large number of
different value resistors.

275. A 10-bit DAC is capable of producing:

(a) 10 different output levels

(b) 100 different output levels

(c) 1,024 different output levels. (c) 1,024 different output levels.

[Link] process of sampling approximating an analogue signal to a

series of discrete levels is referred to as:

(a) interfacing

(b) quantizing

(c) data conversion. (b) quantizing

277. In a binary weighted DAC the voltage gain for each digital input is

determined by:

(a) a variable slope ramp

(b) a variable reference voltage

(c) resistors having different values. (c) resistors having different values

278. The resolution of a DAC is stated in terms of:

(a) the accuracy of t e voltage reference

(b) the open-loop gain of t e comparator

(c) the number of bits used in t e conversion. (c) the number of bits used in t e conversion.

279. The conversion time of a flash ADC is typically in the range:

(a) 50 ns to 1 μs

(b) 50 μs to 1 ms

(c) 50 ms to 1 s. (a) 50 ns to 1 μs

280. The DAC used in a successive approximation ADC is usually:

(a) ramp type

(b) binary weighted type

(c) successive approximation type. (b) binary weighted type

281. A bus that supports the transfer of data in both directions is referred to

as:
(a) universal

(b) bidirectional

(c) asynchronous. (b) bidirectional

282. The main advantage of using a serial bus in an aircraft is:

(a) there is no need for data conversion

(b) it supports the highest possible data rates

(c) reduction in the size and weight of cabling. (c) reduction in the size and weight of cabling.

283. Which one of the following is used to minimize reflections present in a

bus cable?

(a) coupler panels

(b) bus terminators

(c) shielded twisted pair cables. (b) bus terminators

284. The data format in an ARINC 429 stub cable consists of:

(a) serial analogue doublets

(b) parallel data from the local bus

(c) Manchester encoded serial data. (a) serial analogue doublets

285. In order to represent negative data values, BNR data uses:

(a) two‟s complement binary

(b) BCD data and a binary sign bit.

(c) an extra parity bit to indicate the sign (a) two‟s complement binary

286. The physical bus media specified in ARINC 629 is:

(a) fiber optic

(b) coaxial cable

(c) shielded twisted pair. (c) shielded twisted pair.

287. The validity of an ARINC 429 data word is checked b using:

(a) a parity bit

(b) a checksum
(c) multiple redundancy . (a) a parity bit

288. The label field in an ARINC 429 data word consists of:

(a) five bits

(b) three bits

(c) eight bits. (c) eight bits.

289. The voltages present on an ARINC 429 d a t a bus cable are:

(a) ±5 V

(b) ±15 V

(c) +5 V and +10V (a) ±5 V

290. The maximum bit rate supported b ARINC 429 is:

(a) 12.5 Kbps

(b) 100 Kbps

(c) 1 Mbps. (b) 100 Kbps

291. An ARINC 429 NULL state is represented b :

(a) a voltage of .5 V

(b) a voltage of 0 V

(c) a voltage of +5 V. (b) a voltage of 0 V

292. The maximum data rate supported MIL-STD- 1553 is:

(a) 12.5 Kbps

(b) 100 Kbps

(c) 1 Mbps. (c) 1 Mbps.

293. A bus that is self-clocking is referred to as:

(a) universal

(b) bidirectional

(c) asynchronous. (c) asynchronous.

294. The physical bus media specified in MIL- STD-1773B is:

(a) fiber optic

(b) coaxial cable

(c) shielded twisted pair. (a) fiber optic

295. The length of an ARINC 429 word is:

(a) 16 bits

(b) 20 bits

(c) 32 bits. (c) 32 bits.

296. ARINC 573 is designed for use with:

(a) INS

(b) FDR

(c) Weather radar. (b) FDR

297. The normal supply voltage for a TTL logic device is:

(a) 2.5 V ±5%

(b) 5 V ±5%

(c) 12 V ±5%. (b) 5 V ±5%

298. A two-input NAND gate will produce a logic 0 output when:

(a) both of the inputs are at logic 0

(b) either one of the inputs is at logic 0

(c) both of the inputs are at logic 1. (c) both of the inputs are at logic 1.

299. In a binary count r, the clock input of ach bi-stable stag is fed from:

(a) the same clock line

(b) the Q output of the previous stag

(c) the CLEA line . (b) the Q output of the previous stag

300. In an optical fiber, the refractive index of the core is :

(a) the same as the cladding

(b) larger than the cladding

(c) smaller than the cladding. (b) larger than the cladding

301. A suitable optical transmitter for use with an optical fiber i :

(a) a photodiode

(b) a phototransistor

(c) a low-power laser diode. (c) a low-power laser diode.

[Link] typical core diameter for a mono-mode fiber is :

(a) 5 μm

(b) 50 μm

(c) 125 μm. (a) 5 μm

303. In a multi-core fiber optic cable:

(a) the core are color coded

(b) the cladding i color coded

(c) the buffer are color coded. (c) the buffer are color coded.

304. The typical wavelength of light in a fiber is :

(a) 1.3 μm

(b) 13 μm (a) 1.3 μm

305. What aircraft standard applies to fiber optic network ?

(a) ARINC 429

(b) ARINC 573

(c) ARINC 636. (c) ARINC 636.

306. In order to support a high data rate, a fiber optic cable should have:

(a) zero bandwidth

(b) limited bandwidth

(c) wide bandwidth. (c) wide bandwidth.

307. A significant advantage of fiber optic network in large passenger aircraft

Is:

(a) lower installation co t

(b) reduced weight

(c) ea e of maintenance. (b) reduced weight

308. A particular problem with the build-up of static charge is that:

(a) it is worse when wet

(b) it is invariably lethal

(c) it cannot easily be detected. (c) it cannot easily be detected.

309. The typical resistance of a wrist strap lead is:

(a) 1 B

(b) 1 kB

(c) 1 MB. (c) 1 MB.

[Link] one of the following devices is most susceptible to damage from

stray static charges:

(a) a power rectifier

(b) a TTL logic gate

(c) a MOSFET transistor. (c) a MOSFET transistor.

311. The static voltage generated when a person walks across a carpet can

be:

(a) no more than about 10 kV

(b) between 10 kV and 20 kV

(c) more than 20 kV. (c) more than 20 kV.

312. Which of the materials listed is negative on the tribo-electric scale?

(a) glass

(b) silk

(c) polyester. (c) polyester.

313. When transporting ESD it is important to:

(a) keep them in a conductive package

b) remove them and place them in metal foil

(c) place them in an insulated plastic package (a) keep them in a conductive package

314. To reduce the risk of damaging an ESD during soldering it is important

to:

(a) use only a low- voltage soldering iron

(b) use only a mains operated soldering iron

(c) use only a low-temperature soldering iron. (a) use only a low- voltage soldering iron

[Link] one of the following items of clothing is most likely to cause

static problems?

(a) nylon overalls

(b) a cotton T-shirt

(c) polyester-cotton trousers. (a) nylon overalls

316. A Level C software classification is one in which a failure could result

in:

(a) aircraft loss

(b) fatal injuries to passengers or crew

(c) minor injuries to passengers or crew. (c) minor injuries to passengers or crew.

317. A Level B software classification is one in which the probability of failure

is:

(a) extremely i probable

(b) extremely remote

(c) remote. (b) extremely remote

318. A software Configuration Management Plan (CMP) must be created and

maintained by:

(a) the CAA or AA

(b) the aircraft operator

(c) the relevant DO. (c) the relevant DO.

319. Weather radar is an example of:

(a) Class B software

(b) Class C software

(c) Class D software (c) Class D software

320. Electronic Engine Control (EEC) software is an example of:

(a) D LD

(b) LSAP

(c) OSS. (b) LSAP

321. OSS and UMS are specific classes of:

(a) LS

b) LSAP

(c) D LD. (a) LS

322. The final stage of loading EEC software is:

(a) disconnecting the PDL

(b) verifying the loaded software

(c) switching on and testing the syste . (b) verifying the loaded software

323. A periodic noise is:

(a) regular but not continuous

(b) regular and continuous

(c) entirely random in nature. (a) regular but not continuous

324. EMI an be conveyed from a source to a receiver by:

(a) conduction only

(b) radiation only

(c) conduction and radiation. (c) conduction and radiation.

325. The display produced by a spectrum analyzer shows:

(a) frequency plotted against time

(b) amplitude plotted against time

(c) amplitude plotted against frequency. (c) amplitude plotted against frequency.

326. EMI an be reduced by means of:

(a) screening only

(b) screening and filtering

(c) screening, bonding and filtering. (c) screening, bonding and filtering.

327. The effects of HIRF an be reduced by:

(a) screening only

(b) screening and filtering

(c) screening, bonding and filtering. ...

328. The typical maximum value of bonding resistance is:

(a) less than 0.005 M

(b) between 0.005 M and 0.05 M

(c) more than 0.05 M. (a) less than 0.005 M

329. Effective protection against lightning and static discharge damage to an

air raft requires that:

(a) all isolated conducting parts must have high resistance to

ground

(b) all parts of the metal structure of the air raft must be bonded to

ground

(c) all power and bus cables must be well insulated. (b) all parts of the metal structure of the air
raft must be bonded to

ground

330. Supply borne noise an be eliminated by means of:

(a) a low-pass filter

(b) a high-pass filter

(c) a band-pass filter. (a) a low-pass filter

331. Noise generated by a switching circuit is worse when:

(a) switching is fast and current is low

(b) switching is slow and current is high

(c) switching is fast and current is high. (c) switching is fast and current is high.

332. The standard for ACARS is defined in:

(a) ARINC 429

(b) ARINC 573

(c) ARINC 724. (c) ARINC 724.

333. Engine parameters are displayed on:

(a) ECAM

(b) EHSI

(c) CDU. (a) ECAM

334. A basic IRS platform has:

(a) three accelerometers and two laser gyros

(b) two accelerometers and three laser gyros

(c) three accelerometers and three laser gyros. (c) three accelerometers and three laser gyros.

335. The operational FMS database is:

(a) updated once a month

(b) is fed with information on aircraft weight before take off

(c) needs no update information. (b) is fed with information on aircraft weight before take off

336. The left and right cockpit displays:

(a) are supplied from separate symbol generators at all times

(b) are supplied from the same symbol generator

(c) will only b supplied from the same symbol generator when all

Other symbol generators have failed. (c) will only b supplied from the same symbol generator when
all

Other symbol generators have failed.

337. A single failure in a fly-by-wire system should:

(a) cause the system to revert to mechanical op ration

(b) result in immediate intervention by the flight crew

(c) not have any effect on the operation of the system. (c) not have any effect on the operation of
the system.

338. On a flight deck EFIS system, if all of the displays were missing
information from a particular source , the most likely cause would be :

a) the symbol generator and display

(b) the sensor, input bus or display controller

(c) the display controller and symbol generator.(b) the sensor, input bus or display controller

339. A central maintenance computer provides:

(a) ground and in-flight monitoring and testing

(b) ground and BITE testing using a portable control pan l

(c) display of system warnings and cautions. (a) ground and in-flight monitoring and testing

340. The FMS navigation database is updated:

(a) at the request of the flight crew

(b) during pre -flight checks

(c) every 28 days. (c) every 28 days.

341. In an EFIS with three symbol generators, what is the purpose of the

third symbol generator?

(a) Comparison with the pilot‟s symbol generator

(b) Standby in case of failure

(c) To provide outputs for ECAM. (b) Standby in case of failure

342. The ACARS system uses channels in the :

(a) HF spectrum

(b) VHF spectrum

(c) UHF spectrum. (b) VHF spectrum

343. A method used in modern aircraft for reporting in-flight faults to an

engineering and monitoring ground station is:

(a) TCAS II

(b) ACARS

(c) GPS. (b) ACARS

344. In a successive approximation ADC, the time interval between the SC

and EOC signals is:

(a) the clock time

(b) the cycle time

(c) the conversion time.(c) the conversion time.

345. An advantage of a dual-ramp ADC is:

(a) a fast conversion time

(b) an inherent ability to reject noise

(c) the ability to operate wit out the need for a clock. (b) an inherent ability to reject noise

346. A bus that supports the transfer of data in both directions is referred to

as:

(a) universal

(b) bidirectional

(c) asynchronous. (b) bidirectional

347. The main advantage of using a serial bus in an aircraft is:

(a) there is no need for data conversion

(b) it supports the highest possible data rates

(c) reduction in the size and weight of cabling. (c) reduction in the size and weight of cabling.

348. Which one of the following is used to minimize reflections present in a

bus cable?

(a) coupler panels

(b) bus terminators

(c) shielded twisted pair cables. (b) bus terminators

[Link] data format in an ARINC 429 stub cable consists of:

(a) serial analogue doublets

(b) parallel data from the local bus

(c) Manchester encoded serial data. (a) serial analogue doublets

350. In order to represent negative data values, BNR data uses:

(a) two‟s complement binary

(b) BCD data and a binary sign bit.

(c) an extra parity bit to indicate the sign (a) two‟s complement binary

351. The physical bus media specified in ARINC 629 is:

(a) fiber optic

(b) coaxial cable

(c) shielded twisted pair. (c) shielded twisted pair.

352. The validity of an ARINC 429 data word is checked b using:

(a) a parity bit

(b) a checksum

(c) multiple redundancy . (a) a parity bit

353. The label field in an ARINC 429 data word consists of:

(a) five bits

(b) three bits

(c) eight bits. (c) eight bits.

[Link] voltages present on an ARINC 429 d a t a bus cable are:

(a) ±5 V

(b) ±15 V

(c) +5 V and +10V (a) ±5 V

355. The maximum bit rate supported by ARINC 429 is:

(a) 12.5 Kbps

(b) 100 Kbps

(c) 1 Mbps. (b) 100 Kbps

356. An ARINC 429 NULL state is represented b :

(a) a voltage of .5 V

(b) a voltage of 0 V

(c) a voltage of +5 V. (b) a voltage of 0 V

357. The maximum data rate supported MIL-STD- 1553 is:

(a) 12.5 Kbps

(b) 100 Kbps

(c) 1 Mbps. (c) 1 Mbps.

358. A bus that is self-clocking is referred to as:

(a) universal

(b) bidirectional

(c) asynchronous. (c) asynchronous.

359. The physical bus media specified in MIL- STD-1773B is:

(a) fiber optic

(b) coaxial cable

(c) shielded twisted pair. (a) fiber optic

360. The length of an ARINC 429 word is:

(a) 16 bits

(b) 20 bits

c) 32 bits c) 32 bits

361. ARINC 573 is designed for use with:

a) INS

(b) FDR

(c) Weather radar. (b) FDR

362. The maximum data rate supported by the FDDI bus is:

(a) 1 Mbps

(b) 10 Mbps

(c) 100 Mbps. (c) 100 Mbps.

363. Which computer bus is used to specify memory locations?

(a) address b s

(b) control b s
(c) data b s. (a) address b s

364. What is the largest hexadecimal address that can appear on a 24-bit

address b s?

(a) FFFF

(b) FFFFF

(c) FFFFFF. (b) FFFFF

365. Bus arbitration is required in order to:

(a) prevent memory loss

(b) avoid b s contention

(c) reduce errors ca used by noise and EMI. (b) avoid b s contention

366. A memory device in which any item of data can be retrieved with

equal ease is known as:

(a) parallel access

(b) random access

(c) sequential access (b) random access

367. Which one of the following memory devices can be erased and

reprogrammed?

(a) Mask programmed ROM

(b) OTP EPROM

(c) EPROM. (c) EPROM.

368. The processor instruction HLT is classed as:

(a) a control instruction

(b) a data transfer instruction

(c) a logical instruction. (a) a control instruction

369. The VME b s standard uses:

(a) a single 32-way DIN 41612 connector

(b) two 32-way DIN 41612 connectors

(c) a 100-way PCB edge connector. (b) two 32-way DIN 41612 connectors

370. What type of memory uses the principle of charge storage?

(a) bipolar static RAM

(b) MOS static memory

(c) MOS dynamic memory. (c) MOS dynamic memory.

371. How many 16K × 4 bit DRAM devices will be required to provide

32 K bytes of storage?

(a) 2

(b) 4

(c) 8. (b) 4

372. A memory device has a pin marked CAS. The function of this pin is:

(a) chip active select

(b) control address signal

(c) column address select. (c) column address select.

373. A semiconductor memory consists of 256 rows and 256 columns.

The capacity of this memory will be:

(a) 256 bits

(b) 512 bits

(c) 64K bits. (c) 64K bits.

374. In the assembly language instruction MOV AX,07FEh the operation

code is:

(a) MOV

(b) AX

(c) 07FE. (a) MOV

375. A bus arbitration system based on the physical location of cards is

referred to as:

(a) serial arbitration

(b) parallel arbitration

(c) sequential arbitration. (a) serial arbitration

376. The stack is used for:

(a) permanent storage of data

(b) temporary storage of data

(c) temporary storage of program . (b) temporary storage of data

377. The stack is a structure located:

(a) in the ALU

b) in the general purpose register

(c) in external read/ rite memory. (c) in external read/ rite memory.

378. A byte of data is to be inverted. This task is performed by:

(a) the ALU

(b) the instruction register

(c) the instruction decoder. (a) the ALU

379. Data can be transferred from one bus to another by mean of:

(a) a bus cycle

(b) a bus buffer

(c) a bus bridge. (c) a bus bridge.

380. The output of the instruction pointer appear on:

(a) the address bus

(b) the data bus

(c) the control bus . (a) the address bus

381. The CPU data bus buffer i :

(a) unidirectional

(b) bidirectional

(c) omni-directional. (b) bidirectional

382. Another way to describe the CPU register that act as an instruction
pointer is :

(a) the program counter

(b) the stack pointer

(c) the instruction register (a) the program counter

383. In which cycle is an instruction fetched and decoded:

(a) M0

(b) M1

(c) M2. (b) M1

384. If a microprocessor clock runs at 50 MHz, an instruction requiring 11

T- state will execute in a time of:

a) 220 n

(b) 440 n

(c) 2.2 m a) 220 n

385. An external device can gain the attention of the CPU by generating a

ignal on the:

(a) R/W line

(b) RESET line

(c) IRQ line. (c) IRQ line.

386. When executing the assembly language instruction MOV AX,07FEh the

operation code will be transferred to:

(a) the accumulator

(b) the instruction register

(c) the instruction pointer. (b) the instruction register

387. After executing the assembly language instruction MOV AX,07FEh the

binary data in the AL register will be:

(a) 11101111

(b) 00000111
(c) 11111110. (c) 11111110.

388. The advantage of pipelining is :

(a) easier programming

(b) faster execution time

(c) more reliable operation. (b) faster execution time

389. Segmentation is used with x86 process or in-order to:

(a) increase the speed of processing

(b) set up an instruction pipeline

(c) extend the addressing range. (c) extend the addressing range.

390. A standard logic gate is a typical example of:

(a) an SSI device

(b) an LSI device

(c) a VLSI device. (a) an SSI device

391. Which one of the following scales of integration is the largest?

(a) SSI

(b) LSI

(c) MSI. (b) LSI

392. A microprocessor is an example of::

(a) SSI technology

(b) MSI technology

(c) VLSI technology. (c) VLSI technology.

393. When compared with DIP packaging, PLCC offers:

(a) more pins

(b) larger size

(c) greater reliability. (a) more pins

[Link] one of the following integrated circuit packaging technologies

requires that the chip should always be soldered in place?

(a) DIL

(b) SOIC

(c) PGA. (b) SOIC

395. The connections from the pads on an integrated circuit die are:

(a) soldered to the internal wire links

(b) crimped to the internal wire links

(c) welded to the internal wire links. (c) welded to the internal wire links.

[Link] integrated circuit bus transceiver contains 64 logic gates and buffers.

This chip is an example of:

(a) SSI

(b) MSI

c) LSI. (b) MSI

397. Production tests are performed on an integrated circuit wafer:

(a) before cutting it into individual hips

(b) after cutting it into individual hips

(c) only when the hips are finally mounted. (a) before cutting it into individual hips

398. Each individual integrated circuit produced from a wafer is known as a:

(a) blank

(b) die

(c) gate. (b) die

399. A standard TTL logic gate has a fan-out of:

(a) 1

(b) 5

(c) 10. (c) 10.

400. Another name for a multiplexer is:

(a) a data selector

(b) a bus transceiver

(c) a shift register. (a) a data selector

401. A four to one multiplexer has:

(a) one select input

(b) Two select inputs

(c) four select input s. (b) Two select inputs

402. Additional enable input s and output s are provided in some encoders in

order to permit :

(a) inverting

(b) cascading

(c) error detection. (b) cascading

403. The peak wavelength of light emitted from a red LED is typically:

(a) 475 nm

b) 525 nm

(c) 635 nm. (c) 635 nm.

404. The spectral response of the human eye peaks at around:

(a) 450 nm

(b) 550 nm

(c) 650 nm. (b) 550 nm

[Link] phosphors of blue and green are illuminated on the screen of a

CRT. The resultant color produced will be:

(a) Cyan

(b) white

(c) magenta. (a) Cyan

406. The human eye is most sensitive to:

(a) red light

(b) blue light

(c) green light. (a) red light

407. A seven segment LED display has segments a, b, c , d, and g

illuminated. The character displayed will be:

(a) 2

(b) 3

(c) 5. (b) 3

[Link] BCD input to a seven segment display decoder is 1001. The digit

displayed will be:

(a) 7

(b) 8

(c) 9. (c) 9.

409. The potential at the gird of a CRT is:

(a) the same as the cathode

(b) negative with respect to the cathode

(c) positive with respect to the cathode. (b) negative with respect to the cathode

410. The function of the final anode of a CRT is:

(a) accelerating the electron beamm

(b) deflecting the electron beam

(c) controlling the brightness of the display (a) accelerating the electron beam

411. Electromagnetic deflection of a CRT uses:

(a) oils inside the CRT

(b) X- and Y-plates inside the CRT

(c) oils around the neck of the CRT. (c) oils around the neck of the CRT.

412. The three beams in a color CRT are associated with the colors:

(a) red, yellow and blue

(b) red, green and blue

(c) green, blue and yellow. (b) red, green and blue

413. When compared with CRT displays, AMLC displays have:

(a) larger volume and lower reliability

(b) larger volume and greater reliability

(c) smaller volume and greater reliability. (c) smaller volume and greater reliability.

414. The final anode of a CRT display requires:

(a) a low voltage AC supply

(b) a high voltage AC supply

(c) a high voltage C supply. (c) a high voltage C supply.

415. The deflecting waveform supplied to the plates of an electrostatic CRT

will be:

(a) a sine wave

(b) a ramp wave

(c) a square wave. (b) a ramp wave

416. The typical value of maximum forward current for an LED indicator is:

(a) 0.03 A

(b) 0.3 A

(c) 3 A. (a) 0.03 A

417. The patterns required to display alphanumeric character in a CRT

controller are stored in:

(a) static RAM

(b) dynamic RAM

(c) character generator ROM. (c) character generator ROM.

418. When compared with passive matrix LCD , AMLCD are:

(a) faster and sharper

(b) faster and less sharp

(c) slower and less sharp. (a) faster and sharper

 Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

This is exam number 1. You've been here 1 times.

1. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also provides
a) take-off and landing warnings
b) dedicated status and warnings
c) GPWS warnings

The correct answer is b The FMS is not used for Take Off or Landing The GPWS warnings come from the
GPWS Computer

2. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

a) synthetic TV signals
b) raster scan
c) stroke pulse

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 302 Fig. 12.5

3. HSI heading is valid if the heading flag is

a) in view
b) green
c) out of view

The correct answer is c Warning flags 'in view' indicate failure. Normally the only coloured flag used is
RED, indicating failure

4. A NOR gate with both inputs inverted becomes a

a) NAND gate
b) AND gate
c) OR gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4

5. An ARINC 429 binary coded decimal data word occupies bits

a) 11 to 28
b) 11 to 29
c) 1 to 8

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 159

6. A fibre optic cable consists of
a) a plastic core with a cladding having a higher refractive index
b) a silica glass core with a cladding having a higher refractive index
c) a silica glass core with a cladding having a lower refractive index

The correct answer is c See [Link]/fiberguide

7. The command bars on an ADI relate to

a) path required
b) path being followed
c) roll indications

The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 212

8. The recording medium in an FDR is

a) a high density floppy disc
b) magnetic tape coated with ferrite
c) copper foil coated with ferrite

The correct answer is b See [Link]/html/[Link]

9. Convert 0111012 to octal

a) 25
b) 33
c) 35
The correct answer is c The OCTAL code has 8 digits, 0 - 7. To convert binary to octal divide the binary
number into groups of three starting from the right. You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd
conversions!

10. What does the CADC feed

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar
b) standby altimeter / machmeter
c) cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / altimeter

The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b The FMS is not used for Take Off or Landing The GPWS warnings come from the
GPWS Computer

Question :2
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 302 Fig. 12.5

Question :3
The correct answer is c Warning flags 'in view' indicate failure. Normally the only coloured flag used is
RED, indicating failure

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4
Question :5
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 159

Question :6
The correct answer is c See [Link]/fiberguide

Question :7
The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 212

Question :8
The correct answer is b See [Link]/html/[Link]

Question :9
The correct answer is c The OCTAL code has 8 digits, 0 - 7. To convert binary to octal divide the binary
number into groups of three starting from the right. You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd
conversions!

Question :10
The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 2. You've been here 1 times.

1. ARINC 629 databus is

a) one cable, bi-directional
b) two cables, bi directional
c) two cables, uni-directional

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 160

2. Requirements for software control can be found in

a) AWN 45
b) JAR OPS
c) JAR AWO

The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)
3. Software can be modified by
a) licensed avionics engineers
b) the manufacturer
c) The same rules apply as to modifications to hardware

The correct answer is c Read up on software control - get a copy of AWNs

4. Two connected fibre optic cable ends are parallel but not quite touching. This is called
a) lens connector
b) end to end coupling
c) end fire coupling

The correct answer is b There are several websites on fibre optics

5. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is

a) shallow bend radius allowed
b) couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid
c) end terminals are susceptible to environmental contamination

The correct answer is c [Link]/[Link]

6. The inside of a CRT consists of

a) an oxide coating and rare mercury gas
b) a phosphor coating and rare mercury gas
c) iodine and rare mercury gas

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 284

7. What kind of light is used in a fibre optic systems?

a) Infrared
b) Visible
c) Ultraviolet

The correct answer is a [Link]/MathsPhysics/[Link]

8. Typical displays on an EHSI are

a) VOR, Map, Plan and weather radar
b) VOR, Plan, Map and Attitude
c) Engine indications

The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Pages 302 & 304

9. An EADI display showing a moving runway moves down during the final stages of an
approach. The aircraft must
a) fly up
b) fly down
c) hold descent path

The correct answer is b At 200ft, during Approach, the Rising Runway starts to move up the EHSI display
until, at touch down, it touches the bottom of the aircraft symbol. If the Rising Runway start to move down
again it means that the aircraft is climbing and should FLY DOWN

10. An ARINC 573 data bus is used

a) to input into a Digital Flight Data Recorder
b) to input into a FDR Digital Acquisition Unit
 c) to supply digital inputs from a Symbol Generator to the EADI and EHSI
The correct answer is a The FDR can have different inputs depending upon the age of the system, modern
systems use ARINC 573. The inputs to FDR DAU are only analogue, discreet and ARINC 429. The
interface between SGUs, EADI and EHSI is only ARINC 429

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 160

Question :2
The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on software control - get a copy of AWNs

Question :4
The correct answer is b There are several websites on fibre optics

Question :5
The correct answer is c [Link]/[Link]

Question :6
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 284

Question :7
The correct answer is a [Link]/MathsPhysics/[Link]

Question :8
The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Pages 302 & 304

Question :9
The correct answer is b At 200ft, during Approach, the Rising Runway starts to move up the EHSI display
until, at touch down, it touches the bottom of the aircraft symbol. If the Rising Runway start to move down
again it means that the aircraft is climbing and should FLY DOWN

Question :10
The correct answer is a The FDR can have different inputs depending upon the age of the system, modern
systems use ARINC 573. The inputs to FDR DAU are only analogue, discreet and ARINC 429. The
interface between SGUs, EADI and EHSI is only ARINC 429

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5
Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 3. You've been here 1 times.

1. A flight data recorder can obtain information from aircraft instruments

a) provided there is adequate isolation
b) by direct connection to the instruments
c) provided there is adequate damping
The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data recording

2. Adding invertors to the two inputs of an AND gate makes a

a) NAND gate
b) OR gate
c) NOR gate

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

3. An ARINC 429 bus uses

a) a twisted shielded pair of wires
b) two bi-directional twin sheathed and earthed wires
c) a single twin wire cable for each transmitter

The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 157

4. CRT horizontal beam control is achieved by a

a) square wave
b) sawtooth wave
c) sinusoidal wave

The correct answer is b Northrop Institute of Technology - Electricity & Electronics for Aerospace
Vehicles Page 284

5. The ARINC 429 data bus word systems use

a) decimal numbering
b) hexadecimal numbering
c) binary coded decimal

The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 156

6. The binary number 11010111 expressed as a decimal is

a) 207
b) 223
c) 215

The correct answer is c Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

7. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is

a) 65
 b) 513
c) 9

The correct answer is b Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

8. This truth table is for a

A B C
0 0 0
1 0 0
0 1 0
1 1 1
a) NAND gate
b) AND gate
c) OR gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for
Module 4!

9. The inputs and outputs of a CADC are

a) pitot and static in; altitude, attitude, CAS and VS out
b) pitot and static in; altitude, CAS, mach and VS out
c) pitot in; static, altitude, mach, CAS and VS out

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

10. EICAS provides the following

a) engine parameters only
b) engine parameters and system warnings only
c) engine parameters and engine warnings only

The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 377

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data recording

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

Question :3
The correct answer is a Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 157

Question :4
The correct answer is b Northrop Institute of Technology - Electricity & Electronics for Aerospace
Vehicles Page 284

Question :5
The correct answer is c Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 156
Question :6
The correct answer is c Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

Question :7
The correct answer is b Learn binary, octal, hex and BCD conversions

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

Question :9
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 179 Fig. 7.12

Question :10
The correct answer is b Pallett - Aircraft Instruments Page 377

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 4. You've been here 1 times.

1. During an instrument approach, the glideslope pointer deflects below the glideslope
centre mark. This means the aircraft is positioned
a) above the glideslope
b) below the glideslope
c) to the left of the localiser
The correct answer is a Consider the centre of the G/S scale as the aircraft position and the pointer as the
centre of the G/S beam

2. Engine parameters are displayed on

a) ECAM
b) EHSI
c) FMSCDU

The correct answer is a Engine parameters can be displayed on ECAM by selecting the Engine Page. See
Pallett - Aircraft Instrumnets and Integrated Systems Page 391

3. A central maintenance computer provides

a) ground and flight monitoring and testing on an on-board computer
b) ground and BITE testing using a portable control panel
 c) display of system warnings and cautions

The correct answer is a Read up on BITE systems

4. ARINC 573 is related to what system?

a) INS
b) FDR
c) Weather Radar
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is b Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

5. The rising runway is positioned from information derived from

a) barometric height
b) vertical speed
c) radio altimeter

The correct answer is c Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

6. Where are the Digital Flight Data Recorder outputs supplied to?
a) The recording unit
b) Flight instruments
c) There are no outputs

The correct answer is c Information recorded in the DFDR is only accessable in the shop

7. FMS failure and warnings are

a) displayed on EICAS
b) engine warnings only
c) EFIS warnings only

The correct answer is a FMS warnings are displayed on EICAS and EFIS, but the answers given are
'EICAS' or 'EFIS only' so for the purposes of this question the correct answer is EICAS

8. Who is responsible for the operational program of the FMS?

a) The pilot
b) The engineer
c) The manufacturer

The correct answer is a Ambiguous question. Do they mean who is responsible for following the program,
if so the answer is 'Pilot' or producing the program, then the answer is 'Manufacturer'

9. Flight director command bars are moved to the correct position by

a) position feedback
b) amplifier gain
c) calibration

The correct answer is a Read up on the flight director indication system

10. If a signal has quantity in volts and physical position it is

a) digital
b) synchronous
c) analogue
The correct answer is c This is the definition of an analogue signal
How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Consider the centre of the G/S scale as the aircraft position and the pointer as the
centre of the G/S beam

Question :2
The correct answer is a Engine parameters can be displayed on ECAM by selecting the Engine Page. See
Pallett - Aircraft Instrumnets and Integrated Systems Page 391

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on BITE systems

Question :4
The correct answer is b Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

Question :5
The correct answer is c Boeing Maintenance Training notes for B757

Question :6
The correct answer is c Information recorded in the DFDR is only accessable in the shop

Question :7
The correct answer is a FMS warnings are displayed on EICAS and EFIS, but the answers given are
'EICAS' or 'EFIS only' so for the purposes of this question the correct answer is EICAS

Question :8
The correct answer is a Ambiguous question. Do they mean who is responsible for following the program,
if so the answer is 'Pilot' or producing the program, then the answer is 'Manufacturer'

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on the flight director indication system

Question :10
The correct answer is c This is the definition of an analogue signal

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at
This is exam number 5. You've been here 1 times.

1. In a CRT, if the magnetic field is parallel to the Y plates, what will be the direction of the
electron beam movement?
a) Vertical
b) No movement
c) Horizontal
The correct answer is a The Y plates lie horizontal. Use the right hand rule to work out the direction of
electron beam movement. Aircraft Instruments & Integrated Systems, Pallett, page 287

2. What is the fixed feature of an ADI?

a) The glideslope pointer
b) The lateral deviation bar
c) The aircraft symbol

The correct answer is c The little aeroplane pianted in the middle of the instrument

3. Primary colours of a CRT are

a) red, green and blue
b) red, green and yellow
c) red, blue and yellow

The correct answer is a Rotor Gear Box

4. What information is required before completion of the alignment of an Inertial

Navigation System?
a) Aircraft present position
b) Aircraft present position and heading
c) Heading and attitude

The correct answer is a Read up on INS

5. IRS accelerometers are mounted

a) 60o to each other
b) 45o to each other
c) 90o to each other
The correct answer is c Read up on IRS

6. An FMS navigation database is updated

a) at the operators request
b) once a month
c) every 28 days
The correct answer is c Read up on FMS navigation data management

7. A single failure of a fly-by-wire system

a) has no effect on aircraft operation
b) will limit the flight profile
c) will reduce operational heights and speeds

The correct answer is a Redundant FBW systems will continue to fly the aircraft

8. Fly-by-wire load alleviation function in turbulent conditions will result in

 a) ailerons moving symmetrically upwards
b) ailerons and spoilers moving symmetrically upwards
c) spoilers moving symmetrically upwards

The correct answer is b Read up on Load Alleviation system Ailerons move symmetrically upwards and No
4 and 5 spoilers move symmetrically upwards in a gust.

9. Fly-by-wire roll control is achieved by

a) ailerons
b) spoilers
c) spoilers and ailerons

The correct answer is c Automatic Flight Control, Pallett and Coyle Page 296

10. The movement of fly-by-wire control surfaces are

a) hydraulically controlled and electrically actuated
b) both electrically controlled and electrically actuated
c) electrically controlled and hydraulically actuated

The correct answer is c Read up on FBW systems

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a The Y plates lie horizontal. Use the right hand rule to work out the direction of
electron beam movement. Aircraft Instruments & Integrated Systems, Pallett, page 287

Question :2
The correct answer is c The little aeroplane pianted in the middle of the instrument

Question :3
The correct answer is a Rotor Gear Box

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on INS

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on IRS

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on FMS navigation data management

Question :7
The correct answer is a Redundant FBW systems will continue to fly the aircraft

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on Load Alleviation system Ailerons move symmetrically upwards and No
4 and 5 spoilers move symmetrically upwards in a gust.

Question :9
The correct answer is c Automatic Flight Control, Pallett and Coyle Page 296

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on FBW systems
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 6. You've been here 1 times.

1. ARINC 629 current mode couplers are

a) capacitive
b) resistive
c) inductive

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429

2. On an EADI, the Flight Director command bars show

a) the actual path with respect to the required path
b) the required path with respect to the actual path
c) the path with respect to the horizon

The correct answer is b Read up on ILS system indication

3. What instrument includes a display of a rising runway?

a) EADI
b) EHSI
c) ECAM

The correct answer is a Read up on ILS system indication

4. What are the effects of the X and Y plates on a CRT?

a) X plates move the beam vertically, Y plates move the beam horizontal
b) Y plates move the beam vertically, X plates move the beam horizontal
c) X and Y plates can move the beam in either direction

The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs

5. ARINC 629 data bus is

a) two buses, unidirectional
b) two buses, bi-directional data flow
c) one bus, bi-directional data flow

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429

6. An FMS system, besides controlling navigation, thrust and auto-nav, also provides
a) take-off and landing warnings
b) dedicated status warnings
c) GPWS warnings
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

7. In order to maintain HIRF protection, bonding checks between airframe and electrical
components carrying voltages greater than 50 volts RMS or DC or main earth return should not exceed
a) 1 megohm
b) 1 ohm
c) 0.05 ohm

The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-1

8. Ribbon cables effected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage should be
protected by
a) shielding each individual conductor
b) connecting all conductors to a common earth
c) earthing each alternative conductor to separate point

The correct answer is c Read up on cable protection methods

9. EADI sky and ground display is provided by

a) synthetic TV signals
b) raster scan
c) stroke pulse

The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs and see what a raster scan is

10. Normal transmission order of ARINC 629 LRUs in periodic mode is in order of
a) power up
b) shortest to largest TG
c) shortest to largest TI

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin Page 149

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on ILS system indication

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on ILS system indication

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 629 and 429
Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

Question :7
The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-1

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on cable protection methods

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs and see what a raster scan is

Question :10
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin Page 149

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 7. You've been here 1 times.

1. What frequency creates the raster effect on a CRT?
a) 50/60 Hz
b) 400 Hz
c) 250Hz

The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

2. If an EFIS has 3 symbol generators, what is the purpose of the 3rd symbol generator?
a) Comparison with No.1 symbol generator
b) Standby
c) Parity function

The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

3. The sweep waveform used on a electromagnetic CRT is

a) trapezoidal
b) sinusoidal
c) sawtooth

The correct answer is a Do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT. Electromagnetic CRT uses
trapezoidal waveform to overcome the impedence of the coil
4. FMS operational program is updated every
a) 7 days
b) 28 days
c) 90 days

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

5. Fibre optic data is sent by

a) modulating the frequency of a laser beam
b) modulating the frequency of a filament beam
c) a strobe light

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

6. What is 345 in binary?

a) 100111001
b) 110011001
c) 101011001

The correct answer is c You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd conversions!

7. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

a) OR gate
b) Exclusive OR gate
c) NAND gate
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

8. Software documentation procedures are laid down in

a) AWN 45
b) JAA Ops
c) MOE

The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

9. HIRF is prevented from entering a fibre optic cable by

a) enclosing it in a metal braid
b) grounding the fibre at both ends
c) using an opto-isolator coupling

The correct answer is c Although a fiber optic cable is 'immune' from collecting HIRF, it can still transmit
HIRF which has been picked up by the source circuitry. An optoelectronic isolator will filter out the HIRF
prior to transmission.

10. In an ARINC 429 wordstring, bits 1 to 8 represent the

a) source of message
b) monitored parameter
c) destination LRU address
The correct answer is b Both a and b are correct. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page
158 says 'source of the message', whereas ARINCs own tutorial (See FORUM Mod.5) says 'bits 8-1
contain parameter' (which Pallett's book also infers on Page 159).

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

Question :3
The correct answer is a Do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT. Electromagnetic CRT uses
trapezoidal waveform to overcome the impedence of the coil

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :6
The correct answer is c You've got to know your binary, octal, hex and bcd conversions!

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates - you need to know much more than you needed for Module
4!

Question :8
The correct answer is a AWN 45 has been deleted at issue 133, but the examiners may not know that!
(Sinicism, surely not!)

Question :9
The correct answer is c Although a fiber optic cable is 'immune' from collecting HIRF, it can still transmit
HIRF which has been picked up by the source circuitry. An optoelectronic isolator will filter out the HIRF
prior to transmission.

Question :10
The correct answer is b Both a and b are correct. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page
158 says 'source of the message', whereas ARINCs own tutorial (See FORUM Mod.5) says 'bits 8-1
contain parameter' (which Pallett's book also infers on Page 159).

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 8. You've been here 1 times.

1. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is
a) unique to each terminal
b) common to each terminal
c) when all terminals are quiet

The correct answer is b The ARINC 629 TI is common to all LRUs.

2. Continuity of a fibre optic cable is checked by

a) a light source and an opto-power meter
b) a calibrated light source
c) a calibrated light source and an optometer

The correct answer is c See [Link]

3. To shield a fibre optic from EMI you must

a) earth both transducer and couplings
b) shield it with a braided shield
c) use an opto-isolator

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

4. A simbol generator displays ESDs warning. During replacement

a) you must wear a wrist strap connected to an approved earth point
b) make sure the pins are not touched and covers fitted
c) you must earth the unit to the airframe structure

The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

5. Magnetic deflection on a CRT is achieved by a

a) sawtooth waveform
b) trapezoidal waveform
c) sinusoidal waveform

The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with electrostatic deflection types - which
are more common on aircraft

6. An FDR fitted to a helicopter begins recording

a) on take-off
b) on engine start-up
c) when power is applied to the aircraft

The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1

7. MIL-ST-1533 is a data bus for

a) Flight Data Recorders
b) Inertial Reference System
c) Digital Information Transfer System
The correct answer is c Read up on MIL-ST-1533 - a military version of ARINC 429

8. Making an invertor from a NAND or NOR gate is achieved by

a) inverting the input
b) connecting two in series
c) connecting the inputs

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

9. Parallel to series conversion is achieved by

a) a parallel to series converter
b) a shift register
c) a multiplexer / demultiplexer

The correct answer is b Read up on parallel to series converion

10. The FMS databases consist of

a) one navigation and one performance database
b) two performance and one navigation database
c) one performance and two navigation databases
The correct answer is c Normally we consider the FMS as having 2 databases (1 navigational and 1
performance). (Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 385). However, the Navigational database is split in
two. 1 is for Jeppesen data, uploaded on the ground, the other is for pilot input data (additional waypoints
etc.). See [Link] for more

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b The ARINC 629 TI is common to all LRUs.

Question :2
The correct answer is c See [Link]

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :4
The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with electrostatic deflection types - which
are more common on aircraft

Question :6
The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on MIL-ST-1533 - a military version of ARINC 429

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on parallel to series converion
Question :10
The correct answer is c Normally we consider the FMS as having 2 databases (1 navigational and 1
performance). (Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 385). However, the Navigational database is split in
two. 1 is for Jeppesen data, uploaded on the ground, the other is for pilot input data (additional waypoints
etc.). See [Link] for more

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 9. You've been here 1 times.

1. The FMS can update the IRS position outputs by using information from either
a) VOR and DME only
b) DME and GPS only
c) GPS, DME, LOC and VOR

The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

2. The accepted error from INS/IRS is

a) 1 mile/hour + 3 miles
b) 2 miles per hour + 3 miles
c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles

The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

3. Before an IRS can complete the alignment sequence

a) the shutdown present position must be entered
b) the current present position must be entered
c) either the last or current position must be entered

The correct answer is b Read up on INS/IRS

4. Within a computer controlled flight system, position feedback is converted from

a) analogue to digital
b) digital to analogue
c) position feedback to rate feedback

The correct answer is a Read up on computer controlled flight

5. What shape does the waveform take to counter the impedance effect of the coils in an
electromagnetic controlled CRT?
a) Trapezoid
b) Sawtooth
c) Rectangular
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT

6. What warnings can an FMS provide?

a) Discrete warnings
b) Spurious faults
c) Ground faults only

The correct answer is a This means it can warn of inoperative equipment, but not when equipment is
providing incorrect data

7. Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System

a) performs in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE
interrogation
b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status
c) performs in-flight BITE interrogation only

The correct answer is b Read up on ECAM

8. The control of the speed or rate that the flight director command bars move can be
controlled by
a) position feedback
b) rate or velocity feedback
c) amplifier gain
The correct answer is b Read up on ILS indication

9. The Centralised Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of operation
a) in the air only
b) on the ground only
c) either in the air or on the ground
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 359

10. The third EFIS Symbol Generator is operated

a) with EICAS
b) in an emergency
c) as a standby to the No1 and No2 system
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on INS/IRS

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on INS/IRS
Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on computer controlled flight

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs - do not get confused with an electrostatic CRT

Question :6
The correct answer is a This means it can warn of inoperative equipment, but not when equipment is
providing incorrect data

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on ECAM

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on ILS indication

Question :9
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 359

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 10. You've been here 1 times.

1. What functions are available on the EHSI?
a) Full arc and Wx only
b) Full arc, Wx and Map Mode
c) Full Arc only

The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

2. EFIS displays of the right hand and left hand displays are compared by comparators in
the
a) FMS
b) EICAS
c) Symbol Generators
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

3. What is the approximate earth rate?

a) 5o/hour
b) 10o/hour
c) 15o/hour

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 102

4. An IRS platform has

a) two accelerometers
b) three accelerometers
c) two or three accelerometers depending on the system

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

5. IRS Laser Ring Gyros provide

a) rate movement about an axis
b) displacement about an axis
c) both rate and displacement about an axis

The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

6. What are the outputs of a Digital ADC

a) TAS, MACH, Altitude, TAT and SAT
b) TAS, MACH and Altitude
c) TAS, MACH, Altitude and TAT
The correct answer is a Both Static and Total Air Temperatures are outputs of a digital ADC

7. ARINC 629 periodic mode is used for

a) normal operation
b) transferring data only on events important to aircraft operation
c) database loads

The correct answer is a Read up ARINC 429 and 629

8. A fibre optic data bus used on an aircraft

a) connects non-essential systems only
b) can transmit on several channels at the same time
c) can send only one message at a time

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

9. Light travels along a fibre optic by

a) reflection
b) refraction
c) dispersion

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

10. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection by

a) designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF
b) ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit
c) advising operators of all points susceptible to deterioration due to corrosion,
moisture ingress, flexing etc.
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on EFIS

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Question :3
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 102

Question :4
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :5
The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :6
The correct answer is a Both Static and Total Air Temperatures are outputs of a digital ADC

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up ARINC 429 and 629

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :10
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 11. You've been here 1 times.

1. How is data coupled to an ARINC data bus?
 a) By a capacitive pickup
b) By an inductive pickup
c) By a resistive pickup

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

2. An AND gate output is 1 when inputs are

a) both 0
b) 1 and 0
c) both 1

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

3. What is hex 110 in decimal

a) 272
b) 282
c) 32

The correct answer is a Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

4. Convert the binary word 1100 to decimal

a) 16
b) 12
c) 11

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

5. How does MIL-STD-1533 put data onto the data bus?

a) Through the bus controller
b) R1 (remote terminal)
c) SSIFU (sub-system interface unit)

The correct answer is a Read up on MIL-STD-1533 data bus systems

6. If a data message is made up of 1 and 0 it is

a) analogue
b) digital
c) logic

The correct answer is b Digital is 1s and 0s

7. Convert the binary word 1110 to decimal

a) 12
b) 14
c) 15

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

8. What sort of gate requires two positive voltages to operate

a) NOT
b) OR
c) AND

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

9. What is the main disadvantage of a fibre optic data bus?

 a) Bend radius and moisture ingress at connections
b) Less strong and durable when compared to twisted pair and coaxial cable
c) Expensive to install

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

10. When 4 binary serial counters are connected in cascade for frequency division, what
division factor is required
a) 4
b) 8
c) 16
The correct answer is c Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 4 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2x2 = 16

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on MIL-STD-1533 data bus systems

Question :6
The correct answer is b Digital is 1s and 0s

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converion

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :10
The correct answer is c Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 4 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2x2 = 16

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam
Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 12. You've been here 1 times.

1. Magnetic deflection in a CRT is achieved by
a) a sawtooth waveform
b) a trapezoidal waveform
c) a sinusoidal voltage
The correct answer is b Do not get confused with electrostatic deflection (plates), which would be sawtooth

2. Fly By Wire systems in the fully active mode, the actuators will
a) both be active
b) one in active mode, one in damping mode
c) both be in damping mode, awaiting control inputs

The correct answer is b Read up on Fly by Wire

3. The parity bit in digital information is used

a) for BITE programs
b) to check the validity of data information
c) to check the status of the system

The correct answer is b Read up on the purpose and use of parity bit

4. On a Fly By Wire system, what controls the stab trim

a) ELAC
b) ELAC and SEC
c) SEC
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is b ELAC = Elevator Aileron Computer, SEC = Spoilers Elevator Computer and FAC
= Flight Augmentation Computers (rudder)

5. A disadvantage of a fibre optic cable is

a) shallow bend radius
b) couplings susceptible to ingress of fluid
c) liable to environmental contamination of end terminals

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

6. ARINC 429 SDI word format is at bits

a) 1-8
b) 9 - 10
c) 32
The correct answer is b SDI = Source Destination Ident
7. Convert the binary number 110010 to decimal
a) 80
b) 50
c) 34

The correct answer is b Read up on decimal conversions

8. What is serial to parallel and vice-versa called

a) Encoder/Decoder
b) Multiplex/Demultiplex
c) Switching

The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing

9. What is the parity bit for on an ARINC 429 bus

a) To check for corruption during transmission of a word
b) To act as a terminal gap in an emergency
c) To delay the signal

The correct answer is a Read up on purpose and use of parity bit

10. 3 binary counters in cascade. What is the division?

a) 8
b) 16
c) 32
The correct answer is a Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 3 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2 = 8

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Do not get confused with electrostatic deflection (plates), which would be sawtooth

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on Fly by Wire

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on the purpose and use of parity bit

Question :4
The correct answer is b ELAC = Elevator Aileron Computer, SEC = Spoilers Elevator Computer and FAC
= Flight Augmentation Computers (rudder)

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :6
The correct answer is b SDI = Source Destination Ident

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on decimal conversions

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing
Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on purpose and use of parity bit

Question :10
The correct answer is a Each serial counter changes its state once every 2 clock pulses. So 3 serial counters
devides by 2x2x2 = 8

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 13. You've been here 1 times.

1. Control of software is by
a) the National Aviation Authority
b) engineers
c) the aircraft manufacturers

The correct answer is a See AWN 45.

2. A typical fibre optic connector is

a) F-type connector
b) coupling type, with lens fitted
c) push-pull connector

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics.

3. An ARINC 429 word label format is

a) binary
b) octal
c) hexadecimal

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 word format.

4. Which of the following is an optelectronic device?

a) Triac
b) Thyristor
c) Laser Diode

The correct answer is c Read up on optoelectronic devices (from Module 4).

5. What is the advantage of a single mode fibre optic over ordinary wire?
 a) Large bandwidth
b) Small bend radius
c) Not prone to damage

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics.

6. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 429 data bus

a) 120
b) 20
c) 60

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629.

7. Convert the hexidecimal number D into decimal

a) 13
b) 14
c) 14

The correct answer is a Read up on hexidecimal numbering system.

8. Convert decimal 15 into binary

a) 1101
b) 1111
c) 1110

The correct answer is b Read up on decimal to binary conversion.

9. Convert 448 to hex

a) 3616
b) 2416
c) 2216

The correct answer is b read up on octal to hex conversion.

10. When will a NAND gate give logic 0 at the output?

a) When both inputs are at 0
b) When both inputs are at 1
c) When the inputs are different
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a See AWN 45.

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics.

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 word format.

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on optoelectronic devices (from Module 4).

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics.

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629.

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on hexidecimal numbering system.

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on decimal to binary conversion.

Question :9
The correct answer is b read up on octal to hex conversion.

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates.

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 14. You've been here 1 times.

1. How many LRUs can be connected to an ARINC 629 data bus
a) 120
b) 20
c) 60

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

2. Convert decimal 15 into hexadecimal

a) E
b) G
c) F

The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

3. Which logic gate has this truth table

A B C
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 0
 a) NOT
b) Exclusive OR
c) NAND

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

4. Which logic gate can be represented as a parallel circuit?

a) OR
b) Exclusive OR
c) NAND

The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

5. What is the definition of level one software?

a) Critical
b) Essential
c) Non-essential

The correct answer is a Read up on software classification

6. ESDS bags are sealed by

a) zip locks
b) ESDS labels
c) twine (100% cotton)

The correct answer is c Boeing manual says 100% cotton twine. Other manuals say ESDS label. However,
it could be considered that ESDS labels do not 'seal'.

7. What is 345 in binary?

a) 101011001
b) 110011001
c) 100111001
The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversion

8. What are the values of an ESDS wrist strap?

a) 250 kilohms to 1.5 megohms
b) 2 megohms to 5 megohms
c) 2 gigohms to 4 gigohms

The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1 - closest answer

9. Convert 1D to binary
a) 29
b) 11101
c) 101001

The correct answer is b Read up on hex to binary conversion

10. ARINC 629 terminal transmit interval is

a) unique to each terminal
b) common to each terminal
c) is when all transmissions are quiet
The correct answer is b The TI is common to all LRUs on ARINC 629

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numbering system

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on software classification

Question :6
The correct answer is c Boeing manual says 100% cotton twine. Other manuals say ESDS label. However,
it could be considered that ESDS labels do not 'seal'.

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversion

Question :8
The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1 - closest answer

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on hex to binary conversion

Question :10
The correct answer is b The TI is common to all LRUs on ARINC 629

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 15. You've been here 1 times.

1. Convert 2C hex to octal
a) 54
b) 44
c) 35
The correct answer is a Read up on hex to octal conversions

2. A fibre optic light source is normally

a) a filament lamp
b) a laser or LED
c) a strobe light

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

3. What precautions are required when removing ESDS equipment

a) Wear a wrist strap connected to an approved ground point
b) Keep one hand on the airframe
c) No special precautions are required

The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

4. An ARINC 429 bus uses

a) two bi-directional twin, sheathed and earthed wires
b) a twisted shielded pair of wires
c) a single twin cable for each transmitter

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

5. The minimum requirement for a cockpit voice recorder to begin operating is

a) on engine startup
b) on commencing the takeoff roll
c) once established in the en-route climb

The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1. Although JAR Ops states that the CVR must begin when
the aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.

6. ARINC Communications Addressing and Reporting Systems is used to

a) download aircraft status reports
b) connect the aircraft to base
c) make telephone calls

The correct answer is b Read up on ACARS

7. ARINC 429 data bus systems uses

a) decimal numbering
b) hexadecimal numbering
c) binary coded decimal

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems (429 uses either BCD or binary)

8. With radio coupled autopilot, what are the inputs

a) ADF and ILS
b) ADF and VOR
c) ILS and VOR

The correct answer is c Read up on autopilot

9. B-RNAV system must be capable of

a) holding six waypoints
b) displaying distance and bearing to waypoint
c) reversing the waypoints for "fly-me-home"
The correct answer is b Read up on B-RNAV

10. The basic principle of radar is based upon

a) the amount of power in the signal returned
b) the time delay between outward and returning pulse
c) ultrasonic wave propagation
The correct answer is b Read up on basic radar theory

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on hex to octal conversions

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :5
The correct answer is b See ANO Art 53 para.1. Although JAR Ops states that the CVR must begin when
the aircraft is capable of moving under its own power.

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on ACARS

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems (429 uses either BCD or binary)

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on autopilot

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on B-RNAV

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on basic radar theory

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 16. You've been here 1 times.

1. An ARINC 429 Binary Coded Decimal word occupies word bits
a) 11 - 28
b) 11 - 29
c) 1-8

The correct answer is b Two versions of ARINC 429. BCD uses 11 - 29, Binary uses 11 - 28.

2. Engine parameters are displayed on

a) ECAM
b) EHSI
c) CDU

The correct answer is a Read up on ECAM/EICAS systems

3. A flight deck CRT LRU is being replaced. What does the ESDS label indicate?
a) Wrist straps should be worn
b) Do not touch plug pins or leave them exposed
c) Remove power before connecting

The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

4. What systems does the ADC feed?

a) Altimeter / FMS / secondary radar
b) Standby altimeter/machmeter
c) Cabin pressure controller sensor / machmeter / Altimeter

The correct answer is c Read up on Air DAta Computers

5. A hexadecimal is a number to base

a) 8
b) 2
c) 16

The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numering system

6. An ARINC 429 system uses a

a) 16 bit word over a twisted pair of wires
b) 32 bit word over a twisted pair of wires
c) 20 bit word over a bi-directional bus

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

7. A thyristor is a device which has

a) a positive temperature coefficient
b) a negative temperature coefficient
c) a temperature coefficient of zero

The correct answer is b Read up on thyristos

8. When using a wrist strap, before touching the LRU the resistance should be measured
from your skin to the end of the earth probe. This should be
a) more than 10 kilohms
b) less than 10 kilohms
c) less than 1 ohm

The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

9. 1012 converted to decimal is

a) 52
b) 510
c) 210

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converions

10. Physical variables in quantitative forms, such as voltage or angular rotation of a shaft are
a) analogue
b) digital
c) binary
The correct answer is a Read up on analogue/digital definitions

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Two versions of ARINC 429. BCD uses 11 - 29, Binary uses 11 - 28.

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on ECAM/EICAS systems

Question :3
The correct answer is b See Pallett's Micro Electronics In Aircraft Systsems or CAAIPs 9-4 para.7.1.3.

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on Air DAta Computers

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on hexadecimal numering system

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on thyristos

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on anti-static precautions

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal converions

Question :10
The correct answer is a Read up on analogue/digital definitions

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 17. You've been here 1 times.

1. Within a 3 bit frequency cascade, division is to
a) 8
b) 4
c) 2

The correct answer is a Read up on counters

2. When is a radio altimeter active?

a) Up to 10,000 ft
b) Up to 2,500 ft
c) Up to 100 ft

The correct answer is b Read up on radio altimeters and ILS

3. Which of the following could be a primary cause of HIRF protection failure?

a) Unserviceable radio filters
b) Broken or missing static wicks
c) Corrosion on bonding leads

The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

4. The binary coded decimal number 10011000 expressed as a decimal number is

a) 98 b10
b) 152 10
c) 152 2
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is a Read up on BCD to decimal conversions (BCD is not the same a s binary)

5. The decimal number 7 expressed as a binary number is

a) 111 2
b) 7 2
c) 101 2

The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversions

6. Convert 011101 binary to octal
a) 25
b) 33
c) 35

The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

7. Manufacturers of aircraft can ensure HIRF protection

a) by designing specific avionic areas that are shielded against HIRF
b) by ensuring all single wires are shielded with metal conduit
c) by advising the operator of parts of the aircraft susceptible to degradation due to
corrosion, moisture ingress, flexing etc.

The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

8. An ARINC 629 characteristic is

a) all LRUs can transmit at the same time
b) all LRUs can transmit and receive at the same time
c) data can transmit in both directions down the data bus

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

9. In an ARINC 429 word string, bits 1 - 8 represent

a) the source of the message
b) the monitored parameter
c) the destination LRU

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

10. What limits the number of ARINC 429 receivers on a bus

a) The speed and size
b) The parallel input impedance
c) The weight

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on counters

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on radio altimeters and ILS

Question :3
The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on BCD to decimal conversions (BCD is not the same a s binary)

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on decimal to binary conversions

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

Question :7
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 18. You've been here 1 times.

1. The 'fan-in' in a gate is the
a) number of outputs from a gate
b) number of inputs to a gate
c) number of inputs and outputs of a gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gate systems

2. Very Large Scale Integrated (VLSI) means the number of gates in a single IC is
a) up to 1000
b) up to 10,000
c) over 10,000

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gate systems

3. The advantage of DRAM over SRAM is

a) they operate slower
b) has a larger storage capacity per chip area
c) are cheaper to manufacture

The correct answer is c Read up on memory (RAM) types

4. A BYTE is usually
a) a 12 bit word
b) an 8 bit word
 c) a six bit word

The correct answer is b Read up on computer terminology

5. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by

a) bi-polar return to zero
b) manchester bi-phase
c) non return to zero

The correct answer is b Read up on MIL-STD-1553 data bus system

6. The fibre optic cable can be identified on aircraft by its jacket colour which is
a) purple
b) red
c) yellow

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

7. For a fibre optic cable connector that is not regularly disconnected you would use the
a) ceramic lens type
b) ball lens type
c) butt type

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

8. The timebase in a CRT consists of

a) an amplifier and an oscillator
b) an oscillator only
c) an amplifier only

The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

9. HIRF protection of LRUs is provided by

a) built in filters and overvoltage circuits
b) internally shielded cables
c) built in filters only

The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

10. An EADI display of flight director commands are coloured

a) cyan
b) red
c) magenta
The correct answer is c Aircraft instruments and integrated systems,(pallet) page 302 fig 12.5 eadi flight
director command bars are magenta

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gate systems

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gate systems

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on memory (RAM) types

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on computer terminology

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on MIL-STD-1553 data bus system

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on CRTs

Question :9
The correct answer is a Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :10
The correct answer is c Aircraft instruments and integrated systems,(pallet) page 302 fig 12.5 eadi flight
director command bars are magenta

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 19. You've been here 1 times.

1. Which systems does a modern ADC give information to?
a) Flight control computer, Air Data Instrument, Engine systems
b) EFIS
c) EICAS

The correct answer is a Read up on Air Data Computer

2. Binary Number: 110010

a) 80
b) 50
c) 34

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal conversion

3. How are engine indications sent to the FDR?
a) Via ARINC 573
b) Via ARINC 629
c) Source isolated

The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data Recorder

4. What is this truth table?

A B A.B
000
100
010
111
a) AND gate
b) NOR gate
c) NOT gate

The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

5. Where do the outputs from a DADC go?

a) EADI
b) EHSI
c) IRMP: Inertial Reference Mode Panel
The correct answer is c Read up on Digital AIr Data Computer (IRMP is the control for the Inertial
Referencing Unit)

6. During an EFIS screen fit

a) use bonding strap
b) don’t touch terminals
c) no tooling is required

The correct answer is b Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems - Pallet. pg 219

7. To stop earth loops forming, you would

a) leave both ends of the cable screen open circuit
b) earth both ends of the cable screen
c) earth only one end of the cable screen

The correct answer is c Read up on anti-static precautions

8. How many satellite signals are required to achieve precise 3D positioning?

a) 4
b) 5
c) 6

The correct answer is a Read up on satallite navigation (or GPS)

9. Binary addition of 1101 + 101101 is

a) 58
b) 61
c) 70

The correct answer is a Read up on binary addition and binary to decimal conversions
10. What system uses base 8?
a) ARINC 429, in dataword labels only
b) ARINC 629
c) ARINC 573

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 data bus word format

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Read up on Air Data Computer

Question :2
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to decimal conversion

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on Flight Data Recorder

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on logic gates

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on Digital AIr Data Computer (IRMP is the control for the Inertial
Referencing Unit)

Question :6
The correct answer is b Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems - Pallet. pg 219

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on anti-static precautions

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on satallite navigation (or GPS)

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on binary addition and binary to decimal conversions

Question :10
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 data bus word format

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 20. You've been here 1 times.

1. What maintenance problems are associated fibre optics?
a) Corrosion
b) Earthing faults
c) Kinking and contamination of connectors

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

2. Who can sign for a software update?

a) Design organization or the aircraft manufacturer
b) Engineer
c) Chief pilot

The correct answer is b AWN 43

3. What sort of gate is this?

a) Or gate
b) NOR gate
c) NOT gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

4. What creates the raster effect on a CRT?

a) Sawtooth frequency
b) Sinusoidal frequency
c) Trapezoidal

The correct answer is a Read up on Cathode Ray Tubes

5. Common fibre optic use is

a) modulating intensity on direct read
b) modulating frequency on direct read
c) HIRF

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

6. An aircraft may have been HIRF affected.

a) A static wick check is required
b) A bonding load check is required
c) Test all radio frequencies for interference

The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

7. The binary number 11010111 is expressed as a decimal is:

a) 215
b) 107
 c) 53

The correct answer is a Read up on binary to decimal converion

8. The octal number 1001 expressed as a decimal is:

a) 513
b) 613
c) 713

The correct answer is a Read up on octal to decimal conversion

9. With a relative humidity of 10% to 20%, if you walked over a carpet what electrostatic
voltage value would you expect to see?
a) 6,000 volts
b) 12,000 volts
c) 35,000 volts

The correct answer is c Read up on static electricity

10. Before fitting a Printed Circuit Board you should check the
a) resistance between skin and strap end plug is less than 10 megohms
b) resistance between skin and strap end plug is more than 1 megohms
c) resistance between strap and strap end plug is less than 1 megohms
The correct answer is c CAAIP Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :2
The correct answer is b AWN 43

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on Cathode Ray Tubes

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on binary to decimal converion

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on octal to decimal conversion

Question :9
The correct answer is c Read up on static electricity

Question :10
The correct answer is c CAAIP Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 21. You've been here 1 times.

1. A fibre optic data bus
a) can only transmit 1 message at a time
b) can transmit several messages simultaneously
c) is only used for non essential messages

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

2. The minimum requirement for an aeroplane CVR is

a) from power on
b) from engine start
c) from beginning of take off roll

The correct answer is b JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c) OR answer c by CAP 393 Section I Para 53

3. On an ARINC 629 data bus, the maximum amount of current-mode couplers per data bus
is
a) 46
b) 120
c) 64

The correct answer is b 120 LRUs maximum (but the B777 uses 46)

4. To connect a LRU to the data bus

a) a current mode coupler, serial interface module and terminal controller is
required
b) current mode coupler, terminal controller and a production break is required
c) a terminal controller and interface module only is required

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

5. A current-mode coupler contains an E-Core assembly. The purpose of the E-Core is to

a) couple the signal to the data bus
b) provide effective screening of the signal through the current-mode coupler
c) enable easy access for monitoring of the signal
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

6. The ARINC 429 low rate of transmission is

a) 12-14 Kbits/second with high of 100 kBits/second
b) 12-14 Mbits/second with high of 100 Mbits/secon
c) 100 kbits/second with high of 12-14 Mbits/second

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

7. A D to A converter is required to produce an output range of 0 to –10V. This can be

achieved by
a) a non inverting op amp connected in series with output
b) an inverting op amp connected in series with output
c) a differentiator with a 100 Kilohm feedback resistor

The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and ADCs

8. A D to A converter would use a precision amplifier to

a) ensure that the output voltages remain accurate
b) ensure that the input voltage remains accurate
c) compensate for the variation of the feedback resistor with temperature
The correct answer is a Read up on DACs and ADCs
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

9. A given transducer provides a voltage which corresponds to true heading. This voltage
can be converted to 'bits' by using a
a) commutator
b) digital to analogue converter
c) analogue to digital converter

The correct answer is c Read up on DACs and ADCs

10. The output of a NOT gate is logic 1. The input is

a) logic 1
b) logic 0
c) both logic 1

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :2
The correct answer is b JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c) OR answer c by CAP 393 Section I Para 53

Question :3
The correct answer is b 120 LRUs maximum (but the B777 uses 46)
Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and ADCs

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up on DACs and ADCs

Question :9
The correct answer is c Read up on DACs and ADCs

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 22. You've been here 1 times.

1. An ARINC 629 bus cable is a twisted pair of wires with
a) a 130 ohm resistor at one end
b) a 230 ohm resistor at one end
c) a 130 ohm resistor at both ends

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

2. An ARINC 629 stub cable

a) connects bi-directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler
b) connects single directional data between the LRU and current mode coupler
c) connects bi-directional data between two LRUs

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

3. Care must be taken when installing ARINC 629 cables into bus panels, damage to cables
can cause
 a) arcing of high voltage signals
b) standing waves.
c) corrosion of the conductor

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

4. An aircraft data bus system

a) cannot use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 data buses.
b) can use both ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 as they are compatible.
c) can use both systems, ARINC 629 and ARINC 429 via system card files and
signal gateways

The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

5. An Inertial Navigation System (INS/IRS) computes distance from acceleration by

a) a simple integration
b) a differentiation followed by an integration
c) two successive integrations

The correct answer is c Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

6. Before the aircraft is moved from the loading pier the pilot must
a) insert the latitude and longitude of the pier into the IRS
b) set the altitude to be fed into the INS
c) insert the longitude and latitude of the first waypoint into the INS

The correct answer is a Read up on Inertial Reference Systems

7. A 12 bit 16 Channel encoder will use a multiplexer with

a) 2 wire series address line
b) 3 bit parallel address line
c) 4 bit parallel address line

The correct answer is a Read up on multiplexing

8. An A to D converter uses successive approximation to

a) increase resolution
b) increase speed
c) increase accuracy

The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

9. An R-2R D to A converter uses

a) two values of resistors whose precision is not important
b) two values of precision resistors
c) resistors whose values are logarithmic

The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

10. A fiber optic cable to LRU connector should be connected

a) using torque-loaded pliers
b) hand tight only
c) very carefully to ensure alignment and reduce light loss
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on Inertial Reference Systems

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on multiplexing

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on ADCs and DACs

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 23. You've been here 1 times.

1. An IRS has
a) accelerometers fixed to the airframe and gyros on a stable platform
b) accelerometers and gyros fixed to a the airframe
c) accelerometers on a stable platform and gyros fixed to the airframe
The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

2. An IRS system requires data for wind computation from

a) central Air Data Computer
b) satellites
c) Doppler System

The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

3. The FMS carries out a Rho/Theta navigation function, the purpose of this is to
a) update the IRS system with an accurate position fix of latitude and longitude
b) to update the EMS with the new lateral flight profile for the flight plan
c) to update the VOR and DME systems with an accurate position fix

The correct answer is a Read up on FMS - IRS update function

4. The FMS is updated

a) by the aircrew by reference to the Tech Log
b) automatically by update data from the ACARS
c) by an aircraft engineer updates the system either by a magnetic tape or floppy
disc

The correct answer is c Read up on FMS database updating

5. Pitch Control of a fly by wire system is achieved by

a) elevators only
b) stabilizer and elevator
c) stabilizer only

The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

6. In a fly by wire system, if the pilot control input is derived from a side stick controller:
a) control surface feedback is fed to the side stick
b) there is no control surface feedback to the side stick
c) there will be only control surface feedback to the side stick after a computer
failure

The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

7. In memory using multivibrators, when power is switched off the datawill

a) still be available on power up
b) be lost
c) automatically be downloaded

The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

8. The resistance of the wrist strap used as part of anti static precautions should be
a) 0 - 200 ohm
b) 250 kilohm - 1.5 megohm
c) 20 megohm - 200 megohm

The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

9. What is the function of a status register in a microprocessor?

a) To indicate the status of the processor
b) In the ALU, to store the position of the program during an interrupt
 c) To synchronize the clock pulse

The correct answer is a <See [Link]

10. What is the advantage of EPROM over fusible link?

a) Cheaper to produce
b) Can be re-programmed
c) Does not need refreshing
The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on FMS - IRS update function

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on FMS database updating

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on fly-by-wire

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

Question :8
The correct answer is b CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 5.3.1

Question :9
The correct answer is a <See [Link]

Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on RAM types

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 24. You've been here 1 times.

1. A basic IRS platform has
a) 3 accelerometers and 2 laser gyros
b) 2 Accelerometers and 3 laser gyros
c) 3 accelerometers and 3 laser gyros
The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

2. What must be entered into the IRS before the aircraft can be moved?
a) Present position
b) Flight plan
c) Cruise height

The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

3. The FMS Operational Data Base is

a) updated once a month
b) is fed with information on aircraft weight, cruise altitude and cost index before
take off
c) needs no update information

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases

4. Control surface feedback is fed back to

a) the Flight Control Computer only
b) the Flight Control Computer and side stick controller
c) the side stick controller only

The correct answer is a Read up on fly by wire

5. The function of a commutator is to

a) convert from analogue to binary form
b) provide a sampling in sequence of a number of parameters
c) provide continuous availability of all parameters connected to the system

The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and CADs

6. When the voltage that represents a logic 1 state is less than the voltage that represents a
logic 0 state, the logic being used is
a) either positive or negative
b) positive
c) negative

The correct answer is c Read up on logic systems

7. The output of an AND gate having two inputs A and B is logic 1. The two inputs will
have the logic states of
a) A = 0, B = 0
b) A = 1, B = 1
c) A = 1, B = 0
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

8. Registers are used in digital computers to

a) store bits of information in a permanent memory
b) store a limited amount of information on a temporary basis
c) keep a count of operations completed

The correct answer is b Read up on CPU architecture

9. What is 0111000012 in Octal?

a) 281 10
b) 225 8
c) 341 8

The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

10. ARINC 629 is used for

a) normal flight
b) emergency only
c) a backup to ARINC 429

The correct answer is a Read up on the ARINC 429 and 629 data bus system
How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on fly by wire

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on DACs and CADs

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on logic systems

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on CPU architecture

Question :9
The correct answer is c Read up on binary to octal conversions

Question :10
The correct answer is a Read up on the ARINC 429 and 629 data bus system
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 25. You've been here 1 times.

1. Testing of HIRF on aircraft systems is done
a) by periodically listening for interference on all systems
b) at and during production and testing (initial certification)
c) only after a report of radio interference

The correct answer is b Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

2. How are earth loops prevented from forming?

a) Ground only one end of the cable screen
b) Ground both ends of the cable screen
c) Ground neither end of the cable screen

The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

3. When carrying out a bonding check on a surface protected by anodic film

a) the anodic film should be removed locally to ensure a good contact
b) the film is conductive so no preparations are required
c) add a bonding factor to the result of the test to account for the resistance of the
anodic film

The correct answer is a Read up on electrical testing

4. The accelerometer output in an INS/IRS is

a) integrated twice to give velocity
b) integrated twice to give distance
c) integrated once to give distance

The correct answer is b Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

5. An INS/IRS Battery Unit provides

a) standby power when airborne and on the ground
b) standby power only whilst in flight
c) standby power only on the ground

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 247 & 248
6. The FMS Navigation Data Base must be updated
a) once a month
b) every 28 days
c) before each flight to establish the flight plan

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases

7. If a fly by wire actuator loses hydraulic power the control surface will
a) automatically move back to the neutral position
b) remain rigid in the failure position
c) remain in the failure position but may move due to aerodynamic pressure

The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

8. The output of an OR gate having two inputs A and B is logic 0. The two inputs will have
the logic states of
a) A = 0, B = 0
b) A = 1, B = 0
c) A = 0, B = 1

The correct answer is a Read up logic gates

9. When clamping cable looms containing co-axial cables

a) avoid distortion to the co-axial cable to maintain the dielectric constant
b) distortion of the outer sheath is allowed providing the inner cable is not affected
c) the clamps must be no more than 1 metre apart

The correct answer is a Read up on cable installations

10. When incorporating an aerial cable it must be

a) in the centre of the other wires
b) outside the other wires for easy access
c) positioned separately from the loom

The correct answer is c Read up on cable installations

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

Question :3
The correct answer is a Read up on electrical testing

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on acceleration - velocity - distance computations

Question :5
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett Page 247 & 248

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases
Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

Question :8
The correct answer is a Read up logic gates

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on cable installations

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on cable installations

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 26. You've been here 1 times.

1. Some of the advantages of fiber optic cable over copper cable are
a) non conductive, easy to manufacture and assemble, higher bandwidth
b) smaller size and weight, non conductive, more rugged, higher security
c) non conductive, higher bandwidth, higher security, smaller size and weight

The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

2. When carrying out airframe bonding checks as part of a program of HIRF prevention the
airframe bonding resistance should be less than
a) 50 milliohms
b) 100 milliohms
c) 1 ohm

The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

3. LCD screens are driven by

a) AC voltage
b) variable current DC voltage
c) fixed current DC voltage

The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

4. IRS alignment
a) takes up to 10 minutes and the present position can be entered at any time during
alignment
 b) takes up to 10 minutes and present position must be entered before alignment.
c) takes up to 10 minutes and the previous flight shut down present position is used
for the alignment

The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

5. A fault light appears on the IRS Mode Selector Unit during the alignment sequence. The
correct action is
a) immediately switch off and select the standby system.
b) select HDG/STS on the Inertial System Display Unit (ISDU), observe the action
code in the right alpha/numeric display
c) refer to the warning display on the EICAS/ECAM system.

The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

6. EFlS systems have two control panels, their purpose is

a) to provide display control by one control panel whilst the other provides a
standby
b) one for the EADI display and one for the EHSI display
c) one to control the type of EFlS display and the other to select the source of the
information being displayed

The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

7. A FMS has a total of how many Data Bases

a) 1
b) 2
c) 4

The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases (navigation and performance databases)

8. Fly by wire High Speed protection is

a) to prevent high speed stall
b) to increase the pitch angle as speed increases
c) to prevent tuck under

The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire

9. In a single mode fibre optic cable

a) several waves travel down the cable
b) the diameter of the cable is dependent on the wavelength of the light used*
c) the distortion of the signal occurs is dependent on the length of cable

The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

10. A semiconductor which emits photons and releases electrons when stimulated by photons
is called
a) an LED
b) a photodiode
c) a laser diode

The correct answer is c Read up on laser diodes (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation)
How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Read up on fibre optics

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on HIRF protection

Question :3
The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

Question :4
The correct answer is a Read up on IRS

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on IRS

Question :6
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Question :7
The correct answer is b Read up on FMS databases (navigation and performance databases)

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire

Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on fibre optics

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on laser diodes (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation)

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 27. You've been here 1 times.

1. An IRS Laser gyro provides
a) detection of the rate of movement about an aircraft axis
b) detection of the earth’s rotation to establish true north
c) detection of the earth’s gravitational force to establish true north

The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

2. A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) has the advantage over a CRT because
a) it displays more colours
b) it requires less servicing
c) it requires no cooling

The correct answer is c Read up on LCDs and CRTs

3. The left and right cockpit displays

a) are supplied from separate Symbol Generators at all times
b) are supplied from the same Symbol Generator
c) will only be supplied from the same symbol generator when all other symbol
generators have failed

The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

4. A single failure of a fly by wire control surface computer will

a) cause the system to revert to an alternate law of operation
b) cause the system to revert to a direct law of operation
c) not have any operational effect on the system

The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

5. An encoder changes
a) analogue to digital
b) digital to analogue
c) data from one format to another

The correct answer is c Read up on encoders and decoders

6. An encoder using Grey code

a) changes analogue to digital
b) changes analogue to binary
c) changes digital to analogue

The correct answer is a Read up on altitude encoders and grey code

7. What is the Low Speed transmission rate for ARINC 429?

a) 12 – 14.5 kbits / second
b) 100 kbits / second
c) 120 kbits / second

The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

8. What is this symbol:

a) Exclusive AND gate

b) Exclusive OR gate
c) Exclusive NOR gate
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

9. What Logic Gate does this switch circuit indicate?

a) AND gate
b) OR gate
c) NOR gate

The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

10. What is the effect of a level 1 software failure?

a) Significant reduction in safety margins
b) Large reduction in safety margins
c) Loss of aircraft and / or fatalities

The correct answer is c Read up on software management

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137

Question :2
The correct answer is c Read up on LCDs and CRTs

Question :3
The correct answer is c Read up on EFIS

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on fly by wire systems

Question :5
The correct answer is c Read up on encoders and decoders

Question :6
The correct answer is a Read up on altitude encoders and grey code

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on ARINC 429 and 629 data bus systems

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates
Question :9
The correct answer is b Read up on logic gates

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on software management

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 28. You've been here 1 times.

1. Ribbon cables affected by mutual impedance and current loop leakage are protected by
a) earthing each conductor
b) earthing each alternate conductor
c) wrapping the complete ribbon in an earthed shield

The correct answer is b Read up on HIRF protection

2. What is the definition of baud rate?

a) 1 bit per second
b) 1 byte per second
c) 1 word per second

The correct answer is a Read up on computer terminology

3. An RS flip-flop with Q at 1 is said to be

a) reset
b) set
c) zero

The correct answer is b Read up on flip-flops / vibrators

4. What is the Boolean Algebra for the XOR Circuit below?

The correct answer is b Read up on boolean algebra

5. What does the logic circuit below represent?

a) Half adder circuit

b) Full Adder Circuit
c) Multi-bit adder

The correct answer is b Read up on adders

6. The release of a photon by another photon is an example of

a) a zener diode
b) an LED
c) a photo diode

The correct answer is b Reead up on LED operation

7. When a JK flip flop is used as a memory device, what type of memory would it be?
a) non-volatile
b) read-only
c) volatile

The correct answer is c Read up on memory types

8. Once an ARINC 629 LRU has transmitted a message it will wait how long before
transmitting again?
a) Until the end of the synchronization gap.
b) Until the end of the transmit interval
c) Until the start of the terminal gap

The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 629 data word format

9. How is the word label 206 written in ARINC 429?

 a) Decimal 206
b) Binary 11000110
c) Octal 01100001

The correct answer is c Label is Octal - MSB to right - so yes, it is backwards

10. What is ARINC 561 used for?

a) Flight Data Recorder systems
b) Fly by Wire systems
c) Inertial Navigation Systems

The correct answer is c Read up on the ARINC data bus systems

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Read up on HIRF protection

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on computer terminology

Question :3
The correct answer is b Read up on flip-flops / vibrators

Question :4
The correct answer is b Read up on boolean algebra

Question :5
The correct answer is b Read up on adders

Question :6
The correct answer is b Reead up on LED operation

Question :7
The correct answer is c Read up on memory types

Question :8
The correct answer is b Read up on ARINC 629 data word format

Question :9
The correct answer is c Label is Octal - MSB to right - so yes, it is backwards

Question :10
The correct answer is c Read up on the ARINC data bus systems

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5
Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 29. You've been here 1 times.

1. What are the outputs from digital clocks used for?

a) VOR, ILS and DME

b) Flight data acquisition unit, Flight management computer and Voice recorder
c) Weather radar, TCAS and ACARS

The correct answer is b Only these require real time reference

2. What does a fibre optic star connection do?

a) Provides direct point-to-point services to units on dedicated lines emanating

from the central hub
b) Provides a continuous loop of fibre interconnecting all nodes
c) Shares a common bandwidth of a common cable

The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

3. What is the purpose of the ALU?

a) To convert serial into parallel data
b) To store data being used by the CPU
c) The part of the CPU unit where arithmetic & logic operations are carried out

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 146

4. Which logic gate has both inputs ‘high’ to get an output?

a) NAND gate
b) XOR gate
c) AND gate

The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

5. Which would have the least components?

a) ALU
b) CPU
c) LSI

The correct answer is a Read up on CPU components

6. How many address lines would be needed for an 8 line MUX?

a) 4
b) 3
c) 2

The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing / demultiplexing

7. In a MUX, how is parallel converted to serial?

a) By way of a shift register
 b) By way of a demultiplexer
c) By way of an encoder

The correct answer is a Read up on shift registers

8. If a magnetic field is parallel to the X plates in a CRT, which way will the beam move?
a) Diagonally
b) Vertically
c) Horizontally

The correct answer is c Read up on CRTs

9. What would you expect to see displayed on an EADI display?

a) Flight director command bars, slip indicator, rate to altitude & autoland
b) Compass heading, selected heading and VOR
c) Course information, weather radar, way point alert and bearing pointers

The correct answer is a Read up on EFIS

10. The binary number 10101000111001012 in hexadecimal is:

a) 22BC 16
b) A8E5 16
c) FFFF 16

The correct answer is b Read up on binary to hex conversions

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Only these require real time reference

Question :2
The correct answer is a Read up on fibre optics

Question :3
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition Page 146

Question :4
The correct answer is c Read up on logic gates

Question :5
The correct answer is a Read up on CPU components

Question :6
The correct answer is b Read up on multiplexing / demultiplexing

Question :7
The correct answer is a Read up on shift registers

Question :8
The correct answer is c Read up on CRTs

Question :9
The correct answer is a Read up on EFIS
Question :10
The correct answer is b Read up on binary to hex conversions

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 30. You've been here 1 times.

1. A fibreoptic lens type coupling with lens and integral LED compared to an end-fire
coupling is
a) more efficient
b) less efficient
c) equally efficient

The correct answer is a

2. An analogue to digital converter is as accurate as

a) the sampling rate
b) the frequency
c) the amplitude

The correct answer is a

3. A digital to analogue converter that requires the output to range between 0v and -10v
would have
a) a non-inverting amplifier in parallel with the output line
b) an inverting amplifier in series with the output line
c) a non-inverting amplifier in line with the output with a resistor to ground

The correct answer is b

4. An LED display is
a) red and green
b) monochrome only
c) high definition

The correct answer is b

5. An EFIS ADI display will show along with pitch and roll
a) flight director bars, autoland, compass rose, altitude
b) flight director bars, autoland, altitude, range to altitude, decision height
c) decision height, autoland, rad alt , altitude
The correct answer is c

6. A full operation system BITE check will carry out a internal system test that ensures the
system meets design requirements and is operational
a) but will not move the controls
b) as well as checking full system and will move the controls to their stops
c) as well as checking full system but will not move the controls to their stops

The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

7. If on a flight deck EFIS system all the displays were missing one bit of information this is
most likely to be
a) the symbol generator and display
b) the input sensor bus and display controller
c) the display controller and symbol generator

The correct answer is b

8. A arinc data word is bits 11-29, if bits 11-18 are patched which of the following would be
the LSB bit
a) 19
b) 29
c) 21

The correct answer is a

9. What is a band?
a) A block of data
b) A bit of data
c) A byte of data

The correct answer is b

10. Passive sensors in fibre optics

a) require power for the processing signal before they send them down the fibre
optic
b) require no power and they do not process signals
c) process the signal but do not require power

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

Question :7
The correct answer is b

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 31. You've been here 1 times.

1. An LCD display uses what type of power supply?
a) Continuous AC
b) Variable level DC voltage
c) DC voltage

The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

2. Fibre optic data bus links are

a) bi-directional
b) one way data buses
c) simplex

The correct answer is a

3. 0011011000101001 when transferred to computer language this information can be a
representation of
a) binary, octal or decimal numbers
b) hex, octal and binary numbers
c) hex, octal and decimal numbers

The correct answer is b

4. In a bi-stable memory circuit

a) the memory is lost as soon as power is removed
b) the memory is retained indefinably
c) the memory needs to be refreshed constantly, even when power is on

The correct answer is a

5. In an analogue to digital converter, the input voltage

a) stays on constantly
b) is switched by the digital input
c) is intermittent

The correct answer is a

6. In an RS flip flop output is one. This means it is

a) set
b) reset
c) intermediate

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 143

7. ARINC 629 utilizes

a) full duplex
b) half duplex
c) simplex

The correct answer is b

8. Optical fibre losses are due to

a) absorption only
b) absorption, scattering and reflection
c) radiation, absorption and reflection

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 50

9. The cone of acceptance is measured between

a) longitudinal axis of the core and the outer angle
b) the two outer angles
c) the diameter of the core

The correct answer is a Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 29

10. An R-2R Converter has values or resistance

a) whose precision are accurate
b) whose relative precision are accurate
c) whose precision are not accurate

The correct answer is b

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a See discussion in Forum Module 5 for details

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is a

Question :6
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 143

Question :7
The correct answer is b

Question :8
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 50

Question :9
The correct answer is a Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 29

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 32. You've been here 1 times.

1. An ALU is an example of
a) LSI
b) SSI
c) MSI
The correct answer is a

2. What does 1 represent in an analogue system?

a) Switches closed, magnetised
b) Switches open, unmagnetised
c) High frequency

The correct answer is a

3. A centralised monitoring computer system is used

a) to test system during flight and for BITE test of systems on the ground using a
carry on control unit
b) to test systems in flight and on the ground using a centralised on board control
unit
c) testing systems on the ground only

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 270

4. A signal in an ARINC 629 system uses

a) a pair of wires per transmitter unit
b) a twisted pair of wires or fibre optics
c) a single wire

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

5. A beam deflection on EFIS displays are

a) electromagnetism
b) electrostatic
c) solid state

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 297

6. A nand and nor to become a not gate have

a) inputs connected together
b) inputs inverted
c) outputs inverted

The correct answer is a

7. An in-series ARINC 429 system transmits using

a) wave dividing multiplexing
b) time dividing multiplexing
c) encoder

The correct answer is b

8. Fibre optic cables use

a) reflective outer shell
b) refractive outer shell
c) reflective inner shell

The correct answer is b The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

9. A sinusoidal circular time constant produces what output?

 a) 90 degrees out of phase
b) 180 degrees out of phase
c) In phase

The correct answer is a

10. A terminal controller

a) transmits only when addressed
b) is repetitive transmitting
c) will transmit only once during each transmit interval

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 270

Question :4
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

Question :5
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 297

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is b

Question :8
The correct answer is b The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5
Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 33. You've been here 1 times.

1. What is the advantage of series over parallel message sending?
a) Quicker
b) More information sent
c) Only one pair of conductors

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

2. The number of LRUs which transmit/receive on ARINC-429 is dependent upon

a) size of S.D.I
b) speed of transmission & size of aircraft systems
c) parallel input impedance

The correct answer is c

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

3. In fibre optic cable, signals are separated by

a) active optic filter
b) passive optic filter
c) low pass filter

The correct answer is a

4. In an EFIS display, the lines, Scales, Indicator and Synoptic are generated by
a) synoptic scan
b) stroke scan
c) raster scan

The correct answer is b 757 MM 34-22-00 page 40 (p) and 737 MM 34-22-00 page 47, 4(b)

5. Speed of computer process information depends upon

a) the size of the programme
b) the time period to access the memory
c) the external inputs to the system

The correct answer is b

6. A typical example of a mass storage memory device which "write once" and "read many"
is
a) a CD Rom
b) an IC
c) a magnetic tape

The correct answer is a

7. When handling PCB's labelled ESDS, what precaution are taken?

 a) Isolate electrical power before installing on Aircraft
b) First earth with aircraft then to it
c) Do not touch its pins as copper contamination can occur

The correct answer is a Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems. Pallett. Page 219

8. A computer consist of at least the C.P.U and

a) memory and input & output port
b) register section, ALU, timing and control section
c) memory, ALU, input & output port

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 144

9. Electromagnetic compatibility is achieved by

a) shielding, screening, earthing, bonding and interference filters
b) enclosing the system with same frequency and strength of which screening is
done
c) coating in a conductive paint

The correct answer is a

10. The supply to an LCD is

a) AC
b) current restricted DC
c) voltage restricted DC

The correct answer is a See discussion in FORUM Module 5

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is b 757 MM 34-22-00 page 40 (p) and 737 MM 34-22-00 page 47, 4(b)

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is a Microelectronics in Aircraft Systems. Pallett. Page 219

Question :8
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 144

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is a See discussion in FORUM Module 5

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 34. You've been here 1 times.

1. The method of producing (white) lines for aircraft symbols, V/S scale etc. on an EADI is
by
a) stroke scan
b) raster scan
c) trapezoidal input

The correct answer is a MM 737-300/400/500, 34-22-00 page 47 4b or MM 757 34-22-00 page 40 (p).
'The special symbols, characters, letters, vectors and arcs are displayed using the stroke method. The EADI
sky/ground ball or EHSI weather radar are displayed using the raster method

2. In modern aircraft, the output from the clock is used

a) to synchronise the signals on the control bus
b) give GMT details to the flight recorder and other systems
c) to provide a clock pulse for CRT

The correct answer is b

3. Audio sounds recorded digitally

a) are not as accurate due to clipping and input errors
b) are superior quality and "data preservation"
c) are narrow bandwidth

The correct answer is b

4. When carrying out HIRF maintenance on aircraft, the max resistance is

a) 1 milliohm
b) 1 ohm
c) 0.05 ohms

The correct answer is c

5. A computer message 3B4 is

 a) binary
b) octal
c) hexadecimal

The correct answer is c

6. One of the ARINC 429 formats is

a) hexadecimal
b) BCD
c) octal

The correct answer is b [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

7. When does voice data recording commence?

a) On engine start
b) From aircraft take off run
c) After take off when airborne

The correct answer is b CAP 393 Section I Para 53, OR answer c by JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c)

8. What is 54 octal in hexadecimal

a) 2C
b) 4F
c) 2F

The correct answer is a

9. A heading reference of 320 degrees in a word label format would be written as

a) 101010001
b) 11010000
c) 01000111

The correct answer is b

10. Within an EFIS display system, all displays have 1 bit of information missing. What
would be the most probable cause?
a) Symbol generator and sensor input
b) Display controller and sensor input bus
c) Display controller and symbol generator

The correct answer is b

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a MM 737-300/400/500, 34-22-00 page 47 4b or MM 757 34-22-00 page 40 (p). 'The
special symbols, characters, letters, vectors and arcs are displayed using the stroke method. The EADI
sky/ground ball or EHSI weather radar are displayed using the raster method

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is b [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question :7
The correct answer is b CAP 393 Section I Para 53, OR answer c by JAR OPS Para 1.700 (c)

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 35. You've been here 1 times.

1. A computer using RAM would utilise
a) a compact disc
b) an integrated circuit (chip)
c) magnetic tape

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

2. With a j-k flip flop which is the output set

a) q=1
b) q=0
c) either

The correct answer is a

3. If the glideslope pointer is below the centre mark the aircraft is

a) on the glideslope
 b) below the glideslope
c) above the glideslope

The correct answer is c

4. 2D in decimal is
a) 45
b) 43
c) 41

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

5. The operational data base of the FMS may have to be modified in flight
a) by the pilot
b) automatically by the DADC
c) It cannot be modified in flight

The correct answer is c

6. An LED will emit light when

a) it is forward biased
b) it is reverse biased
c) either forward or reverse biased if a sufficient level of ac voltage is applied

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 121

7. On an EFIS system the weather radar is displayed on

a) the EADI
b) the EHSI
c) the FMC CDU

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 305

8. CADC outputs are

a) altitude, vertical speed, IAS, mach no
b) altitude ,vertical speed, angle of attack, TAT, SAT
c) altitude, vertical speed, TAS, CAS, mach no, SAT, TAT

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page 162.

9. Data is converted from serial to parallel and parallel to serial by

a) a parallel register
b) a shift register
c) a synchronous counter

The correct answer is b

10. A group of bits transmitted at the same time is

a) a clock signal
b) parallel data
c) serial data

The correct answer is b

How did you do?
------------------------------------
Question :1
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is c

Question :4
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 121

Question :7
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 305

Question :8
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Page 162.

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 36. You've been here 1 times.

1. A typical characteristic of a CMOS is
a) low power dissipation
b) high voltage handling
c) high power dissipation

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 140
2. If one EICAS CRT fails
a) the remaining CRT will display primary EICAS data
b) the FMS CDU will display the failed CRT data
c) the standby CRT will automatically take over

The correct answer is a

3. 84 decimal in hexadecimal is
a) 54
b) f4
c) 5f

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

4. EADI displays
a) pitch and roll attitudes
b) heading and weather radar
c) pitch, roll and waypoints

The correct answer is a

5. On an EHSI in weather radar mode, a severe storm would be shown as

a) orange areas with black or yellow surrounds
b) red areas with black surrounds
c) blue areas with white background

The correct answer is b

6. Variations in light on EFIS displays are compensated for by

a) integrated light dependant resistors in the display compensating for each display
individual
b) An external light dependant resistor mounted on the flight deck compensating
for all displays in a parallel-parallel format
c) manual adjustment by flight crew on EFIS controller

The correct answer is a

7. The input bus into a central processor unit is a

a) one way bus
b) bi directional bus
c) two way bus

The correct answer is a

8. A method used in modern aircraft for reporting in flight faults to an engineering and
monitoring ground station is
a) TCAS II
b) ACARS
c) TAWS

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 299

9. A CRT display has the advantage over an LCD display by

a) brighter clearer output
b) more energy efficient
c) large viewing angle
The correct answer is c

10. Most fibre optic connectors are designed so

a) the receptacle has to torque to a designated torque to ensure correct alignment
b) the connectors can not be over tightened
c) the connector can not be replaced on the aircraft

The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 140

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 299

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
Start at

This is exam number 37. You've been here 1 times.

1. The self test function on an EFIS system can be tested
a) in the air only
b) on the ground only
c) in the air and on the ground

The correct answer is b

2. Each of the symbol generator outputs in an EFIS system can be

a) displayed of each individual display
b) only no. 2 can be displayed on the no.1
c) can not be interchanged

The correct answer is a

3. An AND gate with inverted inputs and an inverted output is equivalent to

a) an AND gate
b) an OR gate
c) a NOR gate

The correct answer is b

4. Logic gates internal operating mechanisms are produced from

a) thin film resistors
b) transistors
c) diodes

The correct answer is b

5. To display a circle on a CRT you use

a) 2 sine waves 180 degrees out of phase
b) 2 sine waves 90 degrees out of phase
c) 2 square wave 90 degrees out of phase

The correct answer is b

6. The light source used in fibre optics is

a) higher bandwidth than visible light
b) lower bandwidth than visible light
c) visible light

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics J Crisp Page 18/19

7. When the power is removed from a bi-stable memory device, it's memory will
a) be lost indefinitely
b) be saved indefinitely
c) downloaded to memory

The correct answer is a

8. BITE tests are inhibited for ground use during
a) take-off
b) gear retraction
c) forward motion

The correct answer is a

9. Software changes come under the responsibility of

a) the national aviation authority
b) the aircraft constructor
c) the engineer

The correct answer is b AWN 45

10. A multiplexer
a) takes many signals in and converts it to a serial transmission output
b) takes one signal in and converts it to a parallel transmission output
c) takes many signals in and puts these in a parallel transmission on the output

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics J Crisp Page 18/19

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b AWN 45

Question :10
The correct answer is a
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

Start at

This is exam number 38. You've been here 1 times.

1. The CPU consists of
a) register and arithmetic logic unit only
b) ALU, timing and control section, register
c) register, timing and control section only

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Intergrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 153 Basic CPU,.
Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 145

2. The ARINC 429 system uses the following system to transfer data
a) non return to zero
b) harvard bi phase
c) bi-directional return to zero

The correct answer is c [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

3. Which of the following ARINCs are bidirectional?

a) 429
b) 629
c) 573

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148.
[Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

4. Data is transferred on the MIL-STD-1553B by using

a) bipolar return to zero
b) manchester bi-phase
c) non return to zero

The correct answer is b [Link] MIL-STD-1553 tutorial

5. The general arrangement of ARINC 629 includes

a) current mode coupler, data bus cable only
 b) data bus cable, stub cable, voltage mode coupler
c) data bus cable, current mode coupler, stub cable

The correct answer is c

6. To deflect the beam of a CRT horizontally, coils are placed on the neck of the tube
a) one on the side, one at the bottom
b) each side
c) top and bottom

The correct answer is c

7. During flight (non fault conditions) the EICAS system displays on the lower CRT
a) secondary engine parameters
b) synoptic display
c) flight phase page

The correct answer is a

8. Who can design new software?

a) BCAR section A8 approved company
b) BCAR section A1 approved company
c) The CAA

The correct answer is a AWN45a para 3.1.3 (BCAR section A sub section A8)

9. Data bus cables are terminated using

a) 130 ohms resistor
b) 100 ohms resistor
c) 25 ohms resistor

The correct answer is a

10. Modern aircraft with electronic displays would display information on airframe and
engine on which system?
a) Flight management system
b) Electronic centralised aircraft monitoring system (ECAM)
c) EADI
The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Intergrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 153 Basic CPU,.
Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 145

Question :2
The correct answer is c [Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question :3
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148.
[Link] ARINC 429 tutorial

Question :4
The correct answer is b [Link] MIL-STD-1553 tutorial
Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a AWN45a para 3.1.3 (BCAR section A sub section A8)

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 39 You've been here 1 times

1. The Flight data recorder starts recording

• a) after take off
• b) on aircraft roll out from stand
• c) after the first engine has started

The correct answer is c JAR OPS Supbart K 1.715 e

2. Data to flight data recorder can be taken form a communal data bus if
• a) it goes directly to it
• b) the power is within flight data recorder limits
• c) if source isolation has been considered

The correct answer is c

3. In arinc 429 data field is bits 11 to 28. If the bits 11 to 18 had pad bits, the L.S.B. Of the data would
be
• a) bit 19
• b) bit 11
• c) bit 28

The correct answer is a

4. The BCD data field of arinc 429 is contained within bits

• a) 1-8
• b) 11 - 29
• c) 11-28

The correct answer is b Binary Word is 11 - 28. BCD Word is 11 - 29

5. After attaching a wrist strap to you wrist (which is connected to aircraft ground), prior to removal of
ESDS equipment, the resistance measured
• a) between the strap and the pin ground must be >10 Megohms
• b) between your skin and the pin ground must be <10 megohms
• c) between the strap and the pin ground must be <10 meghms

The correct answer is b Answer found in Boeing SWPM. 20-41-01 3(2) (e) Hold the red lead of the (test)
meter between the forefinger and the thumb. The acceptable range is less than 10,000,000 ohms

6. The major source of degradation of HIRF protection is

• a) corrosion
• b) damage to static wicks
• c) radio filter break down

The correct answer is c The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

7. The resistance of the magnetic coils of a CRT. Is offset by using

• a) trapezoidal voltage
• b) constant voltage
• c) sawtooth voltage

The correct answer is a

8. If the magnetic deflection plates produce a magnetic field which is parallel to the horizontal then the
trace is deflected in
• a) horizontal axis
• b) circular motion
• c) vertical axis

The correct answer is c

9. Light transmission in a fibre optic cable is due to

• a) repeated internal reflection
• b) refraction of the light
• c) defraction of the light

The correct answer is a

10. The name given to the joining of two fibre optic cables by aligning them carefully and bringing
them into close proximity of each other is
• a) Fusion
• b) End to end
• c) Lens Coupling
The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c JAR OPS Supbart K 1.715 e

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is b Binary Word is 11 - 28. BCD Word is 11 - 29

Question :5
The correct answer is b Answer found in Boeing SWPM. 20-41-01 3(2) (e) Hold the red lead of the (test)
meter between the forefinger and the thumb. The acceptable range is less than 10,000,000 ohms

Question :6
The correct answer is c The exact definition of HIRF does not include electrostatc discharge (ESD). But
only interference from outside sources. Understanding HIRF By Gerald L. Fuller

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is c

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 40 You've been here 1 times

1. In a fibre optic cable
• a) only one data signal can be sent down it at any one time
• b) multiple data signals can be sent down it at one time
• c) data can only be sent in one direction

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

2. A logic 1 may be represented in an analogue system by

(where Q is an output of a latch I flip-flop)
• a) switch open I light on IQ
• b) switch closed I light off / Not Q
• c) positive I magnetised IQ

The correct answer is c

3. A central fault display system should be available through

• a) a bite test
• b) a easily accessible multifunction control display unit
• c) a central bite test box with clear LED indications

The correct answer is b

4 An analogue to digital converter where it counts up to binary state eciual to the analogue in
put and then back down when this is reached is a
% a) successive approximation counter
• b) a tracking ramp type converter
• c) flash type converter

The correct answer is b Digital Fundimentals T L Floyd page 571

5. Transistors are used in a current triggered D to A device to

• a) switch on the input
• b) switch of the inputs
• c) change the state of the inputs

The correct answer is c

6. Radio altitude is displayed on an EFIS system

• a) on the Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
• b) on the Electronic Attitude Direction Indicator
• c) ontheRMI

The correct answer is b

7. A flight data recorder should be capable of recording

• a) the last 25 hours
• b) the last 25 hours of aircraft flight
• c) the last 25 hours with engines running

The correct answer is c

8. Op amps generally used in ADCs and DACs are normally % a) high input impedance, low
output impedance
• b) high input impedance , high output impedance % c) low input impedance , how output
impedance
The correct answer is a

9. Magnetic materials are used in

• a) ROMs only
• b) some RAMs
• c) EPROM

The correct answer is b

10. The pins on an op amp are numbered

• a) clockwise
• b) anticlockwise
• c) cross ways

The correct answer is b Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 16D

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b Digital Fundimentals T L Floyd page 571

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is c

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is b Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 16D

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam
Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number41 You've been here 1 times

1. A parallel register
• a) reads each bit to be stored simultaneously
b) requires a clock pulse for each bit
• c) reads the stored data when logic 0 is applied to the read line

The correct answer is a

2. HIRF protection is in the order of

• a) hardened skin and protecting wires I LRUs
. b) bonding as many parts of the aircraft as possible and a maximum resistance
• 0.05ohms
• c) periodically turn off components whilst radio transmitting

The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include static build-up, but does include
interference from outside sources. The protection from such interferenc is via the aircraft skin and
wire/LRU shielding. Understanding HIRF, Gerald L Fuller

3. 16 hexadecimal converted to decimal is equivalent to

• a) 38
• b) 48
• c) 22

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

4. To get logic 1 using this gate

•
a) A or B = 1
• b) A and B = 1
• c) A and B = 0

The correct answer is c

5. What logic gate would this circuit represent?

• a) NAND Gate
• b) NOR gate
• c) AND gate
The correct answer is c

6. Decimal 10 converted to binary is

• a) 1111
• b) 1001
• c) 1010

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

7. What systems uses base 10?

• a) Decimal
• b) Digital
• c) Octal

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

8. What systems use base 16?

• a) Octal
• b) BCD
• c) Hexadecimal

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

9. EADI pointers, dials and engine data is produced using

a) stroke
b) raster
c) electromagnetic waves

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 300

10. Fibre optic cables consists of a silica glass core and

a) refractive outer cladding
b) reflective outer cladding
c) reflective inner cladding

The correct answer is a The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a The exact definition of HIRF does not include static build-up, but does include
interference from outside sources. The protection from such interferenc is via the aircraft skin and
wire/LRU shielding. Understanding HIRF, Gerald L Fuller

Question :3
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :4
The correct answer is c
Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

Question :7
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 128

Question :8
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 132

Question :9
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 300

Question :10
The correct answer is a The outer cladding is glass, so it is refractive (but less so than the core). Cladding
causes Total Internal Reflection (TIR), so question can be interpreted in two ways.

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number42 You've been here 1 times

1. The waveform to the coil of a CRT is

• a) trapezoidal
• b) ramp
• c) analogue

The correct answer is a

2. Analogue logic 1 is
• a) closed switch, Logic Q=0
• b) closed circuit, Logic Q=1
• c) open circuit

The correct answer is b

3. ARINC 629 is transmitted using
a) fibre optics or twisted pair of wires
• b) single wire for each transmitter
• c) SWG 28 wire

The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

4. BITE for ground use only is switched off

• a) when breaks are released
b) when undercarriage up
• c) on take-off

The correct answer is c

5. Fibre optics relies on

• a) fibre absorbing light
• b) light reflecting off cladding
• c) light escaping cladding

The correct answer is b

6. The "light" emitted from a LED used within a fibre-optic system will have a wavelength
• a) slightly longer then that of visible light
• b) slightly shorter then that of visible light
• c) equal to that of visible light

The correct answer is a Infrared from 850nm. Visible light is 400 - 800 nm

7. Binary coded decimal (BCD) format has a minimum of

• a) four "Os" or "1s"
• b) 2lotsoffour"0s"or"1s"
• c) 3 lots of four "Os" or "1 s"

The correct answer is a

8. A simplex system has

• a) 1 transmitter and multiple receivers
• b) 1 bus controller and 1 remote terminal
• c) 1 bus controller and multiple receivers

The correct answer is a

9. Fibre optic cable over copper cable has the following advantages
• a) non-conductive, easier to manufacture and assemble, greater bandwidth
• b) non-conductive, greater bandwidth, greater signal security
• c) greater bandwidth, greater signal security, more robust

The correct answer is b

10. An EFIS system ADI displays pitch, roll

• a) autoland, altitude, compass rose and flight director bars
• b) autoland, decision height, range to altitude and flight director bars and slip indicator
• c) autoland, rad alt, decision height and slip indicator

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is a Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 148

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is a Infrared from 850nm. Visible light is 400 - 800 nm

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 43. You've been here 1 times.

1. What is the Hexadecimal number F86 in Binary?
a) 111110000110
 b) 111110000001
c) 3974

The correct answer is a Convert it to Decimal first (15 x 256 + 8 x 16 + 6 x 1) = 3974. Since it is an even
number, it must be the answer with a zero on the end.

2. What is 11000012 - 1011002?

a) 1101112
b) 100011012
c) 1101012

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 1129

3. During normal functioning of an ECAM system the engine data shown on the
Engine/Warning display comes from the
a) EFIS channel of DMC3
b) ECAM channel of DMC1
c) ECAM channel of DMC3

The correct answer is b DMC 1 (in normal operation) supplies info the the upper ECAM, DMC 2 supplies
info to the lower ECAM and DMC 3 is in standby

4. To create a bi-directional communications link within an ARINC 429 system

a) only one databus is required
b) two databuses are required
c) four databuses are required

The correct answer is b

5. Using I.N.S. an aircraft flies

a) course directed by ground station
b) great circle route
c) rhumb line

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 132

6. What warnings can an FMS provide?

a) Discrete warnings
b) Spurious faults
c) Ground faults only

The correct answer is a

7. Aircraft heading (HDG) is

a) the angle between True North and the desired track
b) the angle between True North and the actual track
c) the angle between True North and the longitudinal axis of the aircraft

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 254

8. For an IRS System to pass the ‘Alignment System Performance Test’ the
a) entered present latitude and longitude must agree with the latitude and longitude
at last power down
b) the No 1 and No 2 must both have the same latitude and longitude present
position entered
c) the latitude entered must be within given limits of the latitude computed by IRU
The correct answer is c Aircraft Intruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett pages 279-280

9. The accepted error from INS / IRS is

a) 2 miles / hour + 3 miles
b) l mile / hour + 3 miles
c) 3 miles / hour + 3 miles

The correct answer is c

10. Control Display Unit (CDU ) selection of TKE (Track Angle Error), displays
a) distance perpendicular from the selected track
b) difference in degrees that the aircraft is to the right or left of the desired track
c) difference in degrees from True North in a clockwise direction from the desired
track

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a Convert it to Decimal first (15 x 256 + 8 x 16 + 6 x 1) = 3974. Since it is an even
number, it must be the answer with a zero on the end.

Question :2
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 1129

Question :3
The correct answer is b DMC 1 (in normal operation) supplies info the the upper ECAM, DMC 2 supplies
info to the lower ECAM and DMC 3 is in standby

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 132

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 254

Question :8
The correct answer is c Aircraft Intruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett pages 279-280

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 44. You've been here 1 times.

1. In the EICAS system, when is the maintenance mode available?
a) On the upper and lower screens - only available on the ground
b) Lower screen only - only available on the ground
c) In flight

The correct answer is b B747 Maintenance Manual. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett
Page 380

2. On a modern aircraft when are BITE checks carried out?

a) When BITE selected
b) After engine shut down
c) Continuously when system is in use

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, 5th edition, Eismin, Pages 152 and 268

3. What causes the X and Y beam deflections in an EFIS CRT display?

a) Electromagnetic
b) Electrostatic
c) Either

The correct answer is a Aircraft instruments and integrated systems (Pallett), page 286

4. In an IN system, the purpose of the stable platform is to

a) prevent unwanted acceleration affecting the accelerometers
b) provide attitude reference
c) stop the gyros from toppling

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 260

5. The three accelerometers on a stable platform are mounted

a) parallel to each other
b) orthogonally
c) 12Oo apart

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 134

6. An IN system requires data from the

 a) doppler system
b) satellites
c) air data computer

The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 138

7. XTK (cross track) is the

a) angle in degrees that the aircraft track is left or right of desired track
b) actual track across the earth’s surface
c) perpendicular distance from the desired track

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256

8. The output of an INS can be fed to

a) vertical speed indicators
b) attitude indicators
c) altimeters

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 247 fig 10.1.
Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137 & 138

9. The three accelerometers on a strapdown platform are mounted

a) parallel to each other
b) 90o to each other
c) 120o apart

The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 135

10. Gyro-compassing is the term used for

a) self-alignment in azimuth
b) self alignment in the vertical
c) use of the gyro-magnetic compass system to align the platform

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 280

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b B747 Maintenance Manual. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems. Pallett
Page 380

Question :2
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, 5th edition, Eismin, Pages 152 and 268

Question :3
The correct answer is a Aircraft instruments and integrated systems (Pallett), page 286

Question :4
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 260

Question :5
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 134
Question :6
The correct answer is c Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 138

Question :7
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 256

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 247 fig 10.1.
Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 137 & 138

Question :9
The correct answer is b Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 135

Question :10
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems EHJ Pallett Page 280

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 45. You've been here 1 times.

1. Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System operates to
a) perform in-flight and ground tests of aircraft systems by carrying out a BITE
b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display system status
c) perform in-flight BITE only

The correct answer is b

2. The control of the speed or rate that the F/D Command bars move can be controlled by
a) position feedback
b) rate or velocity feedback
c) amplifier gain

The correct answer is b

3. The Centralized Aircraft Monitoring System uses the maintenance mode of operation
a) in the air only
b) on the ground only
c) either ground or air

The correct answer is b

4. Why does an ARINC databus system send data to LRUs in series?
a) More information can be sent
b) Takes less time
c) Saves weight

The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

5. Can an LRU transmit and receive on more than one 629 bus?
a) Yes
b) No
c) Only if paralleled

The correct answer is a

6. ARINC 629 LRUs transmit

a) when addressed
b) when terminal gap is sensed
c) when signal gap is sensed

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 149

7. How is multiplication achieved in an ALU?

a) by addition
b) by subtraction
c) by coupling

The correct answer is a

8. What is the function of a status register?

a) To indicate the status of the microprocessor
b) To store a program during an interrupt
c) To synchronise the clock pulse

The correct answer is a

9. An ADC uses advance approximation to

a) increase resolution
b) increase speed
c) increase accuracy

The correct answer is b

10. A DAC uses a precision amplifier to

a) ensure the output voltages remain accurate
b) ensure the input remains accurate
c) compensates for the variation of the feedback resistor due to temperature

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is c Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 146

Question :5
The correct answer is a

Question :6
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics Eismin 5th Edition Page 149

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 46. You've been here 1 times.

1. A BCD word occupies bits 11-29, if 11-15 are filled with padders then the LSB of the word will be
a) 16
b) 29
c) 11

The correct answer is a

2. If part of a display is lost on a CRT, this could be due to
a) an inoperative symbol generator or input sensor
b) an inoperative symbol generator or control panel
c) loss of power to the CRT

The correct answer is a

3. To reduce HIRF on radio equipment

a) periodically check bonding leads for condition
b) ensure all static wicks are in place
c) transmit on all radio frequencies to determine which frequencies are causing the
interference

The correct answer is b

4. When a BITE test is carried out on a system with moving parts it should be
a) carried out without operating moving parts
b) carried out ensuring all moving parts are operated and taken to there stops
c) carried out ensuring all moving parts are operated but not to there mechanical
stops

The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

5. A simplex system has

a) one transmitter, many receivers
b) a bus controller and separate controller
c) one transmitter, one receiver

The correct answer is a

6. The smallest operation of a CPU is

a) the timescale
b) the processor sub-cycle
c) the processor cycle

The correct answer is a

7. In a fibre optic system, different light frequencies are separated by

a) an active filter
b) a passive filter
c) a star network

The correct answer is a

8. The most common CRT for an EFIS system screen is a

a) electrostatic
b) electromagnetic
c) combined
The correct answer is c Boeing 757 MM 34-22-00 page 8 paragraph G (EADI), Section (2)........'It (the
CRT) utilizes magnetic deflection and electrostaic focus control.'

9. Sensors in a fibre optic flight control system

a) require power for processors
b) do not require power
c) require processing to give output

The correct answer is b

10. An accuracy amp is used to

a) give output at required level
b) compensate for temperature variation
c) make output between 0 - 5V

The correct answer is b

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is b
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

Question :4
The correct answer is c Digital Avionic Systems - Cary Spitzer. Page 109, Arinc report 604 guidance for
design and use of built in test equipment states... 'BITE should excercise the hardware sufficiently to
determine if it meets the performance requirements but should not drive it against mechanical stops.'

Question :5
The correct answer is a

Question :6
The correct answer is a

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is c Boeing 757 MM 34-22-00 page 8 paragraph G (EADI), Section (2)........'It (the
CRT) utilizes magnetic deflection and electrostaic focus control.'

Question :9
The correct answer is b
Question :10
The correct answer is b

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 47. You've been here 1 times.

1. L.E.D.s can give
a) high definition displays
b) red and green displays only
c) monochrome displays only

The correct answer is c LEDs can only ever give one colour (i.e. monochrome) as the colour is determined
by the doping element and nothing else. LEDs which appear to give two colours are actually two separate
LEDs in the same case.

2. Fibre optic systems can transmit data in

a) one direction only
b) in two directions
c) both directions at the same time

The correct answer is c Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

3. When handling a PCB you should ensure that

a) electrical power is isolated

b) ground yourself first to aircraft then PCB
c) ensure you do not touch the ends so that copper contacts do not become
contaminated

The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 8.1 (a)

4. For large bandwidth high-speed fibre optic transmission what sort of cable would you
use?

a) Single mode
b) Graded index
c) Step index
The correct answer is a

5. In an R-2-R ladder converter the values of resistors

a) are precise

b) do not need to be of precise values

c) only the first resistor need to be precise

The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 60D

6. In fibre optics the wavelength of the light is

a) less than visible light

b) more than visible light
c) equal to that of visible light

The correct answer is b

7. What is the advantage of an ILD over an LED when used as a light source in fibre optics
a) higher bandwidth
b) lower frequency range
c) lower intensity

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp. A Laser Diode has a lower spectrum of
frequencies hence reduce chromatic dispersion.

8. A typical example of a mass storage device is

a) CD ROM
b) IC
c) magnetic tape

The correct answer is a

9. A typical example of an IC is

a) ALU
b) CPU
c) dip switch

The correct answer is b

10. A circular time constant produces what sort of output ?

a) in phase
b) 180o out of phase
c) 90o out of phase

The correct answer is c

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c LEDs can only ever give one colour (i.e. monochrome) as the colour is determined
by the doping element and nothing else. LEDs which appear to give two colours are actually two separate
LEDs in the same case.

Question :2
The correct answer is c Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 189

Question :3
The correct answer is a CAAIPs Leaflet 9-4 8.1 (a)

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 60D

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp. A Laser Diode has a lower spectrum of
frequencies hence reduce chromatic dispersion.

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 48. You've been here 1 times.

1. Speed of light in a fibre optic fibre

a) is always the same no matter what material it is
b) is never greater then the speed of light in free space
c) increases if it passes through material of higher refractive index
The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 15

2. A device, which converts serial to parallel and parallel to serial for arithmetical functions, is

a) Multiplexer and De-Multiplexer

b) Shift Register
c) Parallel to serial and serial to parallel converter

The correct answer is b Pulse code modulation/parallel to serial

3. In an Arinc 429 Word label-representing heading is 320, this is represented in bits 1- 8 as

a) 01101000
b) 01011001
c) 00001011

The correct answer is c Octal 320 converted to binary.

4. What would be the outputs if A=0 B=0 C=1

a) 0, 1
b) 1, 1
c) 0, 0

The correct answer is a Check out the table on [Link]

5. What would be the outputs if A=1 B=1 C=0

 a) 0, 1
b) 1, 1
c) 1, 0

The correct answer is c Check out the table on [Link]

6. The angle of incidence of a beam of light in a fibre optic cable will be

a) twice that of the cone of acceptance
b) approximately half that of the cone of acceptance
c) parallel with the end of the cable

The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 46/7. Presumably, this
means the MAXIMUM angle of incidence.

7. A fibre optic cable is connected to a unit that will not be frequently disconnected. The preferred
type of connector to be used is a
a) Ball lens type
b) Butt type
c) Quick disconnect type

The correct answer is b Boeing 777-200 training notes

8. A cyclic test (watch dog) should be performed for ECAM

a) during power up
b) during flight
c) via MCDU

The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition. Pg 154

9. How is the symbol generator detecting the program error

a) looking at the odd parity without error
b) looking at the even parity without error
c) check sum bites for error detect

The correct answer is a

10. What is EPROM?

 a) erasable programmable read only memory
b) enhanced programmable read only memory
c) erasable programming read only module

The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 87E

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 15

Question :2
The correct answer is b Pulse code modulation/parallel to serial

Question :3
The correct answer is c Octal 320 converted to binary.

Question :4
The correct answer is a Check out the table on [Link]

Question :5
The correct answer is c Check out the table on [Link]

Question :6
The correct answer is b Fiber Optics Communication and Other Applications Page 46/7. Presumably, this
means the MAXIMUM angle of incidence.

Question :7
The correct answer is b Boeing 777-200 training notes

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin, 5th Edition. Pg 154

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is a Basic Electronics Malcolm Plant Page 87E

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

49,

1. A CRT is
a) electromagnetic
b) electrostatic
c) solid state

The correct answer is a A CRT is NOT solid state. Most CRTs used on aircraft are electromagnetic.

2. What is used for the power of 10?

 a) octal
b) digital
c) decimal

The correct answer is c Decimal is a power of 10 counting system

3. What is 44 in hexadecimal?
a) 2c
b) 2d
c) 2F

The correct answer is a (2 x 16) + (12 x 1) = 44 (c = 12)

4. What is octal 33in hexadecimal?

a) 22
b) 11
c) 1b

The correct answer is c Octal 33 = (3 x 8) + (3 x 1) = 27 decimal. 27 = (1 x 16) + (11 x 1) = 1b (b = 11)

5. At low ambient temperatures, an LCD screen

a) loses contrast
b) is slower to update as data changes
c) viewing angle becomes larger

The correct answer is b See [Link]

6. Colour CRT shadowmask screen resolution is

a) 84 triads
b) 400 lines per square inch
c) 600 lines per scan

The correct answer is a See [Link] for definition of resolution (pixels

per inch) and triads. The actual figure of 84 is irrelevant (as there are many different CRT resolutions). The
question is asking whether you know the definition of resolution

7. A multiplexer in test equipment could be used for

a) analogue to digital converter
b) frequency divider
c) digital to analogue converter

The correct answer is a

8. Where does the clock signal in a micro processor come from?

a) ALU
b) Control unit
c) Memory

The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153

9. Where is the operating program for the CPU stored?

a) ALU
b) Control unit
c) Memory unit

The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153
10. An LCD display
a) has three colours only
b) has infinite colours

The correct answer is a An LCD display uses only red, green and blue filters. By mixing them, it can get
different colours, but not an infinite amount.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a A CRT is NOT solid state. Most CRTs used on aircraft are electromagnetic.

Question :2
The correct answer is c Decimal is a power of 10 counting system

Question :3
The correct answer is a (2 x 16) + (12 x 1) = 44 (c = 12)

Question :4
The correct answer is c Octal 33 = (3 x 8) + (3 x 1) = 27 decimal. 27 = (1 x 16) + (11 x 1) = 1b (b = 11)

Question :5
The correct answer is b See [Link]

Question :6
The correct answer is a See [Link] for definition of resolution (pixels
per inch) and triads. The actual figure of 84 is irrelevant (as there are many different CRT resolutions). The
question is asking whether you know the definition of resolution

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is b Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153

Question :9
The correct answer is c Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems, Pallett. Page 153

Question :10
The correct answer is a An LCD display uses only red, green and blue filters. By mixing them, it can get
different colours, but not an infinite amount.

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

50
This is exam number 50 You've been here 1 times

1. In ARINC 629 aperiodic mode, LRUs transmit in order of

a) power up
b) shortest terminal gap to longest terminal gap
c) longest terminal gap to shortest terminal gap

The correct answer is b

2. ARINC 629, aperiodic mode is used

a) for normal operation
b) for landing and approach operation
c) for database loads

The correct answer is a

3. What is the device used to convert Binary Coded Decimal into separate supplies for a seven segment
digital display?
a) Multiplexer
b) Demultiplexer
c) Decoder

The correct answer is c RS catalogue...part number CA3161 (see [Link] website and enter the
part number in their search box)

4. How is ARINC 429 bi-directional data transfer achieved?

a) Via a twisted pair of shielded cables
b) Using two data buses
c) Via a current mode coupler

The correct answer is b

5. A basic computer would consist of

a) register section, ALU and timing and control section
b) memory, input/output ports and CPU
c) RAM/ROM and input/output ports

The correct answer is b Pallett Aircraft instuments & Integrated Systems Page 153

6. ABS 000 01 1 101 1 1 0

This is the truth table for a
a) E-OR
b) NOT
c) NAND

The correct answer is a E-OR is another name for XOR (in the twisted CAA mind!)

7. Where is the rising runway?

a) EADI
b) EFIS
c) CRTs in the passenger cabin

The correct answer is a

8. What is ILS marker frequency?

 a) 75 Mhz
b) 100 Mhz
c) 125 Mhz

The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 218

9. On an external power socket the two short pins are

a) for the AC interlock circuit
b) to prevent arcing when inserting and extracting the socket
c) used to act as a guide

The correct answer is b Pallet Aircraft Electrical System 3rd Edition page 72. Trick question, it is a DC
interlock

10. Flat plate antenna is

a) series of waveguides with slots
b) a parabolic antenna
c) used to transmit RF signals only

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is c RS catalogue...part number CA3161 (see [Link] website and enter the
part number in their search box)

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b Pallett Aircraft instuments & Integrated Systems Page 153

Question :6
The correct answer is a E-OR is another name for XOR (in the twisted CAA mind!)

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a Jeppesen Avionics Fundamentals Page 218

Question :9
The correct answer is b Pallet Aircraft Electrical System 3rd Edition page 72. Trick question, it is a DC
interlock

Question :10
The correct answer is a
Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

51

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 51. You've been here 1 times.

1. Relationship of CMCs to BITE systems is best described as

a) CMCS replaced but is not related to the older BITE system.

b) CMCS monitors the individual BITE systems and presents data.
c) CMCS modifies and upgrades BITE systems

The correct answer is b

2. Operation of a frequency counter is such that

a) it changes the incoming waveform to a standard square wave.
b) It detects incidences of peak value
c) It compares the incoming waveform with standard sine waves

The correct answer is b

3. As far as a software product is concerned

a) the 'Verification' phase includes performance testing a programmed EPROM
b) the 'Validation' phase is done to the software rather than to the component.
c) the 'Software Release' phase is the same as the 'Finished Product' phase

The correct answer is a

4. A segmented configuration for the display of alphanumeric date requires

a) at least 13 segments for all upper and lower case letters

b) the starburst display for numbers and lower case letters only.
c) 16 segments to display the full range of capital letters and numerals

The correct answer is c

5. For braided cables, the amount of braiding

a) is a trade-off design feature

b) must conform to the requirement for the shielding to cover at least 50% of the surface of the cable
c) keeps radiated power inside the emitting assembly or away from the susceptible circuit

The correct answer is c

6. Electronic CRT beam display is used typically in

a) IRU control display units.
b) distance measuring indicators; digital counters
c) weather radar indicators

The correct answer is c

For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

7. What is the quickest method of analogue to digital conversion?

a) Voltage to frequency
b) Flash converter
c) Single ramp method

The correct answer is b Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd

8. In a colour cathode ray tube, how is the phosphor arranged in the tube?
a) A red layer on the front with two green layers behind it
b) Layers of red, blue and green
c) A single phosphor layer containing red, green and blue

The correct answer is c Success in Electronics By Tom Duncan p285

9. An LCD which is back lit is

a) monochrome
b) three colours
c) multicoloured

The correct answer is c LCDs have 3 colours (RGB) which can be blended to make other colours (of
limited number)

10. An 8 data input multiplexer has how many Data select lines
a) 3
b) 2
c) 8

The correct answer is a Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd p328

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is b Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd

Question :8
The correct answer is c Success in Electronics By Tom Duncan p285

Question :9
The correct answer is c LCDs have 3 colours (RGB) which can be blended to make other colours (of
limited number)

Question :10
The correct answer is a Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L Floyd p328

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 52. You've been here 1 times.

1. An electronic flight instrument display consists of;

a) ADC, Altimeter, VSI and ASI

b) Mode control panel, Raster and Stroke generator display, microprocessor and Data inputs
c) ADI, HSI and Symbol generator

The correct answer is b Automatic Flight Control by EHJ Pallett and Shawn Coyle page 268

2. An octal format hexadecimal number 3F written as binary would be

a) 101 011
b) 110 111
c) 111 111

The correct answer is c

3. What is a passive device ?

a) Matrix LCD
b) Capacitor
c) LED

The correct answer is b

4. A priority encoder

a) Outputs the selected input

b) Outputs the highest input
c) Outputs the lowest input

The correct answer is b

5. The data format use to transmit signal to flight data recorder

a) Manchester 2 bi-phase 12 bit
b) Harvard bi-phase 12 bit
c) Bi-Polar RZ 12 bit

The correct answer is b

6. The output voltage of arinc 429 signal is

a) +5v
b) -5v
c) +10v to -10v

The correct answer is c See ARINC 429 tutorial (in FORUM module 5).

7. How many bytes can be carried in a 32bit word

a) 4 bytes
b) 2 bytes
c) 8 bytes

The correct answer is a 8 bits per byte

8. An Arinc 629 label word is

a) 12 bits
b) 8 bits
c) 10 bits

The correct answer is a 12-bit label field, 4-bit label extension, single parity, 3-bit time hi-lo synch pulse.
20 bit in total

9. Which of the following ESDS devices can withstand higher static electricity voltage?
a) ECL
b) MOSFET
c) SCR

The correct answer is c

10. An IRU interface test is carried out

a) only on the ground
b) in the air
 c) on the ground or in the air

[The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b Automatic Flight Control by EHJ Pallett and Shawn Coyle page 268

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is c See ARINC 429 tutorial (in FORUM module 5).

Question :7
The correct answer is a 8 bits per byte

Question :8
The correct answer is a 12-bit label field, 4-bit label extension, single parity, 3-bit time hi-lo synch pulse.
20 bit in total

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at
This is exam number 53 You've been here 1 times

1. For a computer to start up the basic instruction is from the

• a) ALU
• b) RAM
• c) ROM

The correct answer is c

2. What is a passive device

• a) Matrix LCD
• b) LED
• c) Capacitor

The correct answer is c

3. A backlighted LCD
• a) has infinite colours
• c) has only 3 colours

The correct answer is c A backlighted LCD has only 3 colours (RGB) but can mix them to make others (but
not an infinite amount)

4. An example of a small size integrated circuit would be

• a) DIP switch
• b) ALU
• c) Control Processor Unit

The correct answer is c A DIP switch is not an IC.&nbsp; ALU is an integrated part of the CPU. The
'Control Processor Unit' is another term used for the 'Central Processor Unit (CPU)' or sometimes a
switching unit used in telegraphy (such as the touchpad of a telephone) - the latter would be an SSI (defined
as containing up to 100 transistors or gates).

5. The smallest operation possible in a computer is the

a) timing cycle
• b) processor sub-cycle
• c) processor cycle

The correct answer is a Also known as the clock pulse

6. A common used material in computer manufacturing is

a) ferrite material
b) permeamag material
c) ferromagnetic material

The correct answer is c Ferromagnetic material is that which hard-drives and floppy drives are made from

7. FMS system gives warning indications for

a) cruise
b) take off and landings only
c) any flight phase

The correct answer is a

8. An aircraft on an ILS approach is below the glideslope centre line, the glideslope pointer is
• a) above the centre line
• b) below the centre line
• c) level with the datum

The correct answer is a

9. A dot matrix/LED construction is

• a) 4x7 or a 9x5 rolling end display
• b) 4x7 or a 5x7 rolling end display
• c) 5x9 or a 4x7 rolling end display

The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Pages 13 - 15 (Although, in the
real world, others are available too).

10. FMS CDU warnings are

• a) OFST and Fail
• b) fail and MSG
• c) MSG, fail and OFST

The correct answer is c

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is c

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is c A backlighted LCD has only 3 colours (RGB) but can mix them to make others (but
not an infinite amount)

Question :4
The correct answer is c A DIP switch is not an IC.&nbsp; ALU is an integrated part of the CPU. The
'Control Processor Unit' is another term used for the 'Central Processor Unit (CPU)' or sometimes a
switching unit used in telegraphy (such as the touchpad of a telephone) - the latter would be an SSI (defined
as containing up to 100 transistors or gates).

Question :5
The correct answer is a Also known as the clock pulse

Question :6
The correct answer is c Ferromagnetic material is that which hard-drives and floppy drives are made from

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is a Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems Pallett Pages 13 - 15 (Although, in the
real world, others are available too).
Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 54 You've been here 1 times

1. A current mode coupler contains E core assembly. The purpose of the E core is
a) couple the signal to the data bus
• b) provide effective screening of the signal through the current mode coupler
c) enable easy access for monitoring purposes

The correct answer is a

2. Testing of CADC can be carried out

• a) in the air
• b) ground only
• c) air and ground

The correct answer is b

3. EHSI information displayed, is invalid in the pre-set heading mode when

• a) flags out of view
• b) flag green
• c) flag in view

The correct answer is c

4. CMC (central maintenance computer) works to

• a) perform in-flight bite and ground tests of aircraft systems, i.e. BITE
• b) give red warnings and amber cautions to display in accordance with system status
• c) perform in-flight bite only

The correct answer is a

5. TheTX/RXofArinc629is
• a) encoder/decoder
• b) multiplex/de-multiplex
• c) switching

The correct answer is b

6. Terminal gap in ARINC 629 is
a) always the same period
• b) flexible
c) can be changed by adjusting the rxftx software

The correct answer is c Aicraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin 5th Ed, pg149

7. DRAM
• a) requires a refreshing charge
b) memory is stored when power supply is removed
c) it does not require a refreshing charge

The correct answer is a [Link]

8. What is fB6 hex when converted to binary?

• a) 1000010000110
• b) 100000000000
• c) 111110000110

The correct answer is c

9. BITE test carried out on input sensors and actuators performs

• a) atestoftheLRU
b) a performance test of the system
• c) validation of the information of the LRU

The correct answer is b

10. A continuous balance ADC uses

• a) a closed loop system to compare the analogue input to give the required digital output
• b) a closed loop system to check the analogue input with the input sample
• c) successive approximation logic circuit to control the output

The correct answer is a Probably referring to a comparator feedback circuit.

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is c

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is b

Question :6
The correct answer is c Aicraft Electricity and Electronics, Eismin 5th Ed, pg149

Question :7
The correct answer is a [Link]

Question :8
The correct answer is c

Question :9
The correct answer is b

Question :10
The correct answer is a Probably referring to a comparator feedback circuit.

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 55 You've been here 1 times

1. A BITE check for automatic performance and fault monitoring is carried out when?
• a) Power-up self test
• b) For in-flight monitoring
• c) To check the performance of the LRU

The correct answer is a

2. A clock pulse in processor equipment

a) is used for the maintenance tests
• b) is to give the correct timing when calculations are made
• c) is to synchronise everything

The correct answer is c

3. The EFIS system consists of

• a) EADI, EHSI, Symbol generators
• b) Mode control Panel, RDMI, EHSI
• c) EHSI, Mode control panel, EADI

The correct answer is a

4. In a computer, the address 3B8 is

• a) decimal
• b) octal
• c) hexadecimal

The correct answer is c

5. In a optical fibre, the angle of acceptance is

a) equal to the cone of acceptance
• b) 1/2 the cone of acceptance
• c) 1/2 the signal wavelength

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 29

6. The signal sent between a MUX/DEMUX is controlled by:

• a) the ALU
• b) control unit
• c) clock

The correct answer is b

7. In a computer, the code that fetches correct data and feeds it to the ALU is called
a) the computer program
• b) the instruction set
• c) ARINC

The correct answer is b [Link]

8. What is this?

a) Multiplexor
b) Shift register
c) Counter

The correct answer is a

9. Bubble memory stores data on
• a) ferrite disk
• b) ferrite core
• c) magnetic tape

The correct answer is a (closest answer) See [Link]/neets/book22/[Link]

10. Ferrite medium is used because

• a) data is stored after the power is removed
• b) it has low eddy current losses
• c) it is light

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp page 29

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is b [Link]

Question :8
The correct answer is a

Question :9
The correct answer is a (closest answer) See [Link]/neets/book22/[Link]

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam
Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 56 You've been here 1 times

1. A dynamic EPROM
• a) requires constant refreshing
b) is non-volatile memory
c) is erased after reading

The correct answer is a

2. A computer requires to operate

a) data bus, control bus, address bus
• b) data bus, control bus
• c) address bus, data bus

The correct answer is a

3. A computer processor has within it

• a) ALU, control section, register
• b) register, buffer, data bus
• c) ALU, register, memory

The correct answer is a

4. when using aTDR (time delay reflecto meter) the loss value of the cable is:
• a) set on the TDR
• b) shown by the curve
• c) allowed for in the calculation
For full explanations of all these questions, and for many more new and up-to-date questions, with correct
answers, full explanations, downloadable material and Tutorial Support, please visit
[Link]

The correct answer is b [Link]

5. Common aircraft fibre optics uses

• a) modulating intensity on direct read
• b) modulating frequency on direct read
• c) modulating intensity on indirect read

The correct answer is b Intensity of light cannot be changed with an LED

6. What manoeuvre does TCAS II advise the pilot to make

• a) TA
• b) RA
• c) either RA or TA
The correct answer is b

7. What are the shapes of traffic shown on a TCAS display?

• a) White diamonds, red squares and amber circles
• b) White squares, red diamonds and amber circles
• c) White circles, red diamonds and amber squares

The correct answer is a

8. What is a Grays converter?

• a) Digital to Analogue
• b) Analogue to Digital
c) Analogue to Analogue

The correct answer is b

9. Data memory is usually stored in

• a) RAM
• b) ROM
• c) EEPROM

The correct answer is a

10. Tristate devices are found

• a) on input circuits
• b) on output circuits
• c) on both input and output circuits

The correct answer is a [Link]

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is a

Question :3
The correct answer is a

Question :4
The correct answer is b [Link]

Question :5
The correct answer is b Intensity of light cannot be changed with an LED

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is a

Question :8
The correct answer is b
Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is a [Link]

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 57 You've been here 1 times

1. AWN 45 requires that

• a) The aircraft operator be responsible for software assessment

• b) The aircraft constructors be responsible for software assessment
• c) The CAA be responsible for software assessment

The correct answer is b

2. What is the main cause of attenuation in fibre optics?

• a) Refractive index
• b) Poor termination
• c) Bends in the cable

The correct answer is b

3. What are the advantages of an LCD display over an LED?

• a) It is brighter
• b) It uses less current
• c) There are no advantages

The correct answer is b

4. If a dislay shows a red cross only, it is due to

• a) CRT failure
• b) Symbol Generator failure
• c) Altimeter failure

The correct answer is b

5. What is the advantage of a laser diode over an LED?

• a) Greater bandwidth
• b) Narrower bandwidth
• c) There are no advantages

The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 65

6. How does ARINC 629 bus transmit and receive information?

• a) Optical coupling
b) Sockets and pins
• c) Inductive coupling

The correct answer is c

7. What is ARINC 561 used for?

• a) To specify Flight Data Recorder data bus
• b) To specify Radio Comms data bus
c) To specify LRU pin-outs

The correct answer is b No correct answer here, as 561 is for INS.

8. Sample and hold is atechnique used in

• a) D to A convention
• b) AtoD convention
c) Moving coil instruments

The correct answer is b

9. ACARS is an acronym for

• a) Analogue Communications Airborne Radio System
• b) Airborne Communications Addressing and Reporting System
• c) ARINC Communications Addressing and Reporting System

The correct answer is c

10. What are the colours of traffic shown on a TCAS display?

• a) White diamonds, red squares and amber circles
• b) White squares, red diamonds and amber circles
• c) White circles, red diamonds and amber squares

The correct answer is a

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is b

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is b
Question :5
The correct answer is b Introduction to Fiber Optics John Crisp Page 65

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is b No correct answer here, as 561 is for INS.

Question :8
The correct answer is b

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is a

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 58 You've been here 1 times

1. Level 1 software failure

• a) is defined as critical and can lead to loss of aircraft
• b) is defined as essential and will reduce safety margins
• c) is defined as essential and may have a minor effect

The correct answer is a

2. A wrist band must be worn when working with ESDS devices

a) to prevent the operator from getting an electric shock
• b) to dissipate static charge on the device
c) to dissipate and prevent static build-up on the operator

The correct answer is c

3. A humid atmosphere
a) eliminates static charge
• b) reduces static charge
c) has no effect on the level of charge

The correct answer is b

4. Control of aircraft software updates

• a) is the responsibility of the certifying engineer
• b) is the manufacturer responsibility
• c) is identified by LRU pin-out changes

The correct answer is a

5. The arithmetic logic unit (ALU) in a central processor unit (CPU) carries out
• a) addition, subtraction, multiplication and division
• b) timing and synchronisation
c) computations as instructed

The correct answer is c

6. A seven segment display is used to

a) display octal and binary numbers only
• b) display octal and decimal numbers only
c) display alpha-numeric characters

The correct answer is c

7. What sort of gate requires two negative input voltages to operate?

• a) NOT
• b) XOR
• c) NAND

The correct answer is c

8. A high level language statement is usually equivalent to several statements in

• a) assembly
• b) basic
• c) pascal

The correct answer is b

9. The CPU requires a clock to determine

a) the speed of operation
• b) the date and time
• c) the number of bits on the highway

The correct answer is a

10. An ALU performs the following

• a) Arithmetic, Logic, Branch and Move Operations
• b) Arithmetic, Logic, Branch and Find Operations
• c) Input/Output operations, Arithmetic, Logic Functions

The correct answer is c

How did you do?
------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is c

Question :3
The correct answer is b

Question :4
The correct answer is a

Question :5
The correct answer is c

Question :6
The correct answer is c

Question :7
The correct answer is c

Question :8
The correct answer is b

Question :9
The correct answer is a

Question :10
The correct answer is c

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!

Practice Exam

Module 5

Digital Techniques / Electronic Instrument Systems

Stopwatch

Start at

This is exam number 59 You've been here 1 times

1. HIRF is acronym for

• a) High Intensity Radiated Field
• b) Heavily Ionised Radio Frequencies
• c) High Intensity Radio Frequencies

The correct answer is a

2. An asynchronous system
• a) uses a clock pulse after a settling time to input data
• b) provides data real-time without the need for a clock pulse
• c) both a and b depending on the system

The correct answer is b

3. What is the purpose of the parity bit on an ARINC 429 bus?

• a) To indicate if the data is analogue
• b) To indicate that the data is digital
• c) To indicate to the receiver that the data is valid

The correct answer is c

4. An analogue to digital converter (ADC) requires the following:

a) a reference voltage, an input gate, an internal counter
b) a reference voltage, an input gate, an internal counter, a comparitor
c) a reference voltage, an input gate, a comparitor

The correct answer is c

5. When does the flight data recorder start recording ?

• a) When the first engine starts
• b) Parking brake released
• c) Undercarriage up

The correct answer is a Flight Instruments and Automatic Flight Control Systems 6th Edition David Harris
Page 172

6. ILS indications on PFD/ND are shown in

• a) cyan
• b) magenta
• c) green

The correct answer is b

7. The four distinct sections of a digital system are: sense, decide

• a) divide and store
• b) divide and ship
c) act and store

The correct answer is c

8. Brake temperature displayed on a flight deck CRT has

• a) same colour throughout
• b) different colour for different temperatures
c) a master warning light

The correct answer is b

9. When does the lateral deviation scale flash?

• a) When the localiser rx is faulty
• b) When the aircraft is out of range
• c) When the deviation is excessive

The correct answer is c

How did you do?

------------------------------------

Question :1
The correct answer is a

Question :2
The correct answer is b

Question :3
The correct answer is c

Question :4
The correct answer is c

Question :5
The correct answer is a Flight Instruments and Automatic Flight Control Systems 6th Edition David Harris
Page 172

Question :6
The correct answer is b

Question :7
The correct answer is c

Question :8
The correct answer is b

Question :9
The correct answer is c

Question :10
The correct answer is

Your total score is : 0

Comment : A trained chimp could do better! Best you give up now!